The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2017-01-17 (Regular) Meeting Agenda Packet Please note: If you have a disability and need auxiliary aids or services, please notify the City of Englewood (303 - 762-2405) at least 48 hours in advance of when services are needed. 1000 Englewood Pkwy – Council Chambers Englewood, CO 80110 AGENDA City Council Regular Meeting Tuesday, January 17, 2017 ♦ 7:00 PM 1. Call to Order 2. Invocation 3. Pledge of Allegiance 4. Roll Call 5. Consideration of Minutes of Previous Session a. Minutes from the Regular City Council Meeting of January 3, 2017. City Council Regular - 03 Jan 2017 - Minutes 6. Recognition of Scheduled Public Comment The deadline to sign up to speak for Scheduled Public Comment is Wednesday, prior to the meeting, through the City Manager’s Office. Only those who meet the deadline can speak in this section. (This is an opportunity for the public to address City Council. There is an expectation that the presentation will be conducted in a respectful manner. Council may ask questions for clarification, but there will not be any dialogue. Please limit your presentation to five minutes.) a. Coween Dickerson, Englewood resident, will address Council regarding communications. b. Robert Ellstrom, Englewood resident, will address Council regarding sex offender residency restrictions. c. Susan Walker will address Council regarding Title 7. 7. Recognition of Unscheduled Public Comment Speakers must sign up for Unscheduled Public Comment at the beginning of the meeting. (This is an opportunity for the public to address City Council. There is an expectation that the presentation will be conducted in a respectful manner. Council may ask questions for clarification, but there will not be any dialogue. Please limit your presentation to three minutes. Time for unscheduled public comment may be limited to 45 minutes, and if limited, shall be continued to General Discussion.) Council Response to Public Comment. 8. Communications, Proclamations, and Appointments 9. Consent Agenda Items a. Approval of Ordinances on First Reading i. Staff recommends that Council approve a bill for an Ordinance authorizing an Intergovernmental Agreement with Arapahoe County regarding acceptance of grant funding for the Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project. Staff: Open Page 1 of 326 Englewood City Council Regular Agenda January 17, 2017 Please note: If you have a disability and need auxiliary aids or services, please notify the City of Englewood (303 - 762-2405) at least 48 hours in advance of when services are needed. Space Manager Dave Lee IGA NW Greenbelt Trail Connection b. Approval of Ordinances on Second Reading. c. Resolutions and Motions i. Staff recommends Council approve by motion the purchase of a 2017 250-gallon melter from Denver Industrial Sales and Service for $48,247.00, which is the lowest technically acceptable bidder through Englewood Bid #IFB-16-028. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Crafco Melter Purchase ii. Staff recommends Council approve by motion the purchase of five (5) Ford Utility Police Interceptors from Spradley Barr Greeley through State Award #201600000102 in the amount of $141,180.00. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Ford Utility Police Interceptors Purchase iii. Staff recommends Council award by motion the purchase of three (3) Chevrolet Tahoes from John Elway Chevrolet through State Award #201600000137 in the amount of $111,024.00. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Police Tahoes Purchase iv. Staff recommends Council approve by motion awarding the contract to L.A.W.S. in the amount of $65,469.00. Four bids were received for this project and L.A.W.S. was the lowest responsible bidder. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Patrol Car Equipment v. Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD ¾ ton 4x4 pickup truck. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Chevrolet Silverado 2500 Purchase - Parks Dept vi. Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500 pickup truck. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Chevrolet Silverado 3500 Purchase - Parks Dept vii. Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500 regular cab pickup truck. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Chevrolet Silverado 3500 Regular Cab Purchase viii. Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 John Deere 1580 Terrain Cut mower. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White John Deere Mower ix. ix. Staff recommends that Council approve a resolution supporting the City’s grant application to Arapahoe County for the Rotolo Park Shelter project. Staff: Open Space Manager Dave Lee Rotolo Park Shelter Grant x. x. Staff recommends that Council approve a Resolution supporting the City’s Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for Belleview Park Page 2 of 326 Englewood City Council Regular Agenda January 17, 2017 Please note: If you have a disability and need auxiliary aids or services, please notify the City of Englewood (303 - 762-2405) at least 48 hours in advance of when services are needed. Improvements. Staff: Open Space Manager Dave Lee Belleview Park Improvement Grant xi. Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint John W. Smith III to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. Staff: Court Administrator Tamara Wolfe Associate Judge Smith xii. Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint Linda F. Cohn to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. Staff: Court Administrator Tamara Wolfe Associate Judge Cohn xiii. Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint David A. Sprecace to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. Staff: Court Administrator Tamara Wolfe Associate Judge Sprecace 10. Public Hearing Items a. Select a date for a public hearing related to the repeal and replacement of language within Title 7-3 relating to Sex Offender Residency Restrictions. 11. Ordinances, Resolutions and Motions a. Approval of Ordinances on First Reading b. Approval of Ordinances on Second Reading c. Resolutions and Motions i. Staff recommends Council approve, by motion, an agreement with CBRE for project management and workplace strategy services on the design and construction of the Englewood Police Department Building in the amount of $523,000. Staff: City Manager Eric Keck CBRE Project Management ii. Staff recommends Council award by motion the contract to E.T. Technologies Inc., in the amount of $629,000 for the construction of above ground fuel storage tanks at the Englewood Service Center. Four bids were received for this project and E.T. Technologies Inc. was the lowest responsible bidder. Staff: Fleet Manager Pat White Above Ground Fuel Storage 12. General Discussion a. Mayor's Choice i. DRCOG Metro Vision Plan DRCOG Jan 4 Work Session Page 3 of 326 Englewood City Council Regular Agenda January 17, 2017 Please note: If you have a disability and need auxiliary aids or services, please notify the City of Englewood (303 - 762-2405) at least 48 hours in advance of when services are needed. b. Council Members' Choice 13. City Manager’s Report a. Agenda Review Agenda - Tentative Study Session Topics 14. City Attorney’s Report 15. Adjournment Page 4 of 326 MINUTES City Council Regular Meeting Tuesday, January 3, 2017 1000 Englewood Pkwy – Council Chambers 7:00 PM 1 Call to Order The regular meeting of the Englewood City Council was called to order by Mayor Jefferson at 7:01 p.m. 2 Invocation The Invocation was given by Council Member Russell. 3 Pledge of Allegiance The Pledge of Allegiance was led by Council Member Russell. 4 Roll Call COUNCIL PRESENT: Mayor Joe Jefferson Council Member Laurett Barrentine Council Member Amy Martinez Council Member Linda Olson arrived at 7:19 p.m. Council Member Rita Russell Council Member Steve Yates A quorum was present. COUNCIL ABSENT: Mayor Pro Tem Rick Gillit STAFF PRESENT: City Manager Keck Acting City Attorney Comer Assistant City Manager Robinson City Clerk Ellis Acting City Clerk Carlile Director Brennan, Utilities Communications Manager Carney, City Manager's Office Project Engineer Ritter, Littleton/Englewood Wastewater Treatment Plant Deputy Chief Sanchez, Police Department 5 Consideration of Minutes of Previous Session Page 1 of 8 Draft Page 5 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 a) Minutes from the Regular City Council Meeting of December 19, 2016. Moved by Council Member Rita Russell Seconded by Council Member Laurett Barrentine TO APPROVE THE MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OF DECEMBER 19, 2016. For Against Amy Martinez x Joe Jefferson x Laurett Barrentine (Seconded By) x Rita Russell (Moved By) x Steve Yates x 5 0 Motion CARRIED. 6 Recognition of Scheduled Public Comment a) Kathleen Bailey, an Englewood resident, addressed Council regarding the RESRAD analysis. b) Coween Dickerson, an Englewood resident, addressed Council regarding communications. [Clerks Note: Council Member Olson arrived at 7:19 p.m.] c) Robert Ellstrom, an Englewood resident, addressed Council regarding excuses. d) Elaine Hults, an Englewood resident, was scheduled to address Council regarding general concerns, but was not present. 7 Recognition of Unscheduled Public Comment a) Susan Walker addressed Council regarding Title 7. b) Doug Cohn, an Englewood resident, addressed Council regarding historic preservation. Council responded to Public Comment. 8 Communications, Proclamations, and Appointments There were no Communications, Proclamations or Appointments. Page 2 of 8 Draft Page 6 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 9 Consent Agenda Items a) Approval of Ordinances on First Reading There were no items submitted for approval on first reading. b) Approval of Ordinances on Second Reading. i) Council Bill 50 - a Bill for an Ordinance to approve an Intergovernmental Agreement amending the previous agreement (Council Bill No. 5, Ordinance No. 7, series of 2016), which amended funding for the River Run Project. Staff: Open Space Manager Dave Lee ORDINANCE NO. 1, SERIES OF 2016/2017 (COUNCIL BILL NO. 50, INTRODUCED BY COUNCIL MEMBER GILLIT) AN ORDINANCE AUTHORIZING AN AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT REGARDING CONSTRUCTION OF DRAINAGE AND FLOOD CONTROL IMPROVEMENTS FOR SOUTH PLATTE RIVER AT OXFORD AVENUE AGREEMENT NO. l l- 07.25E BETWEEN THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, THE URBAN DRAINAGE AND FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT, ARAPAHOE COUNTY, THE CITY OF SHERIDAN AND THE SOUTH SUBURBAN PARKS AND RECREATION DISTRICT REGARDING RIVER RUN TRAILHEAD. ii) Council Bill 52 – a Bill for an Ordinance to approve the Correction of the Sewer Easement for the Rite-Aid building. Staff: Utilities Director Tom Brennan ORDINANCE NO. 2, SERIES OF 2016/2017 (COUNCIL BILL NO. 52, INTRODUCED BY COUNCIL MEMBER GILLIT) AN ORDINANCE AUTHORIZING A CORRECTION SEWER EASEMENT WHICH WILL VACATE AN EXISTING SEWER EASEMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF RITE AID PHARMACY LOCATED AT 707 EAST JEFFERSON AVENUE, ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. c) Resolutions and Motions i) Staff recommends Council approve a Resolution designating the bulletin board on the north side of the second floor of Englewood Civic Center as the Official Posting Place for all Legal Notices of the City of Englewood for 2017. Staff: City Clerk Lou Ellis Page 3 of 8 Draft Page 7 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 RESOLUTION NO. 1, SERIES OF 2017 A RESOLUTION DESIGNATING THE BULLETIN BOARD ON THE NORTH SIDE OF THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE ENGLEWOOD CIVIC CENTER AS THE OFFICIAL POSTING PLACE FOR ALL LEGAL NOTICES OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD FOR 2017. ii) The Littleton/Englewood Wastewater Treatment Plant (L/E WWTP) Supervisory Committee recommends Council approve, by Motion, a contract for a Biogas Use Application Feasibility Study at the L/E WWTP. Staff is recommending an award of contract to the engineering consulting firm, Carollo Engineers Inc., in the amount of $61,500.00. Staff: L/E WWTP Project Engineer Gunter Ritter and Process Specialist Greg Farmer. This Agenda Item was pulled from Consent Agenda and moved to be considered as Agenda Item 11 (c) (iv). Moved by Council Member Laurett Barrentine Seconded by Council Member Rita Russell To approve Consent Agenda Items 9 (b) (i - ii) and 9 (c) (i). For Against Amy Martinez x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson x Laurett Barrentine (Moved By) x Rita Russell (Seconded By) x Steve Yates x 6 0 Motion CARRIED. 10 Public Hearing Items No public hearing was scheduled before Council. 11 Ordinances, Resolutions and Motions a) Approval of Ordinances on First Reading Page 4 of 8 Draft Page 8 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 There were no items submitted for approval on first reading. b) Approval of Ordinances on Second Reading There were no additional Ordinances on Second Reading (See Agenda Item 9 (b) (i) & (ii).) c) Resolutions and Motions i) Staff recommends Council approve, by Motion, the Advanced Utility Systems CIS Infinity Upgrade in the amount of $95,375.00. Staff: Utilities Director Tom Brennan Moved by Council Member Steve Yates Seconded by Council Member Amy Martinez For Against Amy Martinez (Seconded By) x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson x Laurett Barrentine x Rita Russell x Steve Yates (Moved By) x 6 0 Motion CARRIED. ii) Staff recommends Council approve a Resolution to declare its intent to reimbursement spending of GOB bond proceeds prior to actual selling of the bonds. Staff: Finance and Administrative Services Director Kathleen Rinkel Moved by Council Member Rita Russell Seconded by Council Member Steve Yates RESOLUTION NO. 2, SERIES OF 2017 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, DECLARING ITS OFFICIAL INTENT TO REIMBURSE ITSELF WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE ISSUANCE OF MUNICIPAL BONDS FOR CERTAIN CAPITAL EXPENDITURES UNDERTAKEN OR TO BE UNDERTAKEN BY THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT; IDENTIFYING SAID CAPITAL EXPENDITURES; AND PROVIDING CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS IN CONNECTION Page 5 of 8 Draft Page 9 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 THEREWITH. For Against Amy Martinez x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson x Laurett Barrentine x Rita Russell (Moved By) x Steve Yates (Seconded By) x 6 0 Motion CARRIED. iii) Staff recommends Council approve, by Motion, a contract with Slate Communications for $73,450, for marketing and communications professional services. Staff: Communications Manager Alison Carney Moved by Council Member Rita Russell Seconded by Council Member Laurett Barrentine To table the Contract and State of the City event and discuss further in an upcoming Study Session. For Against Amy Martinez x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson x Laurett Barrentine (Seconded By) x Rita Russell (Moved By) x Steve Yates x 6 0 Motion CARRIED. iv) The Littleton/Englewood Wastewater Treatment Plant (L/E WWTP) Supervisory Committee recommends Council approve, by Motion, a contract for a Biogas Use Application Feasibility Study at the L/E WWTP. Staff is recommending an award of contract to the engineering consulting firm, Carollo Engineers Inc., in the amount of $61,500.00. Staff: L/E WWTP Project Engineer Gunter Ritter and Process Specialist Greg Farmer. Moved by Council Member Linda Olson Page 6 of 8 Draft Page 10 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 Seconded by Council Member Steve Yates For Against Amy Martinez x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson (Moved By) x Laurett Barrentine x Rita Russell x Steve Yates (Seconded By) x 4 2 Motion CARRIED. 12 General Discussion a) Mayor's Choice b) Council Members' Choice i) A resolution approving 2017 funding for local non-profits. Moved by Council Member Amy Martinez Seconded by Council Member Linda Olson RESOLUTION NO. 3, SERIES OF 2017 A RESOLUTION SPECIFYING AID TO OTHER AGENCIES FOR 2017 BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. For Against Amy Martinez (Moved By) x Joe Jefferson x Linda Olson (Seconded By) x Laurett Barrentine x Rita Russell x Steve Yates x 4 2 Motion CARRIED. 13 City Manager’s Report 14 City Attorney’s Report Page 7 of 8 Draft Page 11 of 326 City Council Regular January 3, 2017 15 Adjournment MAYOR JEFFERSON MOVED TO ADJOURN. The meeting adjourned at 9:45 p.m. City Clerk Page 8 of 8 Draft Page 12 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 9ai Bill for Ordinance authorizing an IGA for Arapahoe County Open Space grant award for Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Initiated By: Staff Source: Parks, Recreation and Library Dave Lee, Open Space Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council approved Resolution No. 95, Series of 2016, authorizing the City of Englewood's Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve a bill for an Ordinance authorizing an Intergovernmental Agreement with Arapahoe County regarding acceptance of grant funding for the Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED The existing trail runs the entire length of Northwest Greenbelt and is comprised of an eight foot wide half mile long asphalt trail that is in need of replacement due to the condition and age of the asphalt. A new ten foot wide half mile long concrete trail is being proposed to connect Colorado Heights College to the Mary Carter Greenway Trail along the Platte River. The Englewood Parks and Recreation Commission has identified the trail replacement as a priority and a vital east-west connection to the Mary Carter Greenway Trail. FINANCIAL IMPACT The Arapahoe County grant award for the trail connection project is $250,000 with a required cash match of $91,500 from the 2017 Open Space Fund. LIST OF AlTACHMENTS Grant Resolution Page 13 of 326 ORDINANCE NO. SERIES OF 2017 BY AUTHORITY COUNCIL BILL NO. I INTRODUCED BY COUNCIL MEMBER ------ A BILL FOR AN ORDINANCE AUTHORIZING AN INTERGOVERNMENTAL GRANT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO AND THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF ARAPAHOE, STATE OF COLORADO PERTAINING TO THE NORTHWEST GREENBELT TRAIL CONNECTION. WHEREAS, in November 2003 and in November 2011, the voters of Arapahoe County approved a county-wide sales and use tax to be deposited in the Arapahoe County Open Space Fund and used for specified Open Space purposes as set forth in County Resolution No. 030381, as amended by Resolution No. I 10637 (Open Space Resolution); and WHEREAS, County Resolution No. 030381 authorized the County to award grants to fund from the Open Space Sales and Use Tax ("Grant Funds") to be distributed to municipalities; and WHEREAS, the City of Englewood submitted an application for the award of grant funds from the Open Space Sales and Use Tax ("Grant Funds") to be distributed to municipalities; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Englewood authorized the City's Arapahoe County Open Space Grant Application for Nmthwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project by the passage of Resolution No. 95, Series of2016; and WHEREAS, the City of Englewood has been awarded an Arapahoe County Open Space Program Grant for the Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection ("Grant Project") in the amount of $250,000, with a required cash match of$9!,SOO which has been budgeted in the 2017 Open Space Fund Budget; and WHEREAS, this Ordinance will authorize the Intergovernmental Grant Agreement between the Board of County Commissioners of Arapahoe, State of Colorado for the Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, AS FOLLOWS: Section I. The Intergovernmental Grant Agreement between the City of Englewood, Colorado and the Board of County Commissioners of Arapahoe, State of Colorado for the Page 14 of 326 Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection project, attached as "Attachment I", is hereby accepted and approved by the Englewood City Council Section 2. The Mayor is authorized to execute and the City Clerk to attest and seal the Intergovernmental Grant Agreement for and on behalf of the City of Englewood, Colorado. Introduced, read in full, and passed on first reading on the I 7'" day of January, 20 I 7. Published by Title as a Bill for an Ordinance in the City's official newspaper on the 19th day of January, 2017. Published as a Bill for an Ordinance on the City's official website beginning on the 18 th day of January, 2017 for thirty (30) days. Joe Jefferson, Mayor ATTEST: Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk of the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true copy of a Bill for an Ordinance, introduced, read in full, and passed on first reading on the 17th day of January, 2017. Stephanie Carlile Page 15 of 326 A T T A C INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT REGARDING R 2016 GRANT OF ARAPAHOE COUNTY OPEN SPACE PROGRAM FUNDS M PROJECT NAME: NORTHWEST GREENBELT TRAIL CONNECTION E N T This Intergovernmental Agreement ("Agreement"), is made and entered into by and 1 between THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF THE COUNTY OF ARAPAHOE, STATE OF COLORADO, (the "County") and the CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, a municipality and political subdivision of the State of Colorado (the "Grantee") ( collectively, "Parties" and individually a "Party"). WHEREAS, on November 4, 2003, and on November 1, 2011, the voters of Arapahoe County approved a county-wide sales and use tax to be deposited in the Arapahoe County Open Space Fund and used for specified open space purposes as set forth in County Resolution No. 030381, as amended by Resolution No. 110637 (Open Space Resolution); and WHEREAS, the Open Space Resolution authorizes the County to award discretionary grants from its Open Space Fund to municipalities and special districts, as more fully set forth therein; and WHEREAS, on December 6, 2016 the County approved the Grantee's Grant Proposal for the Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection ("Grant Project"), which is attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein as Exhibit A, subject to the execution of an intergovernmental agreement and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein; and WHEREAS, .this intergovernmental agreement is authorized by Article XIV, Section 18 of the Colorado Constitution and COLO. REV. STAT.§ 29-1-203. NOW, THEREFORE, the County and the Grantee agree as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Amount of Grant. The County hereby awards Grantee an amount not to exceed $250,000 ("Grant Funds") for the Grant Project from the Arapahoe County Open Space Fund. Use of Grant Funds. The Grantee agrees that it shall only use the Grant Funds for the Grant Project, as described in Exhibit A. Disbursement of Grant Funds. Subsequent to execution of this Agreement, the Grant Funds shall be paid via ACH transfer on a reimbursement basis upon receipt of the approved status report and documentation of expenditures as outlined in Paragraph 10 below and no more often than bi-annually. No more than 7 5% of the grant funds will be reimbursed prior to the Final Report approval. The final 25% of grant funds will be reimbursed following the project inspection and review and approval of the Final Report and project deliverables. Time for Use of Grant Funds. The Grantee agrees that the Grant Project must begin within 60 days of the award notification. The Grantee agrees that the Grant Project will be completed and the Grant Funds will be expended by no later than 1 Page 16 of 326 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. two years from the date of this fully executed Agreement, unless a longer period of time is otherwise agreed to by the County in writing. The Grantee understands and agrees that if the Grant Project cannot be completed by the end of the agreed upon time period the County may require that the Grant Funds be refunded to the County Open Space Grant Fund, be re-distributed to another agency and/or be used for another viable and timely grant project. Interest on Grant Funds. The Grantee further agrees that, after receipt of the Grant Funds, the Grantee will use any interest earned on the Grant Funds only for the Grant Project as set forth in Exhibit A. Administration of Grant Project. The Grantee shall be responsible for the direct supervision and administration of the Grant Project. The County shall not be liable or responsible for any cost overruns on the Grant Project, nor shall the County have any duty or obligation to provide any additional funding for the Grant Project if the Grant Project cannot be completed with the awarded Grant Funds. Grantee also agrees to comply with all local, state and federal requirements while completing the Project unless specifically waived. Grant Project Site Visits. Upon 24 hours written notice to the Grantee, the Grantee agrees to allow the County to make site visits before, during, at the completion of and/or after the Grant Project. Acknowledgement of County by Grantee. The Grantee agrees to acknowledge the County as a contributor to the Grant Project in all publications, news releases and other publicity issued by the Grantee related to the Grant Project and agrees to allow the County to do the same. If any events are planned in regards to the Grant Project, the County shall be acknowledged as a contributor in the invitation to such events. Grantee shall cooperate with the County in preparing public information pieces, providing photos of the Grant Project from time to time, and providing access to the Grant Project for publicity purposes. Event information, event materials and press release information related to the Grant Project must be sent to the County Grants Program Administrator for review and filing. Required Sign at Project Site. The County agrees to purchase a standard sign for each grant project. Grantee agrees to pay the sign cost to the County for each grant project. Grantee agrees to erect and permanently maintain at least one sign in a publicly visible area in recognition of the Grant from the Arapahoe County Open Space Program. If the Grantee wishes to use their own sign and design, the Grantee must submit the sign location, design, and wording to the County Grants Program Administrator for approval prior to manufacture and/or installation of such sign. Such sign shall be erected prior to the completion of the Grant Project or its public opening, whichever is earlier. Report Requirements. On or before January 31'1 and July 31'1 annually, the Grantee agrees to provide the County with Grant Project Progress Reports that conform to the format provided by the County. Each Grant Project Progress Report shall include supporting financial documentation as requested in the form 2 Page 17 of 326 provided. Upon completion of the Grant Project, the Grantee also agrees to submit to the County a Final Report that conforms to the format provided by the County; a final spreadsheet comparing the original budget to actual expenses that certifies Grant Funds used in compliance with the Open Space Resolution; and GIS data with location and boundaries of the Grant Project. The Final Report shall also include supporting financial documentation as requested in the County report form and high resolution photographs of the progress and finished results of the Grant Project. The Grantee further agrees to provide the County with digital copies of said photographs, delivered as separate high resolution jpeg images. The Final Report shall be submitted within three (3) months of Grant Project completion unless a longer period of time has been agreed to by the County in writing. The County shall be allowed to use information and images from these reports in publications, public information updates, and on the County's web site. 11. Failure to Submit Required Reports. Upon written notice from the County's Open Space Grants Program Administrator, informing the Grantee that it has failed to submit any required status report and/or final report, the Grantee shall submit such reports to the County through the County's Open Space Grants Program Administrator within thirty (30) days, and, if it fails to do so, the Grantee shall be deemed to be in violation this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 15, below. 12. Record Keeping Requirements. The Grantee shall maintain a complete set of books and records documenting its use of the Grant Funds and its supervision and administration of the Grant Project. The County or any of its duly authorized representatives shall have reasonable access ·to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Grantee which are pertinent to the Grant Project for the purpose of making an audit, examination, or excerpts. The Grantee shall keep all books, documents, papers, and records, which are pertinent to the_ Grant Project, for a minimum of three years from the project completion date. 13. Changes to Grant Project. The Grantee agrees and understands that its Grant Project, once it has been approved by the County, may not be changed without the County's prior approval. Proposed changes must be formally requested using the applicable Grant Project Modification Form provided by the County. Changes may not begin until the County has issued an approval, which may also require the execution of an amendment to this Agreement. 14. Maintenance. Grantee agrees to assume responsibility for continuous long-term maintenance and public safety of open space lands, trails, recreation facilities, amenities, signage or other projects funded by the Grant Funds. 15. Failure to Comply and Reimbursement of Grant Funds. The Grantee understands and agrees that the County may require the Grantee to reimburse the County if any portion of the Grant Funds are not used in accordance with its approved Grant Proposal and this Agreement. Failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement shall result in default and the Grantee shall be ineligible for any future Grant 3 Page 18 of 326 Funds until the violation is remedied or after such other time period as determined by the County. 16. Remedies. The rights and remedies of the County as set forth in this Agreement shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights or remedies provided bylaw. 17. No Waiver of Rights. A waiver by either Party to this Agreement of the breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by either Party. 18. Relationship of the Parties. The Grantee shall perform all duties and obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and shall not be deemed by virtue of this Agreement to have entered into any partnership, joint venture, employer/employee, or other relationship with the County. 19. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall give or allow any claim or right of action whatsoever by any third party, including, but not limited to, any agents or contractors of the Grantee. 20. Severability. Should any one or more provisions of this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions nevertheless shall remain effective; provided, however, the Parties shall forthwith enter into good faith negotiations and proceed with due diligence to draft a provision that will achieve the original intent of the Parties hereunder. 21. Written Amendment Required. This Agreement may be amended, modified, or changed, in whole or in part, only by written agreement duly authorized and executed by the County and the Grantee. 22. Venue. Venue for the trial of any action arising out of any dispute hereunder shall be in Arapahoe County District Court, pursuant to the appropriate rules of civil procedure. 23. Notices. Notices, as referred to in this Agreement, shall be sent to: COUNTY: Board of County Commissioners of Arapahoe County 5334 South Prince Street Littleton, Colorado 80120-1136 and Arapahoe County Attorney 5334 South Prince Street Littleton, Colorado 80120-113 6 and Arapahoe County Open Space Grants Program Administrator 6934 S Lima St, Unit A Centennial, Colorado 80112 4 Page 19 of 326 and GRANTEE: 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. City of Englewood 1155 E. Oxford Ave. Englewood, CO 80110 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. Incorporation of Exhibits. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, any exhibits, applications, resolutions, or other documents referenced in this Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement for all purposes. Section Headings. The headings for any section of this Agreement are only for the convenience and reference of the Parties and are not intended in any way to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement. Assignment. The rights, or any parts thereof, granted to the Parties herein may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the non-assigning party. Extent of Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties hereto. The Parties agree that there have been no representations made regarding the subject matter hereof other than those, if any, contained herein, that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and further agree that the various promises and covenants contained herein are mutually agreed upon and are in consideration of one another. Signatures. The signatories to this Agreement represent that they are fully authorized to execute this Agreement and bind their respective entities. 5 Page 20 of 326 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the County and the Grantee have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth below. DATED this ____ day of ______ ~ 201 . ATTEST: By: __________ _ Name Title ATTEST: Stephan'ie -Carlile Acting City Clerk By: ------------Name Title GRANTEE: By: _____________ _ Name Title Joe Jefferson Mayor COUNTY OF ARAPAHOE STATE OF COLORADO .. By: ____________ _ Shannon Carter, Director, Intergovernmental Relations and Open Spaces Pursuant to Resolution No. ----- 6 Page 21 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Jan. 17,2017 9ci Purchase of Crafco Melter Initiated By: Staff Source Public Works Pat White, Fleet Manager Larry Nimmo, Right-of-Way Services Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Passage of 2017 budget with funding budgeted and approved through the ServiCenter fund. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends Council approve by motion the purchase of a 2017 250-gallon melter from Denver Industrial Sales and Service for $48,247.00, which is the lowest technically acceptable bidder through Englewood Bid #IFB-16-028. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED This unit will replace Unit 3307, a 2005 Crafco SS2500 Melter. This unit has met the minimum replacement criteria of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and hours of use. The replacement unit will be purchased through Denver Industrial Sales and Service Co. for $48,247.00. FINANCIAL IMPACT $48,247.00 for a Crafco Sure Shot Melter. Funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted in the 2017 budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Englewood Bid Tab Summary Specification Sheet Equipment Brochure Page 22 of 326 City of Englewood Bid Tabulation Sheet Bid Opening Date: November 10th, 2016 2:00 PM MDT Apparent Low Bidder ITEM BID: IFB-16-028 250 Gallon Melter Applicator with Pump on Demand-Diesel Fueled yenaor -· "' ' ·--· --~ -, DISSCO 850 South Lipan Street Denver, CO 80223 Todd Mellema 303-935-2485 y $ 48,247.00 Vance Brothers 380 West 62nd Avenue Denver, co 80216 Joshua Williams model: Cimline Magma 410 Gen IV. Extra options 303-342-2604 N $ 49,576.00 were provided in total of$ 51,486. Page 23 of 326 STATE AWARD# SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES --------------------- ENGLEWOOD BID# IFB-16-028 --~~~~~------------- MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE Crafco MODEL OF VEHICLE Super Shot Melter AIR CONDITIONING YES NO AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION YES NO POWER WINDOWS YES NO POWER DOOR LOCKS YES NO 4 WHEEL DRIVE YES NO FLEX FUEL OPTION YES NO CERF REPLACEMENT YES NO NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES NO DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021003 Streets Division COMMENTS: This unit will replace Unit 3307, a 2005 Crafco SS2500 melter. This unit has met the minimum replacement criteria of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and hours of use. The replacement unit will be purchased through Denver Industrial Sales and Service Co. for $48,247.00 Page 24 of 326 Page 25 of 326 A PART OF THE CRAFCO PAVEMENT PRESERVATION SYSTEM Crafco 's total Pavement Preservation Systems include Engineered Performance Applicators and Sealants. Allhough all our melter I applicators work well with all brands of hot pour sealants, we recommend our Performance Verffled sealants for your next project. All sealants are not alike; sealant must be engineered for the proper use and climate. To assist in selecting the right system tor your specific application, consul/ the sealant selection guide on the Crafco web site or consult your local authorized Crafco Systems representative. Cralco Pavement Preservation Systems represent products that are 100% recyclable, from the containers that they are shipped in to the products themselves. Preserve and protect with Graf co Preservation systems. f ,.-.-'I : ,.1. :, Crafco Super Shel Melter/Applicalors Engineered Performance answer todays challenges of high energy costs and small budgets with innovative features. Available in three sizes to match budgets and job criteria, Super Shot machines get the job done correclly, quick, and economical, No other machine on the market today can match Crafco's Engineered Performance System Machines. Engineered Efficiency. Crafco's Super Shot engineered pump is mounted inside the melter, eliminating material re- circulation, outside plumbing and high-pressure lines. By eliminating the need for re-circulation the pump runs only when material application is needed making this an "on-demand~ system, this increases pump life and operator safety. ! . . ' . ,·.,,, , __ .... '/·· .· Additionally, an internally mounted pump requires no packing, eliminating maintenance. Less maintenance ln the shop means more production on the job, more profit and less costs. Engineered Options and Features Standard Engineered Features make the operation of these melters the safest and the easiest machines to operate. Many of the other features reduce labor and operating costs: the most impressive being the Super Shol Meller Engineered Options. Design the machine you want with these options. For example add an optional industrial air compressor and save the cost of running an additional engine and tow vehicle. With over 20 available oplions you will save time. money, and man power. #1 in Safety 1 Angled Loading Lid 2 Anti-Splash Lid 10 Super Shot Melter/Applicators are loaded with standard safety features designed to protect the operator and the public. In addition to standard safely features lhere are optional engineered features such as the autoloader, which keeps the operator clear of hot sealant and adds efficiency to lhe process. Rear controls keep the operator away from traffic on both sides of the unit and the bearing hose boom reduces operator fatigue. Anti splash lids with safety shut off's protect the operator from sealant splash. Review the Innovative features of Crafco Mellers and you will find these machines to be lhe most safely engineered molters available. 3 Low Profile Loading Height 4 Hot Oil and Sealant Shut Down 5 Manual Record Box 6 Lid Agitator Shut Off Switch 7 Bearing Boom 8 Hose Cover 9 Low Curb Height 1 O Hitch Extension 11 Quiet Operation 12 Curb side Controls 13 Heat Transfer Overflow Tank A ~cJrellld m11Jt9r with 110 ov,,rllow tlll)if m4y cauto grou11<1 COlll0111J11JJ!inJ1, 14 LED Lights Standard Items not indicated: Safety Chains, Breakaway Switch, Light Board, Fire Extinguisher, Auto Shut Off, Safety Manual, and Autoloader. CRf.aFCCJ ENGINEEREi:J SUPER SHOT MEL TERS ARE BUILT TCJ LRST Page 26 of 326 •-·-... ·-•• '1::::-'Z::- oi::: Oc-"-:___sl •E --. Automatlc Agitator Shut-Off and QUICK AND EASY START-UP With the flip of a toggle switch the Super Shot will be ready to operate in less than an hour. Shut down at the end of the day Is just as easy. Integrated Operator Control System -:·"·. ~· 1,, . . I·,.; _. ' ' ' . r ' . I Optional Compressor HEATED HOSE The low voltage electric heated hose heats material to appllcatian temperature within 45 minutes. The hose has the longest working radius in the industry, a 360° swlvel, protective sleeve, and a repairable hose and wand. OptlonaJ Efficient Burner Engine Cover Burner is posilloned Low Profile Low center of gravity Splosh Proof Lid Shut offs are Controls operate the Compressor runs air Protects engine lrom safely within the provides easy loading, entire unlt and override lance that is used to the elements, Incorporated Into lhe possible operator error. clean dirt and debris vandalism, and theft. lid, hose, wand, Integrated con1rol box cul or cracks, pump, burner, and houses all the gauges, Increasing crack electrical controls. switches, and engine sealing efficiency. controls. Crafco offers many Engineered Pertormance Options to increase production, save labor and tower operating costs. The versatility of the Super Shot units allows you to specify options in your time frame, from the! init!al placement of the order all the way through production. Most Super Shot units have been engineered to accept any option, whether it's an autoloader, compressor, light bar or fire extinguisher. These options will enhance production while increasing safety and security. Engine covers and battery boxes protect the engine from the elements and adds security. The autoloader lncreases production, adds safely and decreases operalor fatigue. The overnight healer is an on the job must ii you want to reduce slart up time. The light bar is for added safety to direcl lraflic and increase driver awareness. No other machine comes as complete or as diversified. -= ~ ----. --- frame providing yet has ample protection and ample unobstructed ground ground clearance. clearance for safe Time saving alaclrlc lowing over the most ovemlght heater rugged road option available. conditions. • Engine Cover • Gravily Feed • Arrow Board Kit • Surge Brakes • Engine w/ Gauges • Autoloader • 50 or 70 CFM Compressor • Cuslom Paint • Hitch Selection • Electric Plug Selection • Hitch Extension • Cab Brake Control • Break-away Battery w/ charger • Locking Battery Box • Light Bar • Overnighl Healer • Fire Extinguisher-10 or20 lb •Tool Box • Safety Hooks • Mud Flaps • Spare Tire Kil • Strobe Light CRAFCO ENGINEERED OPTIONS AND FEATURES REDUCE OPERATING AND LRSClR COSTS Page 27 of 326 -------------·-··---·---- Choose your size, choose yow· options! Super Shot 60 • The Crafco Super Shot series melter/applicators represent the most technologically advanced melter/applicators available. These state-of-the-art machines offer the ultimate In efficiency and ease of use. The digital control features of this equipment accurately control and regulate the heating temperature of the sealant and transfer oil. The patented Internal pumping system requires no clean out and features a hydraullc flow rate adjustment. The internal pump only operates when the operator activates the micro-switch on the applicator wand. With "On Demand" pumping there are no valves, fewer moving parts and no hose pressure build up. Super Shot melters will out-perform any comparable sized machine available. Crafco offers a one- year warranty, various options, and many safety leatures, making these machines the greatest value with the highest productivity. The Crafco Super Shot Melters are the most efficient and easy to use melter/applicators available today! There are three sizes to choose from. The Super Shot 60 is a 60-gallon capacity unit, which features automatic digital controls. ltis propane fired, with a heated hose and wand. This machine is designed for use on projects under 2,000 pounds of sealant per day. The Super Shot 60 is also available as a skid mount. The mid-sized 125 gallon capacity Super Shot 125 offers the best versatility. Ideal for medium to large sized projects 1 this unit is diesel powered, available with an optional compressor or a labor saving Autoloader. This is our most popular municipal unit. The oversized 250-gallon Super Shot 250 Is designed for large projects. This machine will out-perform any melter in its class and is available wilh many standard options. Ergonomically Engineered Loading Height Features: • Splash prooflld • AutornaUc agitation shut off • Fume free environment • No operator back strain •Lightweight loading lid Page 28 of 326 i. The patented pump technology of the Crafco Super Shot melters is what makes the Super Shot the most productive and lowest mainlenance meller in the industry. The Crafco patented pump is mounted inside the sealant tank. Mounting the pump inside eliminates material re-circulation, outside plumbing, and high-pressure lines, while decreasing pump wear. The Super Shot pump will last many times longer than a convemional pump. Internal pumps require no packing which eliminates maintenance and results in more production on the job. Super Shot 250 with Autoloader SUPER SHOT 150 Oim,.;,os • IIQ!S'l/6l.OO'W/1ll1YH S1Jppl'I Wolghl • J,liD Im I 6!0A ~ • Mool Grell Wai~ -l.G~n lk/ ill7.Us. App10;(. ,~rial VJpadry. 60 Gct/127 li!er 1'<11 Rat, • ~ lb,/1,r Heot TrcnsltrOil . 21 Gol/i9filer Tank Con111utoon. llouble 'Biillu Tonk0pen1ng. 12.25' X1S' /31 U5m111X lBlram loo di~ Hol;hH-0 In. I 111. mi . HeollnJl',11 -ltl0.000Bhl DJ ml fuel (~pad~ P10poMUlp0U1y .JOO lht / 45.l ks llydrouUi Oil Qipod~ -16 Gol H8 LIii< lnglne Stundard • !ohkt Ned. Ch105 liHP@ :Jro!JRPM. £n;lm.aDpl1co(W/CDmpre11Dt) HA AlkC~podtt. ?,OijO lb.T011l1111111J9071,t fo:s-Sil15/BOD·l3 Ai, Ulmpm1ot (OpllOOlll) HA Sudcce Aleo-MnrtlXII Toak , ?,5]B Ii 16,347 rm' Surl°'°Am-OU fan~. 3,33S1! 2\Jl6cm' lwlio DfTun~surfooi Arca -1.31,1 Conlrols -Stcl!d!lid ~rShO( Control lc,o!ion. HflUmrl1cRtG~ (Mlrol BDX CwbSida Ho1aS~la -£1«111, IVond Sl:1!2 -lh!l1ir KestCompo~m1111-lu MQ1e1ial Recinulmticn • Ho Bo)ni .Duul Pi1m"Blu1k Becrringi Burner Bo.c .liJA SUPER SH 125 -13i.ll'l/ 6B1f / illl'H" lllllll>ifri. / ll'W I llll'K I • 1.IOD lb,/ i.l1D ~ • l<tual jllSD[ -I~ lk/ l,~l Jt. · l<l,olj · :s.!IJD 11s.11,35a11.1,pp,o, 111lll(,l,01111t1i,11i ,1,1""'1 • 132 Goll 5DD ~er · • 1,00Dlili\r ,l!G~/12Dli>r .11ooiJilcil1( • H'l18' /l55.6mrrrU57.7mm •51.Do./.14TJOI • 2l0.DD0 Blu • 21 Goll 98 Ulir ll~IX .31 Grl./ 121 i.1! • 1&Gal/!B Ulir./lllllC-32 ;;. /<Ill 1i11] -llrrH(Jl.lwtu icd3(81 5.41HP@l.(OJ RPM '/Sldm roop.J lh111 [yl: lwru Moo lCOl ll lHP@!,(100 RP~ -//Oum roop,J llv"C!l.lruiu Mod. lC011X41.iBHP@3.00DRPJI , ,S.!1JDll.1111lo"l/2,l5! kg /lllOC'i,SIU l111"41/ llll!j). . smsnsm 1woc. mosns IHI ·53.I CfM@lOOPSl/lOCf~@ 1DlfSI -41671n1 'OJ!fon' -S,2"41ht'33;132oii' .111,1 -~oodirdS,,,,.Sh• -tt,droolir REot, CDittrol 801 Curb S'ide -Bomic ·--ff, .ff, -OUIII Pilloll Blctk Bearfag~ • Trnol Panel RemarcMe .J1il1Yl/llll'.W/BI.OO'~. • 5,DaO lr1 / 2,658 kg. • Adu cl • !,90D IJi.H,lSO k1 • /ppm,. • BO Gol I 94& lirer .JJOOll/hr. -'96ol/10Hiler .o,u1,a.;1., · -16'124' J 406.4 mml 6D9.6mm •lil•/142.31m -19D,IXXJSlu .32 GalJl!l Lilor -26 Doi. /lill11 (~i!IC .Jl Go!/lff lhn) · Th,e, [JI. 1,.., Jlod 3ral 1H 8/IP@ 3,0DD RPM • [53 c~<O!',J TlirN C1l liuru MollCD13l BHP @3,00I RIii -jro do ,.,p.) llrrN ()I. IWIO iod.3C01TK 41! BHP @3.000RPM ·l,2CIII. ToolorGl/1.3l9ka -m2l/l5R1S -ll8(lli@IOO~ /l4CTM@100IS1 • 6,632in 1 ~1,111 ui ~7.6SSRl1 49,381 tm1 • 1.15,l .JJoorlo~lolllr•h• • Hrdraulil: ReDr, Con11clB0.1 Wlb Side ~Eletlrlt -Elcr1r!1 -Ho ·llo -Dual. P111nw Block Benrl19 • Frcnl l'tln~I bmowbk Forbid spe-cifications !}Q to www .crafco.com Page 29 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of 5 Ford Utility Police Interceptors Jan. 17,2017 9cii Initiated By: Public Works Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Police Department Tim Englert, Commander PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Passage of 2017 budget with funding budgeted and approved through the ServiCenter Fund. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends Council approve by motion the purchase of five (5) Ford Utility Police Interceptors from Spradley Barr Greeley through State Award #201600000102 in the amount of $141,180.00 BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED Five (5) 2013 Chevrolet Caprice patrol cars will be replaced, Units 7453, 7455, 7458, 7459, and 7461. These units have met the minimum replacement criteria of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and mileage. The replacement units will be Ford Utility Police Interceptors by departmental request. The cost per vehicle is $28,236.00, for a total cost for five (5) units of $141,180.00 FINANCIAL IMPACT $141,180.00 for five (5) Ford Utility Police Interceptors. Funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted in the 2017 budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet Copy of State Award (*) signifies Englewood Options Page 30 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES STATE AWARD# _=2=01~7~00~0=0=01~0=2 _____________ _ ENGLEWOOD BID# __________________ _ MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE _,,__Fo=r'-"d ___________ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE ___ U=til~it,,_y--"P--"o.,,,li,,.,ce'--'I""n"'te""rc,,.,,e"'pt""o"""r ________ _ AIR CONDITIONING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION POWER WINDOWS POWER DOOR LOCKS 4 WHEEL DRIVE FLEX FUEL OPTION CERF REPLACEMENT NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021105 Police Operations COMMENTS: Five (5) 2013 Chevrolet Caprice Patrol cars will be replaced, Units 7453,7455,7458,7459, and 7461. These units have met the minimum replacement criteria of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and mileage. The replacement units will be Ford Utility Police Interceptors by departmental request. The per vehicle cost is $28,236.00 for a total cost for five (5) units of $141,180.00. Page 31 of 326 ' colorado Slala FINI M.._1 2017 WIICI.E SPl!Cll'ICATIONS -ra lnvllallon to Bid ORIGINAL P1911 al3 111212D11 Cius: SUV 4K4 Rlp,....lallwt-: 1: FORD 3: lfdv cj,do; Ill INTEIICEP UTIL PAff VDb MIDIUM AWQ PATROL 2:DOOGE 4. D1JIIAN130 MODEL: UTILITY INTERCEPTOR O!M MODEL 1: KBA TRIM LEVEL: AWO OEM CODE: 500A STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS· 103 PASS: 5PEASONSMIN. - 111 DOORS: 4 FULL SIZE SIDE DOORS 810 PKG POLICEAWD UTIUTV (Allachml) 910 PAIMAAV FUEL, UNLEADED . 191 STD WANTY• BUMPER TO BUMPER 3136 AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 211 NCJN.S'ID ENGINE OPTION A: 262 CNG PREP PACKAGE 254 ALTFUS.• OEM Bl FUEL SPECIFY TANK LOC 215 ALT FUEL• OEM DEDICATED SPEC TANK L0C 218 EIS· OEM Bl FUEL 286 PUSH BIJMBER PB4DO "llf1 PUSH BUMP PB4DO W/PB5 FENDER PROTECTC -413 TWO-WHEEL DRIVE: FRONT 414 TWO-WHEELORIYE: REAR 444 EN131NE BLOCK HEATER -472 EPACT AFY CRECJre Spodly 505 RIIJHT SPOTUGKI: RED LENS !J1T RIGHT SPOTUGtre CLEAfl LENS 528 PACKAGE: LIGHT BAR (IHChml net inslallod) -S33 WIRING, ROOF LIGHTING Willi HOI.E 550 DELETE 1102 INSIDE REAR DOOR HANOI.ES OPERATIONAL IOI HYBRID l3MIIELECTAIC -:119 DaETEllTATE PATROL OPTIONS . &e:I UNDERCOVER LIGHT PKG K7 & K8 (altdvnl) U3 LlllliTBAR INSTALL ----747 CREDIT 758 DELE!EPKGIBIO -713 PHEY (PLUG IN HYBIIID a.EC VEH) - OEM C00E INDICATE ACTUAL DEALER SPECIFICATIONS 500A STANDARD Eal IIPMENI ~A 810 SEE AI[A~l:IMJ;NT YES YES 3YR/36K BUMPER TO BUMPER OEM CODEACTUAL/ COMMENTS PRICE 3295.00 0 99T/44C 2~ 254 255 256 PB4DO PB400/P 413 414 41H 472 RSR RCR 528 533 550 52H 608 626 663 683 747 810D m 3.5L V-6 ECOBOOST • INCLUDED )N BASE PKG NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE PUSH BUMPER 85 PUSH BUMPER PB400 WITH PBS NOT AVAILABLE 0 0 0 390.00 932.00 0 NOT AVAILABLE O --=E.N.,G.,.IN,.E,..B,.L""O""C"'K-"H""EA'"'T'-'E"'-R'---------90.00 NOT AVAILABLE 0 NON L.E.O RED LENS 550.00 NON L.E.O CLEAR LENS 525.00 SEE ATTACHMENT 1500.00 _W;.;...IR"-'IN;.;G;:.;R"'O;:.;O;;;.F...::L:;.;IG;;;.H_T._.IN"'G;..... _______ 248.00 NOT AVAILABLE 0 52H IN PLACE OF 52P 0 NOT AVAILABLE 0 DELETE COMPLETE 810 PACKAGE c-8100.00> SEE ATTACHMENT 2535.00 INSTALL LIGHTBAR 386.00 NOT AVAILABLE 0 DELETE COMPLETE 810 PACKAGE <·8100.00> NOT AVAILABLE 0 Page 32 of 326 Calando -FINI Mon191mont 2017 VEHICLE SPICIFICATIONS Dllltra rnvllatfon 10 Bid ORIGINAL 1/212111& Class: SW 4x4 Rlp_,,..livl Mcxlols: 1: FORD 3: lesbrCP1r· Kl INTl!IICEP UTIL PMI lfflL MIQWM AWD SIAJBOL 2. DODGE 4: DURANGO MAKE: FORD MODEL: UTILITY INTERCEPTOR OEM MODEL I: K8A TRIM LEVEL: AWD OEM CODE: SOOA AVAILABLE OPTIONS 784 DE1.ETE LEFT SPOTUGHT 784 DEI.El'E REVERSE SENSE SYS PNTER ONLY) 800 FLOOR MATS FRONT ANO REAR -812 DElETE REAR MIRROR CAMERA (INTER ONLY) 813 CEI.ETE SYNC pNTERCEPTOR ONLY) 814 DELETE BUS PNTEACEPTOR ONLY) 1161 MN•Star 50.2200 6 50.22111 (FORO ONLY) llB2 EXT WARRANIY. POWER TRAIN 51100,0011 O&l,I CODEACTUAL/ COMMENTS PRICE 0.5!:t DELETE LEFT SPOTLIGHT <-21500> D76R _D_E_LET_E_R_E_·V_E_R_s_e_s_EN_S_E_s_v_s_T_E_M ____ ..:,;<•2§1.00:> §BF WEATHER TECH FRONT AND REAR 247.00 D87R IN DASH DISPLAY -CANNOT BE DELETED O D53M DELETE§VNC D5SB DELETEBLIS AVT961 MN-STAR S0-2200 AND S0-2201 ESP1695 5YR/100K POWERTRAIN JOHN WIENEKE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS MANAGER SPRADLEY BARR FORD LINCOLN OF GREELEY INC 4901 29TH STREET GREELEY, CO B0634 970-506-3821 JwlanekaOsbglortl.com nzs.oo 2985.00 Page 33 of 326 Class: SUV 4114 ~ Modols 1: FORD 3: C--Ploll Mlnlllfflllll 2017 VEHICLE S1'ECIP1CAT10NS Dulora lnVltallan to Bid ORIGINAL PAIi VD, MEDIUM AWD PATROt. INTERCEP UTIL PagoSoU MAKE: FORD MODEL: UTILllY INTERCEPTOR OEM MDDELI: KBA TIIIM LEVEL: AWD OEMCOI>£: 500A AVAILABLE COLORS· PIIIH auach manufacturer c:olor chlll OTHER VEHIC!.E SPECIRCATIONS / 0Pl'IONS (Pla ... alllch _,.,. shHI U flKHsary) TURN KEY PACKAGES AVAILABLE -CONTACT DEALER FOR PRICES SEE AUACHFD PBICE I 1st E0B Al I mHEB QPDONS STANDARD Ff.Crof!V WAR!Wll'Y (Alllch-cllscripl""'): MILES Bumperio Bumper 36000 t>rtve Train Olhor 60000 OPTIONAL FACTORY WARRAN!Y (Alllch di-descripllon) Ml.ES PREMIUM CARE 100.000 EPA FUEL RATING: _1_6 ____ M.P.G CITY, MONTHS 36 60 MONTHS 60 PFIICE 3285.00 .,2,.:.1 ____ M.P.G HIGHWAY OEMMNIMUMruaRATmOCTANE~:---~~-------- t>EUVER'f; 60·120 DAYS F!IOM DEALER REC£1PT OF ORIJER FROM STATE (E.G. 90 DAYS) lllENTIFV mY EXCEPTIONS TO SPECIFlCATIONS: (STARTING AT) PRICE 6200.00 0 DEALER NAME: SPRAD!.EY BARR FORD LINCOLN OF GREE!.EY INC DEAi.ER PHONE: 970-506-3621 BIDDER'S NAME:_JO_H_N_W1"?"EN":E1,:K,.,.E ________ _ SIGNA·--------------- JOHN WIENEKE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS MANAGER SPRADLEY BARR FORD LINCOLN OF GREELEY INC 4901 29TH STREET GREELEY, CO 80634 97().506-31521 )wlonakaOabglcxd<0m Page 34 of 326 03/28/16 2017 UTILITY POLICE INTERCEPTOR COLOR & TRIM AVAILABILITY COLOR OFFERINGS Original PROPRIETARY EXTERIOR COLOR POUCE OrderCado Av1ll1blllly llodlum Brawn Motalllc BU • . Ai!Zo'niiieip.,iiiiiiiiii~c1n~•-· __ ·___:___::__: . ,~·-·:.': t ii',:-~-· . --~-~ ~----• ._· -'-'·-··~:-·~•"-_.·-~··_···--~"'--•I G1 • Shlcl-Block ~Dkelltal!9 Meta1ffc . Kodiak Brown 11111111c .• . . •• . ._·_·· __ ._ •. _._ .. _·... . .. ·-.• ,_. HG __ .· •··•• ......... .,. ... ... .. ..•.•• . i · . . . '·-··· - -• , ..... _ T,,-.-•-·~·••'•"•"•' , .. ,., ...... >,,•o,•-••• ·--... -,-- J1 · ~ :ror1111or ~ iiotamc . --.,··<··:·· -:~~-; .~:~-~~-··· .. ~--~. Norua aiu.11,111110 KR • . .. --· ,, ...... . • ;§ir.U!!!! . . . " ... " .. _ ..... _. --:-1:if ...... "-... ,.,_ -~-: ' ... ~.:-~ -·-··-··"' .. · ----~j~-~~' ___ ,._ ....... -i , .. -... - • .. -~! .. : ___ .,,_ -·-·~ ., .. ,. .... ;.J • ........ _____ -. .... , .. ········ .. .. I -... , .. .! .. , ....... ,., ... , .. ,·,._, "UJ'. .. -----~:. __ -·--. ---~--... ·:: ~-.-~'..--~--·-~-····-·· .... , ux . '' ' '' --·-·--· • . r.·~ : ] Royal Blu1 iW1!~H!l.~.!~~-.. Ullrl Blue lllllttlc BluoJHn• Metallic Sllvlr ONy llllllllc ~8.@J!lMIIIUI\:. lngo1Sllvar Motalllc :!!!!!l!!lnJfHanlum llalaHlc Oxlonl White ...•• -········---···-· •• YO'. .....••...••.•• , ...••.. .... ?!. ... ··. • ... .J YZ VINYL WRAP COLOR TREATMENT OFFERINGS* Vinyl Wrap Color Accent Onllr Coda ~.a~~ vyt11te: . .. . . . . . . . .. . . ··:~ -··~~~- .. NOTE: _Not ava11abJa y;t111_~r1or _pint oicfonl Wlllta ~ .......... , .. • AccontCotorWraplorVlnyl Packages 91A, 11c, t1D Original * • w for this modal aar ·8· Page 35 of 326 ORIGINAL 4/11/2016 •11evlHd 2017 UTILI I T POLICE INTERCEPTOR PRICE LIST PROPRIETAR' MODEL SERIES CODE (PRICE LEVEL CODE 725) BASE VEtRCLE PRICE ""ilCO AWO KIA Ulllll)'...,.. lnton:optar AWD ~~~e*=~;:===l:!Dolll~~nl~lfon~and~ 1'1111 SEAIES PKG. DRWE caaE PREFERRED EQUIPMENT PACKAGES Polee , ...... ,1or 1f ,S-P =!=rat~ SUG0EB'l'ED RETAIL 131,51D SUGGEB'l'ED RETAIL $3111 I IIC Reor - ~===::::;;;;==::;::=~= ~!~u;::P ='=====~====l=:::::!= 4111 1 I.411 SU0GEBTED DRIVE OP'IIOII POWERTRAINS CODE ENGINE ~N MODEL Ponce lntorctptor ~~AILAIILEON ALL MODELS UNLEBS OTHERWISE NOTED "Rlvised 04122/16 NR 3.7L V6Tf.VUT lTT ~11i1inl 11T 3.51. VS Ecollooo1 E"""'- 4 .. Aulomallc Transmiuion OP'RON TIRES CODE 151. WIIHICOYen (18 In. FUI Fact Wheel COVIi) 84E 18 In, Palntlld Aunlnum WIIHI OP'RON CODE t7U 47C 21P ..,41H ...-1u f~ t 43L 142 11T 21L 21W l&W IOA 139 13L &1P 51W S1Y !!! if51T 518 &1V 120 l2R 58Z 711D 11A 11C 11H 11J 11D 11E •1F OTHER OPTIONS u ... 11, winng Poe ... , -Wini Connoctor ICH • Fronl Pollco Wini Connldo< ICH • Ras Engine Block HIii« LlclnN Piilo Broclcll • Fronl Aulo-. DIP1< 0.. FHluia-Courtfty lamp-when any door la _,... Sl1n1Modt Da)'11m1 Roonlng I.Imps Domo I.amp.-·· In Clzgo -Frant WOITllng Auodlary Ughl Forward 1-Pocl<tlWamlng Llghl Fronl lnlt!lorWinclshleklWamlng llghlS Pn>Wllfng lot grll1 LED llghla, 111911 and opoal<• SklaMarkerLED•SklavlawMIIIOII Roor Cllal111 Gllsl Side Mlrl<er Ughls Spot ump Prop Kit. DrlYor Side Spol ump Prop Kl, Dual Sidi Spot Limp. ,.--,n1-. Drlvlr0nty Spot Limp• lncandnc•nt Bulb, Dull (dllver tnd _, Spot Limp· LED Bulb'. DIW Only (Wllllan) Spot Limp• LED lul>, Dual (drlwr and pan _, (UnllyJ Spot Limp· LEO lul>, Dual (drlwr ..i p1111-) (Whtl,n) Gllsl • SOlarlln12nd Row, Roar Quarter and Ullgato Window (Dllllt1 Privaoy Bl&u) 0u •S0larl1n12nd RowOnty, Prlvlo)' Glasson Raar Quarlor1ncf UftgaloWlndow Rool Rack Sida Ralll • Block Dollador Plall D-r PIiie (Incl wl ffTJ Two-T'"1t Vinyl Package 11 Two-T'"11 Vinyl Package 13 T_ T..,, Vinyl• Rool T-T'"11 Vinyl• Rfl/1.H F,onl Doors Vlll)'I Word Wrap• f'OUCE • n'"1-rlllactlvl whkl \1111)'1 Word~~~• ~!,!CE• rallldlva black • ICE- • A. RETAIL Bid .... -5 d BU00ESTED RETAIL ... 4711 SUOGEBTED RETAIL l&IO 111$ 1311 IO NC 111 2D 2D 45 IO IIO 840 1.111 50 2IO m 1411 2IO 215 350 4211 120 H5 120 IS 111 ffl Incl 84D 7IICI 4IO 305 'Ill !!! Ford Dlvlslan Page 36 of 326 ORIGINAL 4/11/2016 2017 UTILITY POLh.,E INTERCEPTOR PROPRIETARl ·Revised PRICE LIST (PRICE LEVEL CODE 725) OPTION OTHER OPTIONS (continued} IUGGU110 CODE RETAIL AVAILMLE vn _ .. .,,. Vllljl Word wn,p • , , • non-nlloc:IMI whlll ·::c IIOOEUI UNLEIIII l7R RNr lllow Ca/nlnl (nllncr dllplayj OTHERWISE NOTED 1311 SYNC Bulo (Volce·Acllvllod cammun-SyatomJ 211 11R Rfin~(4)11wi-anltffllng-(rlllw/53MJ 111 f:: Rlmlll'l'"I* (4) llwllCtool an 11Ndng ""111111 (rwq 53M) 111 R111°Door Hlnd1N l_..,..I Ladcl~ :IS IIO Rlll•Door HaldN 1_..., Ladcl lnoplrlblo :IS 1211 Hidden Door-lock Pluogorw/RNr.cfoor hlnclol Dplflb1o 140 :,a: Hidden Docw-Loclc Ptungtr-,door.-"-"""' 1IO --~-.Dplflblotn.nfrontdffi11sldl •• 1f11D -'Gtallol Llldll Unlock lNIWW Nie: 110 111and2nd rw _.. ftoorcovedng Oncl. ftoormlls, ltonl 125 anc1 .. ., IIF 2nd Raw Clolh -IO 2nd Row Cloth -(Incl w/ 115U) Ind 17P -Paaeng1< Seal --.. ~UD Fram CONollPIIII • D111ta . WC UR RoarConaolo P11111 35 ~= Ke)'ld --1435x IO Koyod Allk1 -1284• IO !IID Keyed Allka-0135x IO NF Ke)'ld Allol-057&,c IO HJ Koyod Allkl-1111• IO !IIC Ke)'ld Allkl-1294• IO HG l(eyld Allkl -0151 X IO IOD Balll1lc DoorPanols (LVLlll)-Orlwtr Fram DoorOnly . 1,515 IICIE BalMlllc Door Panols (LVL 111)-Drlwtr & Pm Front Docn 3,170 IOF Ballilllc Door Panllo (LVL 4+) -Or1Y1r Fron! Door Only 2,415 ~= -tic Door Pano II (LVL 4+)-Drlvor & Pus Front Docn 4,l30 BL16 • Blind Spot -1,g wllh Crvlo TrolloAlotl ('"'I 218) 141 Mmn-HlllodBldl,tow IO 11L Laculll1 Gu Cop lo< ENY FUii Coplea Fuel·Fl!er 20 113 Perimtll< Atltl-'1111ft Alllm • Acttvotld by Hood, Door, or 120 47A Uflgal1 (roq 595) Pollca Engine lcle FNlln 2IO ~= Remol1 Key1olS Entry Koy Fob (wlo K-d. l1u PATS) 290 IIMIHS...lng 271 17A Am NI Condlolonlng 110 ,ea Badgo Oolola (Police lnt=opor Sodgo Only) Nie: nv C.rgoSlorlQIV'"l 2.45 -ScllllGua,ds IO ,:= My Speld FINI Managamenl IO NaiN SI"' lion 8andl (GroundSlrll'OJ 100 SZII Enhan<:ld PTU Cooler (roq 991) 2,125 ,ax 1DOWaHSlrlnlc..-"~ n;...audesbra""'a1and .. "'1•111 3DO ~{:3l ~ ?-~I, \ -- ' "RtviHd 04122/18 -8· Ford Dlv1110n Page 37 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of Jan. 17,2017 Police Tahoes (3) 9ciii Initiated By: Public Works and Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Police Department Tim Englert, Commander PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Passage of 2017 budget with funding budgeted and approved through the ServiCenter Fund. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends Council award by motion the purchase of three (3) Chevrolet Tahoes from John Elway Chevrolet through State Award #201600000137 in the amount of $111,024.00 BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED Three Tahoes will be purchased to replace Units 7449 and 7450, both Chevrolet Tahoes, and Unit 7452, a Chevrolet Caprice sedan which the department is requesting be upgraded to a Tahoe 4x4. All of these units have met the minimum requirements of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and mileage. FINANCIAL IMPACT $111,024.00 for three (3) Chevrolet Tahoe Patrol Units. Funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted in the 2017 budget. The individual costs per unit are as follows: Base Price less State Patrol Package Reverse Sensing System Spot Light Left Remote Keyless entry Common key-Fleet Additional 6 keys Total per unit cost Total cost (3) LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet Copy of State Award $36,049 $ 329 $ 490 $ 75 $ 25 $ 40 $37,008 $111,024 Page 38 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES STATE AWARD# __ _;,,2=01~6=0=00~0=0=13~7 ____________ _ ENGLEWOOD BID# --------------------- MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE _~C=h=ev~r=o=le~t ___________ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE _~T=ah=o=e _______________ _ AIR CONDITIONING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION POWER WINDOWS POWER DOOR LOCKS 4 WHEEL DRIVE FLEX FUEL OPTION CERF REPLACEMENT NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED T0 __ ~02=1=1~0~5-~P~o=li=ce~O=p=e=ra=t=io=n~s __ COMMENTS: Three Tahoes will be purchased to replace Units 7449 and 7450, both Chevrolet Tahoes and Unit 7452 a Chevrolet Caprice sedan which the department is requesting to be upgraded to a Tahoe 4x4. All of these units have met the minimum requirements of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and mileage. The price per unit is $37,008.00 for a total of$! I 1,024.00. The purchase was approved in the 2017 Budget and funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF). Page 39 of 326 Colorado S1ate Ftaet Managemunt 2018 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Dealers lnvllaUon to Bid Page 1 of 3 Class: SUV 4x4 Representative Modols: 1: CHEVROLET 3· Body Code; KT TAHOE PASS UTIL LARGE. 4X4. PATROL 2: FORD 4: EXPEDITION OR/OIN"i.i MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: TAHOE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS• ~ PASS: 5 PERSONS MIN • ...!!!_ COORS: 4 FULL SIZE SIDE DOORS ~ FOUR•WHEEL DRIVE 479 PKG: POLICE 4WO UTILITY(allchmenl) ~ PRIMARY FUEL: UNLEADED ~ STD WRNTY • BUMPER TO BUMPER 3/36 AVAILABLE OPTIONS· ~ NON•STD ENGINE OPTION A: ~ CNG PREP PACKAGE ~ ALT FUEL-OEM Bl FUEL SPECIFY TANK LOC ~ ALT FUEL• OEM DEDICATED SPEC TANK LOC 256 ES5 • OEM Bl FUEL 288 PUSH BUMBER PB400 ~ PUSH BUMP PB400 W/PB5 FENDER PROTECT( ~ DELETE PKG #479 ~ SEAT:EXTRA 3RD ROW SEAT ~ REAR AXLE• ANTI SPIN ~ PCKG:TOWING/RCVR HITCH(Alchml) 444 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER I 472 EPACT AFV CREDIT: Specify 477 DELETE TOW PKG IN PKG #479 5D5 RIGHT SPOTLIGHT: RED LENS 507 RIGHT SPOTLIGHT: CLEAR LENS 528 PACKAGE: LIGHT BAR (attchml nal Installed) ~ WIRING, ROOF LIGHTING WITH HOLE 604 PUSH BUMPER SETINA 16" 808 HYBRID GAS/ELECTRIC I 683 UNDERCOVER LIGHT PKG K7 & KB (attchml) 876 CONSOLE 683 LIGHTBAR INSTALL OEM MOOEL #: CK15706 TRIM LEVEL: OEM CODE INDICATE ACTUAL OEALER SPECIFICATIONS OARD STAN §ll,N D R STAN DARO INCLU DED STAN DARO STAN DARO OEM CODEACTUAL / COMMENTS VAILABLE NOTA NOTA VAlLABLE [l!QTA VAILABLE OEM -AFTERMARKET t:lQI-6 VAILABLE STAN DARO OEMCOOE: PRICE 15300 __________________ 369 _________________ 693 INCLUDES 784 CREDIT (6152) AFTE RMARKET 2510 §TA[l! DARO ~)SL o p:\:i fl.'.")\~ cle I fl..~!O~.:d: lf7; 6_50'-- 75 ISQ5 NOTA VAILABLE VAILABLE NOTA 369 _________________ 350 _________________ 1355 149 -------------------349 NOTA VAILABLE 1849 A95 BUCKETS WITH CENTER CONSOLE 250 260 Page 40 of 326 Calarada State Float Managament 2016 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Dealers Invitation ta Bid Page2al3 8/6/2015 Class: SUV 4x4 Body coda; !SI PASS UTIL LARGE. 4X4, PATROL Rep,esantatlva Models: 1: CHEVROLET TAHOE 3: MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: TAHOE AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 763 PHEV (PLUG IN HYBRID ELEC VEH} ,,__ 784 DELETE LEFT SPOTLIGHT -795 CLOTH MIDDLE SEAT -800 FLOOR MATS FRONT AND REAR -825 REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM -826 CONSOLE B1WN BUCKET SEATS FORD ONLY - 827 CENTER CONSOLE INSTALL - 828 PA SYSTEM W/SIREN SPEAKER - 829 PROGRAM & INSTALL LIGHTING CONTROLLER - 982 EXT WARRANTY· POWER TRAIN 5/100,000 - 2: FORD 4: EXPEDITION OEMMODEL#: CK 1S?0 6 TRIMLEVEL: OEM CODEACTUAL / COMMENTS AVAILABLE NOT OEM CODE: PRICE __ IN_C_L_U_D_E_D_IN_28_9 ______ C_R_E_D_IT __ (200) 5T5 630 NOT NOT NO CHARGE ___________________ 190 _________________ 329 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE -------------------CALL FOR DETAILS 819 STAN DARD Page 41 of 326 Colorado State Fleet Management 2016 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Dealers Invitation to Bid Class: SUV 4x4 Bodv Code; fil PASS UT/L LARGE, 4X4, PATROL Represenlallve Models: 1: CHEVROLET TAHOE 3: 2: FORD 4: EXPEDITION MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: TAHOE OEM MODEL#: CK15709 TRIM LEVEL: AVAILABLE COLORS: Please attach manufacturer color chart OTHER VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS/ OPTIONS (Please anach separate sheet If necessary) STANDARD FACTORY WARRANTY (Atlacl1 delalled desc:,JpUon): MILES Bumper to Bumper 36K Drlva Train Olher 100K OPTIONAL FACTORY WARRANTY (Allacl1 delalled desc:,JptJon): MONTHS 36 60 MILES MONTHS PRICE SEVERAL AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS EPA FUEL RATING: --~1~6 ___ M.P.G CITY, ---=22=---M.P.G HIGHWAY OEM MINIMUM FUEL RATED OCTANE~: __ .,:8..:5 __________ _ DELIVERY: APROX 60 DAYS FROM DEALER RECEIPT OF ORDER FROM STATE (E.G. 90 DAYS) IDENTIFY ANY EXCEPTIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS: OEM CODE: Paga 3 of3 B/B/2015 PRICE DEALER NAME: __ J_O_H_N_E_LW_A_Y_C_H_E_V_R_O_L_ET ____ _ DEALER PHONE:---7--1_9. __ 8_66_._11_3_4 ________ _ BIDDER'S NAME: _,..M..,A-.,R,cKyr,.,_C,cM....,_,U,.:;W!,,;..,Nc..., _____ _ SIGNATURE, --L __ _ Page 42 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Jan. 17,2017 9civ Patrol Car Equipment Initiated By: Public Works and Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Police Department Tim Englert, Commander PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Passage of 2017 budget with funding budgeted and approved through the ServiCenter Fund. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends Council approve by motion awarding the contract to L.A.W.S. in the amount of $65,469.00. Four bids were received for this project and L.A.W.S. was the lowest responsible bidder BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED 2017 Police Fleet replacements will include five (5) Ford Utility Police Interceptors and three (3) Chevrolet Tahoes (see Bid Proposal). This equipment is specialized for police, and is necessary to prepare these units for service. FINANCIAL IMPACT $65,469.45 for equipment to up fit (5) Ford Utility Police Interceptors and (3) Chevrolet Tahoes. Funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted for in the 2017 budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Bid Tabulation Bid Proposal Page 43 of 326 City of Englewood Bid Tabulation Sheet Bid Opening Date: December 20, 2016 2:00 PM MST ITEM BID: IFB-16-029 Patrol Car Equipment & Installation ,u 1 / t-oro u~11•~Y t"O ice "ul I tora uilllty Vendor Interceptor Each Police Interceptor XS Av-Tech Electronics, Inc. 12851 W 43rd Dr Ste 1 Golden, CO 80403 303-288-0313 Kristen Bartholomew -Sales Manaqer 10,885.85 54,429.25 Summit Bodyworks 7740 Dalia St Commerce City, CO 80022 303-301-7550 Dwight Berry· Law Ent. Acct Rep. 12,525.00 62,625.00 Wireless Advanced Communications 3901 W Service Rd Evans, CO 80620 970-567-3026 Jeff Gorsuch -Sales 8,132.48 40,662.40 L.A.W.S. 7.124 S DIiion Ct #100 Englewood, CO 80112 720-870-4965 Devin Marciano -President 8,440.59 42,202.98 Apparent Low Bidder 1..::u 1, v11evro1et ..::u,, .... ,1evro1et Tahoe Each TahoeX3 Total Bid Exceptions/Comments None Listed 10,156.47 30,469.41 84,898.66 We will use B&B Fuse Block instead of Patrol Power 11,171.00 33,513.00 96,138.00 Although our facilities are 58 miles from the Englewood Servicenter, we should not be excluded from consideration 8,646.68 25,940.04 66,602.44 No Exceptions 7,755.49 23,266.47 65,469.45 Page 44 of 326 BID PROPOSAL #IFB-16-029 Patrol Car Equipment & Installation Bid Prices to include both equipment costs and Installation Description 2017 Fort Utility Police Interceptor X5 Each Total Price $~,()~ $ L/). 202,C/'6 2017 Chevrolet Tahoe X3 7755. lfl ·7 ·7 ,2 66 c/1 $, $a.::>, . . ) Total Bid: b r:_ t/£9, l/o Indicate the date vendor will take possession of vehicle to begin up-fitting after award of Bid and issuance of cpntract and purchase order: Vl=/./1(,l/3.5 Cl/A! 8£s /Jc.ceP!tJO A:S SOOVl AS: TIiey Al2e1uc 41i.D K) Is-J:5Sl-1eO. Each Proposing Vendor shall determine prior to submitting a Bid, that they have received all addenda issued, and will acknowledge the receipt. Receipt of copies of the following amendment(s) is (are) hereby acknowledged: Amendment No(s\. Date Acknowledged Bidder's Signature ALL MATERIAL F.O.B. CITY OF ENGLEWOOD 2800 South Platte River Drive Englewood, CO 80110 Price quote firm for ninety (90) days. Exceptions: /JO E>tci3P17 Or'/ S BY: '?)EtJ/ J M!412r;J4tJoi Name (Please print) /Z >z 1£ Dae 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org IFB-16-029 Patrol Car Equipment & lnstatlaUon 10 Page 45 of 326 Signature Title {. A {JS 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org IFB-16-029 Patrol Car Equipment & Installation ' 11 Page 46 of 326 ?< I ~~ (-~ L.A.W.S. LIGHTCNG. ACCESSORY & WARNING SVSTeMS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DILLON COURT. SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.COM I Customer Information ) I ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info 2017 FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. ITEM DESCRIPTION 2017 FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY DISCOUNTS OFFERED PRE PAY DISCOUNT 5% FAST PAY 10 DAY DISCOUNT 2% STANDARD TERMS NET 30 PARTS TO BE RE-USED WHELEN LIBERTY GEN 1 LED LIGHTBAR MOTOROLA XTL5000 / APX6500 REMOTE HEAD MOBILE RADIO. WHELE ••• WHELEN CENCOM SAPPHIRE SERIES LIGHT AND SIREN CONTROLLER 5 YEAR WARRANTY. CCSRNTA3 LAWSS ... 150 WATT SIREN SPEAKER BLACK. LAWSYH15016A FEDER ••• FEDERAL SIGNAL ISOLATED HEADLIGHT FLASHER. FHL-UTL LAWST ••. TRIO LED WARNING LIGHT 18 DIODE RED/ BLUE/ WHITE WITH WHITE STEADY OVERRIDE FEATURE. L-TRIO-RBC18 LAWST ••• TRIO LED WARNING LIGHT 18 DIODE RED/ BLUE/ WHITE WITH WHITE STEADY OVERRIDE FEATURE. L-TRIO-RBC18 LAWS ... MICRO THIN 6 HEAD LED SPLIT COLOR RED/ BLUE WITH SYNC AND INTERNAL FLASH PATTERNS. L-XE6RB 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE.STOCKING FEE. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance Payment Terms 1%IONET20 PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 07/29/16 8814 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total DUAL SIREN 5.000 738.994 3,694.97T SIREN SPEAKER 5.000 139.00 695.00T HEADLIGHT FLASHER 5.000 60.102 300.51T TRIO GRILLE LIGHTS 10.000 112.499 1,124.99T DUO MIRROR LIGHTS 10.000 112.499 1,124.99T REAR SIDE/ 20.000 51.4995 1,029.99T LIFTGATE Subtotal 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE AT THE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. Sales Tax (0.0%) 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL WILL ENCUR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. I PaR,e 1 Total 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 47 of 326 ~~ I '.$;~ (-=:..--::-:> L.A.W.S. LIGHTING. ACCESSORY & WARNING SVSTl!!:M.S EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DIUDN COUKT, SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.COM I Customer Information J I ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietaiy between LAWS and Customer only. 2017 FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY ITEM DESCRIPTION LAWS ... 8 HEAD LED DUO WARNING BAR WITH AMBER TRAFFIC ADVISOR. 28" LONG 5 YEAR LED WARRANTY. LAWS.WBRBA LAWSL •• LED INSERT 8 LED SPLIT COLOR BLUE/ CLEAR LLLHA-12 BLUE/ CLEAR MAX LE ••• MAXXIMA LED FLASHER CONTROL MODULE M50910 SETINA .•• SETINA PB400 ALUMINUM PUSH BUMPER FOR THE 2016+ INTERCEPTOR UTILITY BK05341TU16 SETINA ..• SETINA 10-VS.RP PRISONER PARTITION WITH UNCOATED POLYCARBONATE AND 2 PIECE LOWER EXTENSION PANEL FOR 2012 TO CURRENT FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY. PK04391TU12SCA LAWSP ... LED PRISONER/ AUX LIGHT. -CLEAR 3W DOMED LED -THREADED BASE FOR HEADLINER & FLUSH MOUNTED APPLICATIONS LAWS.PRIS-LED-C PATRO ••• PATROL POWER COMPACT IN CAR POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT. INCLUDES MASTER BREAKER, SYSTEM TIMER, AND HARNESS. Compact Universal 04-0208 LS3PO •.• LS3 INDUSTRIES FULL SIZE POLYCARBONATE CARGO/ PRISONER BARRIER. FITS FULL SIZE SUVS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING BEHIND 2ND ROW SEATS LS3-BARRIER-XL-SUV 1. PARTRETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE.STOCKING FEE. 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance Payment Terms 1%IONET20 PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 07/29/16 8814 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total REAR WINDOW 5.000 349.80 1,749.00T REAR REVERSE 10.000 65.00 650.00T REAR FLASHER/ 5.000 31.268 156.34T BRAKE LIGHTS PUSH BUMPER 5.000 279.002 1,395.01T PRISONER CAGE 5.000 635.00 3,175.00T PRISONER LIGHT 5.000 25.00 125.00T PATROL POWER 5.000 405.00 2,025.00T POLY BARRIER 5.000 315.90 1,579.50T Subtotal 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE AT THE LAWS FACILITY UNLIESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. Sales Tax (0.0%) 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLIES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL WILL ENC UR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. I PaR,e 2 I Total 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 48 of 326 r~ rZ '.$;> ~ L.A.W.S. LIGHTING. ACCESSORY & WARNING SVSTeMS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DILLON COURT, SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.COM Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. I Customer Information ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info 2017 FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY ITEM DESCRIPTION SOUND ••• SOUND OFF SIGNAL IGNITION SECURllY SYSTEM. ETISS0-07+ JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK CONTOUR CONSOLE FOR 2016 AND NEWER FORD POLICE INTERCEPTOR UTILllY. INCLUDES 16" OF EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SPACE. 425-6478 JOTTO ••• ABS DUAL CUP HOLDER FACE PLATE MOUNT REQUIRES 4" OF MOUNTING SPACE 425-3704 JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK ADJUSTABLE ARMREST FLOOR PLATE MOUNT FOR LAZY LAND FLOOR PLATE MOUNT. 425-6411 JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK MAGNETIC MIC HOLDER. 425-3817 SANTA ... SANTA CRUZ 18" LONG FLAT BAR FOR ADJUSTABLE GUN LOCKS SC-502 SANTA ... SANTA CRUZ UNIVERSAL HANDCUFF SlYLE GUN LOCK XTRA LARGE WITH HANDCUFF KEY OVERRIDE. SC5XL-H SANTA ... SANTA CRUZ ADJUSTABLE BUTT PLATE. SC1900 SANTA ... SANTA CRUZ SQUARE BUTT PLATE BRACKET. 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE-STOCKING FEE. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance Payment Terms 1%10NET20 PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 07/29/16 8814 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total ISS 5.000 118.00 590.00T CONSOLE 5.000 282.24 1,411.20T DUAL CUP HOLDER 5.000 36.192 180.96T ARMREST 5.000 80.736 403.68T MAG MIC 5.000 36.25 181.25T ADJ BAR 5.000 23.10 115.50T XL GUNLOCK 10.000 · 116.00 1,160.00T BUTT PLATE 10.000 21.75 217.50T BKT 10.000 21.75 217.50T Subtotal 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILnY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE AT THE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURnY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. Sales Tax (0.0%) 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICE NT FUEL WILL ENC UR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. I Ap&r'3oi"ar Signature: Total 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Page 49 of 326 rq ~> ~ L.A.W.S. LIGHTING. ACCESSORY & WARNING SYSTEMS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DIUON COURT, SUITT 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.COM Customer Information ) • ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. 2017 FORD INTERCEPTOR UTILITY ITEM DESCRIPTION ANTEN ... LAWS 7·800 ANTENNA KIT FOR DTR MOBILE RADIOS. -LARSEN ANTENNA 698-906/1710-2500 MHz SLPT698-2170NMOHF -LARSEN HF NMO CABLE NMOKHFUD -LAIRD MINI UHF MALE CONNECTOR CRIMP ON FOR RG/58. CMUHF58 SETINA .•• SETI NA TRANSPORT SEAT COVER TPO PLASTIC WITH CENTER PULL SEAT BELTS AND #12 EXPANDED METAL PARTITION QK04951TU12 LS3PO .•• LS3 POLY WINDOW GUARD FOR INTERCEPTOR UTILITY. LS3--P-WG•INT-UT CRADL.. CRADLEPOINT RUGGED ENTERPRISE CLASS MOBILE 3G/4G/LTE MULTI BAND CARRIER WITH WIFI FOR VERIZON. IBR1100-VZ PANOR ..• PANORAMA MULTI BAND ANTENNA FOR CELL DATA /WIFI. XK·IN2148 SHOPS ... SHOP SUPPLIES AND MISC INSTALL PARTS. LEVEL IV. (FULL INSTALL) LABOR INSTALLATION LABOR SERVICE. ( EVT Certified Installer) 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE-STOCKING FEE. 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance. Payment Terms 1%10NET20 PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 07/29/16 8814 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total MOTO APX6500 5.000 49.00 245.00T REMOTE HEAD SEAT/REAR BARRIER 5.000 977.13 4,885.65T POLY WINDOW 5.000 225.00 1,125.00T BARRIERS CRADLEPOINT MODEM 5.000 899.00 4,495.00T ANTENNA 5.000 264.386 1,321.93T MISC SHOP 5.000 235.002 1,175.01T INSTALL 5.000 1,130.50 5,652.50 Subtotal 3. LAWS WllL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE ATTHE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE $42,202.98 AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Sales Tax (0.0%) REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. $0.00 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL WILL EN CUR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. Pa~e4 Total $42,202.98 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 50 of 326 F-<=Z ~ ~ ~--( :: ~ L.A.W.S. LIGHTlNG. ACC.eSSORV & WARNING SVST!!!MS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 5. DlllON COURT, SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.COM Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. • Customer Information , ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info ITEM DESCRIPTION 2017 CHEVROLET TAHOE I WHELE ••• WHELEN LIBERTY 2 SERIES WE-CAN FULL DUO LED LIGHTBAR. 48" INCLUDES ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING STRAP KIT AND ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING FEET. IBSBDER WHELE .•• WHELEN CENCOM SAPPHIRE SERIES LIGHT AND SIREN CONTROLLER 5 YEAR WARRANTY. CCSRNTA3 LAWSS ... 150 WATT SIREN SPEAKER BLACK. LAWSYH15016A WHELE ••• WHELEN SOLID STATE HEADLIGHT FLASHER PLUG AND PLAY FOR CHEVROLET TAHOE/ IMPALA/ CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE. SSFPOSl6 LAWST ••• TRIO LED WARNING LIGHT 18 DIODE RED/ BLUE/ WHITE WITH WHITE STEADY OVERRIDE FEATURE. L-TRIO-RBC18 GRILLE TO FLASH RED/ WHITE/ BLUE WITH WHITE OVERRIDE. MIRRORS TO FLASH RED I WHITE· BLUE I WHITE WITH WHITE OVERRIDE. LAWS ... MICRO THIN 6 HEAD LED SPLIT COLOR RED/ BLUE WITH SYNC AND INTERNAL FLASH PATTERNS. L-XE6RB LAWS ••• 8 HEAD LED DUO WARNING BAR WITH RED/ BLUE· AMBER TRAFFIC ADVISOR. 35" LONG 5 YEAR LED WARRANTY. LAWS-WBRBA LAWSL •• LED INSERT 8 LED SPLIT COLOR BLUE/ CLEAR LLLHA-8 BLUE/ CLEAR 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE.STOCKING FEE. 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance Payment Terms CREDIT CARD PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 12/06/16 9451 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total LIGHTBARX2 2.000 1,685.01 3,370.02T CONTROLLER 3.000 738.94 2,216.82T SIREN SPEAKER 3.000 138.99667 416.99T HEADLIGHT FLASHER 3.000 84.99667 254.99T GRILLE/ MIRROR 12.000 112.49 1,349.88T HATCH LIGHTS 6.000 51.49 308.94T REAR WARNING BAR 3.000 398.98667 1,196.96T REVERSE LIGHTS 6.000 65.00 390.00T Subtotal 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE ATTHE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. Sales Tax (0.0%) 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL WILL ENCUR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. I PaR,e 1 Total 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 51 of 326 ,;;=q ~:::,_. =-> L.A.W.S. LIGHTING. ACCESSORY & W'ARNING SVST!!MS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DILIDN COUIIT, SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOO, CO 80112 WWW-LAWS1.COM Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. Customer Information ) ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info ITEM DESCRIPTION LAWSL •• LED INSERT 12 LED SINGLE COLOR RED LHA-12 RED SETINA ••• SETINA PB-400 PUSH BUMPER AL FULL WITH MAR RESISTANT RUBBER PAD 2015 + CHEVROLET TAHOE BK0608TAH15 911 HA ... 911 CIRCUITS CH 15 WIRE HARNESS 15 Circuit wiring harness with WP quick disconnects, Modular plug in Smart Start Timer, and 20 foot wire outputs. TAH SUV L3 TRUNK, CARGO /STORAGE AREA, ABS MOUNTING BRACKET 2014+ SOUND ••• SOUND OFF SIGNAL IGNITION SECURITY SYSTEM. ETISS0-07+ JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK LAZY L CONSOLE. 18" OF MOUNTING SPACE. 425-6232 JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK 28" FLOOR PLATE WITH VEHICLE SPECIFIC MOUNTING FEET. 2014 + TAHOENUKON/ SILVERADO/ SUBURBAN. 425-6022 JOTTO ••• JOTTO DESK MAGNETIC MIC HOLDER. 425-3817 LAWS-... LAWS FABRICATED DUAL VERTICAL GUN LOCK MOUNT. BLACK EPOXY COATING. MOUNTS TO FLOOR. LAWS· FAB-10 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE.STOCKING FEE. 2. LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR All STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. Ship To PO# LOCATION BRAKE LIGHTS PUSH BUMPER POU ISS CONSOLE FLOORPLATE MAG MIC HOLDER FREE STANDING GUN MT Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advanCe Payment Terms CREDIT CARD Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 12/06/16 9451 QTY PRICE Total 6.000 65.00 390.00T 3.000 302.00667 906.02T 3.000 425.00333 1,275.0H 3.000 118.00 354.00T 3.000 257.40 772.20T 3.000 118.00667 354.02T 3.000 46.50 139.50T 3.000 187.50 562.50T Subtotal 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE AT THE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS Will HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS Will BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. Sales Tax (0.0%) 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL Will ENCUR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. Pa~_,e2 Total 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 52 of 326 ~~ S..:> ( _---,=,;:ii.,_.--:> L.A.W.S. LIGHTING. ACCESSORY & WARNING SYSTEMS EMERGENCY VEHICLE SPECIALISTS 7124 S. DILLON COURT. SUITE 100 ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112 WWW.LAWS1.C:OM Sales Estimates are Confidental and Proprietary between LAWS and Customer only. j Customer Information I ENGLEWOOD POLICE DEPT 3615 S ELATI ST ENGLEWOOD. CO 80110 Vehicle/ Info ITEM DESCRIPTION j SANTA •.• SANTA CRUZ UNIVERSAL HANDCUFF STYLE GUN LOCK XTRA LARGE WITH HANDCUFF KEY OVERRIDE. SC5XL-H SANTA ••• SANTA CRUZ SQUARE BUTT PLATE BRACKET. SANTA ••. SANTA CRUZ ADJUSTABLE BUTT PLATE. SC1900 ANTEN ••• LAWS 7-800 ANTENNA KIT FOR DTR MOBILE RADIOS. -LARSEN ANTENNA 698-906/1710-2500 MHz SLPT698-2170NMOHF -LARSEN HF NMO CABLE NMOKHFUD -LAIRD MINI UHF MALE CONNECTOR CRIMP ON FOR RG/58. CMUHF58 CRADL.. CRADLEPOINT RUGGED ENTERPRISE CLASS MOBILE 3G/4G/LTE MULTI BAND CARRIER WITH WIFI FOR VERIZON. IBR1100-VZ PANOR ... PANORAMA MULTI BAND ANTENNA FOR CELL DATA /WIFI. XK-IN2148 SHOPS ••• SHOP SUPPLIES AND MISC INSTALL PARTS. LEVEL IV. (FULL INSTALL) LABOR INSTALLATION LABOR SERVICE. ( EVT Certified Installer) 1. PART RETURNS MAY BE ASSESSED A 30% RE-STOCKING FEE. 2 LAWS ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILllY FOR ALL STORED VEHICLES AND CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS. Ship To Sales Estimate Prices good for 120 days unless areeed upon in advance Payment Terms CREDIT CARD PO# Rep TAG# Date Estimate# DM 12/06/16 9451 LOCATION QTY PRICE Total GUN LOCKS 6.000 139.00 834.00T BKTS 6.000 21.75 130.50T BUTT PLATE 6.000 21.75 130.50T ANTENNA 3.000 89.00 267.00T CRADLE POINT 3.000 899.00 2,697.00T DATA ANTENNA 3.000 264.37333 793.12T SHOP SUPPLIES 3.000 255.00 765.00T INSTAii 3.000 1,130.50 3,391.50 Subtotal $23,266.47 3. LAWS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO VEHICLES FROM CATASTROPHIC WEATHER RELATED INCIDENTS WHILE IN STORAGE ATTHE LAWS FACILITY UNLESS OTHER WISE AGREED. CUSTOMERS WILL HOLD HARMELSS LAWS AND ITS AGENTS FOR DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF ACTS OF GOD OR WEATHER EVENTS. LAWS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REASONABLE SAFETY AND SECURITY OF THE VEHICLE WHILE ON LAWS PROPERTY TO INCLUDE DAMAGE AND VANDALISM. Sales Tax (0.0%) 4. LAWS WILL STORE AND HOLD CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PARTS FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE DISPOSING PARTS. $0.00 5. LAWS LIMITED WARRANTY COVERS LAWS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED PARTS AND LABOR FOR 48 MONTHS. SEE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR WARRANTY SPECIFIC DETAILS. 6. VEHICLES DELIVERED WITHOUT SUFFICENT FUEL WILL EN CUR ADDITIONAL FUEL COSTS. 7. LIKE ITEMS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS. Paf/,,e 3 Total $23,266.47 8. SPECIAL ORDER PARTS MAY NOT BE RETURNABLE DEPENDING ON MANUFACTURER. Appro al Signature: Page 53 of 326 7124 ~ Dillon Ct, Englewood, CO 80112-3965 to 2800 S Platte River Dr Directions -M... Page 1 of3 YOUR TRIP TO: 2800 S Platte River Dr 29 MIN I 15.9 Ml .p:q' Est. Fuel cost: $1.26 Trip time based on traffic conditions as of 11:22 AM on December 16, 2016. Current Traffic: Heavy f 1. Start out going south on S Dillon Ct toward E Fremont Ave. Then-0,1·1· miles ......................................... .. 2. Turn right onto E Fremont Ave. · .. Then OA7· miles, ............................... . 3. Take the 2nd right onto S Potomac St. ~ S Potomac St is 0.2 miles past S Blackhawk St. If you are on E Fremont Pl and reach S Tucson Way you've gone about 0.3 mi/es too far. ·· · Then 0,8·1· miles· 4. Turn left onto E Arapahoe RdlC0-88. +J If you reach E Euclid Pl you've gone about 0.1 miles too far. ""' 5. Take the 1-25 S ramp toward Colo Spgs. ;I .. Then·0,03 miles· .. 6. Merge onto 1-25 N/US-87 N. -rhen· 8.42 miles "" 7. Take the Downing St exit, EXIT 206. ;I .. ..... 0,-1Hotal· miles . .. ··· .. 0,58 total miles "·1·.39 total miles .. ......... 4,18··total· miles .. ·4,22-total·miles .. ... 12,63 total miles ·Then-0,16· miles··· .............................................. 12,79-total-miles ""' 8. Keep right to take the Downing Street ramp. ;I ...... · .. Then· 0.1 B miles 9. Turn slight left onto S Downing St. · · Then 0,82 miles ·· · 12.97· total miles · ·13,79total miles Page 54 of 326 7124 S Dillon Ct, Englewood, CO 80112-3965 to 2800 S Platte River Dr Directions -M... Page 2 of3 10. Turn right onto E Evans Ave. E Evans Ave is 0.1 miles past E Asbury Ave. If you reach E Warren Ave you've gone about 0.1 miles too far. Then-L07 miles-· 14.86 total miles 11. Merge onto S Santa Fe Dr/US-85 S via the ramp on the left. If you reach S Ga/apago St you've gone about 0. 1 miles too far • ..... .... .. Then·0,51-miles ......................... . . ............................................ 15,37-total·miles 12. Turn right onto W Harvard Ave. Then 0,11· miles ... · 13. Turn left onto S Platte River Dr. · .. Then OAS miles· .. t 14, 2800 S Platte River Dr, Englewood, CO 80110-1407, 2800 S PLATTE RIVER .,., DR is on the left. If you reach W Dartmouth Ave you've gone about 0.4 miles too far. --15.48 total miles . ........ 15,94 total·miles Use of directions and maps is subject to our Terms of Use. We don't guarantee accuracy, route conditions or usability. You assume all risk of use. Page 55 of 326 7124 S Dillon Ct, Englewood, CO 80112-3965 to 2800 S Platte River Dr Directions - M ... Page 3 of3 ···!r ·i,· Page 56 of 326 . ~-,,. ; v~ I~ (-~ ~ L.A.W.S. u•MT•N•r AGo·•••o..,v•· ·W'Af(IMIMO •v••• .. • l!Ml!'RQl!NCV vm-tlCLB SPECIAUSTS 7124 S. 0d I 0N C0UllT• SUO"E 100 INGU.WOOO, co I01!12 WWW,LAWS1.COM Company Profile 7124 S. Dillon Court #100 Englewood, CO 80112 Phone: 720-870-4965 Fax: 720-870-4964 www.laws1.com DUNS# 617486373 Lighting, Accessory, & Warning Systems LLC. (LAWS) was founded in 2005 by law enforcement professionals who saw the need to provide law enforcement agencies with a service oriented provider for the sales and installation of emergency vehicle warning products. LAWS operates a full service installation facility located in Englewood, Colorado and is available to travel to customer locations for installations. LAWS offers all related components from LED warning lights, prisoner transport products, window tinting, and MDTparts. LAWS sells and installs all components on site and stocks a wide variety of products. LAWS also sells and installs mobile radio systems and components. LAWS has Master distributor agreements with over 30 national vendors, including Whelen, Code 3, Havis Shield's, Setina, and Pelican Products. The LAWS facility offers several levels of secure parking depending on our customers needs. LAWS is a fully insured and bonded. All LAWS employees under go a full background checks, and are in full compliance with state and federal security regulations regarding emergency vehicle installation. Page 1 Page 57 of 326 LAWS was founded by Law Enforcement officers who understood the demands placed on law enforcement vehicles. Our installations are designed with the end user in mind understanding how the vehicle will be used is an essential part of the parts selection and installation process. LAWS currently serves over 150 Federal, State, and Local government agencies, in Colorado, and Wyoming. LAWS has references upon request and our facility is available for inspection. LAWS is registered in good standing with Colorado BIDS, Rocky Mountain E- Purchasing, Federal GOV BIDS, and has been an approved Colorado Fleet Service Center for 5 Years. LAWS is also a certified warranty facility for UNICOR Federal Bureau of Prisons installations and is a service center for Wheeled Coach, and LOJACK police PTC systems. All LAWS installers are Certified Emergency Vehicle Technicians, and many hold additional certifications for 12 volt and mobile electronics. The LAWS facility encompasses 20,000 square feet of installation and parts warehouse, with an additional 30,000 square feet of outside vehicle storage. The laws storage lot is fenced and monitored by video 24 hours a day. LAWS currently operates with a full time staff of 20 employees and 3 part time employees. LAWS offers both drive up service and mobile service and repair. LAWS is open Monday through Friday 0730 to 1800 and extended hours during special events. Page 2 Page 58 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of a Chevrolet Silverado 2500 January 17, 2017 for the Parks Department 9cv Initiated By: Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Public Works Department and Dave Lee, Open Space Manager Parks Recreation and Library PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council previously approved the purchase of a Dodge Dakota pickup truck for the Parks Department in 2006. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD¾ ton 4x4 pickup truck. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED This unit will replace a 2006 Dodge Dakota pickup truck that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service, mileage, and maintenance dollars expended. This heavy duty truck is being used by the parks irrigation staff for repair and maintenance to park irrigation. The new unit will be a Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD with the following options included: extended cab, trailer package and spray in bed liner. FINANCIAL IMPACT The total cost of the unit including options is $27,915. Funding for the purchase is available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and the purchase has been budgeted in the 2017 Budget. The unit is being purchased through the Colorado State Fleet Management Bid per the City's purchasing guidelines. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet for New Vehicles Vehicle Pricing Summary Sheet Selected Model and Options Page 59 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES STATE AW ARD# __ 2=0=1~7-~1=24.,__ _____________ _ ENGLEWOOD BID# _________________ _ MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE _ _,,C,.,h"""evrc:;o,,,l=et ____________ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE -----=25~0=0~HD=~¾~T=o=n~P~i=ck=up"-=S1~·v=er=a=do=-------- AIR CONDITIONING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION POWER WINDOWS POWER DOOR LOCKS 4 WHEEL DRIVE FLEX FUEL OPTION CERF REPLACEMENT NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021305, Parks Dept. NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO COMMENTS: This unit will replace Unit 5238, a 2006 Dodge Dakota, that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service, maintenance dollars expended, and mileage. This units life was previously extended one year to achieve more mileage. The replacement unit is a¾ Ton Silverado 4x4 pick up with an extended cab, trailer package, and spray in bed liner. The total cost of this unit is $27,915.00. The funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were approved in the 2017 Budget. Page 60 of 326 •/ ORIGINAL Colon,do SIiia Fleol Mana111m111l 2017 VEHICL! BPl!CIFICATIONS 0e111 ... 1nv11a11on 1a Bid Clan: PAJ•4x4 Rll!ll9Hllllllva Models: 1: FORD 3:RAM 8pdyCpda; fl F2SOPU 311 I 1X4 TRUCK 2' CHEVROLET 2500 PU 2500PU MAKI!: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS· . 101 PASS: 3 PERSONS MIN. ~ DOORS: 2S1DE DOORS 121 LONGBED 140 TIRES: AU. SEAS MIS FIADIAL 146 FUU.SIZE SPARE TIRE 183 WHEB.BASE: 131,Q IN. MIN 197 ENG MIN CYL: 8 229 FUa TANK: 30 GAL MIN 2315 GVW RATING: 8S00 MIN 300 AIRCONDl110NING·R134a 302 RACIO:AM/FM 307 POWER BRAKES & POWEA STEERING 308 ASS BRAKES 310 SEATS: CLOTH SEATS 321 FLOORING: RUBBER 340 AIR BAG• DRIVER SIDE 350 STD l!NG: Sl'ECIFY 400 MIAROIIS: RIGKT AND LeFT 404 INTERMITTENTWIPERS 410 lllANSMISSION:AUTOMATlC 415 FOUR-WHEa DRIVE 418 AUTOMATIC LOCKING PAOIIIT HUBS 458 STEP BMPR-400fTDNGUE,4000fTIU.fl 752 AXLE RATIO: SPECIFY 910 PRIMARY FUEL: UNLEADED 991 STD WANTY• BUMPER TO BUMPER 3138 AVAILABLE OFTJONS: ~ CREW CAB (4 DOORS): SPECIFY CA ~ EXT CAB LONG BED 3 OR 4,000R 4: <lMC 2500 PU OEM MODEL 1: CK25903 TRIM LEVEL: wr OEM CODE INDICATE ACTUAL DEALER SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY L T245"5R17E ALL-SEASON RADIALS L T245175R17E ALL-SEASON 13411 L96 6.0L FLEXFUEL V•B 36GALLON 9500GWJ COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY H2R COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY L96 6.0L WT SFI E-B5 COMPATIBLE COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY COMPLY 500#/5000# GTS 4.10AXLE COMPLY COMPLY OEMCODEACTUAL/COMMENTS CK25943 8' BED 56" CA CK25953 B' BED 56" CA OEM COD!: 8/2!ll2016 1wr PRICE 2997 1839 Page 61 of 326 ,' o·RIGINAL ,' Class: P/U • 4X4 Repraoanlallve Modals: 1: FORCI 3:RAM F2SOPU 2SOOPU MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 099 EXl'CABSHOATBED30R4 DOOR 122 SHORT BED 133 BACK UP Al.ARM 141 TIRES: AU•TERRAIN, UST SIZE: 143 TIRES: OPTION 11, LIST SIZE: 152 SPILT BENCH 401211140 FULL CONSOLE 216 NON-6TO ENGINE OPTIONA: 217 ENG OPTION: DIESEL 218 NON•Sitl ENGINE OPTION B: - 229 HEAVY DUTY SUSPENSION SPECIFYlYPE: 239 GVW OPTION: SPECIFY 244 AXI.ERATIO(MIN,)4,10 249 AXLE RATIO OPTION: SPECIFY 252 CNG PREP PACKAGE 254 ALT FUEL• OEM Bl FUEL SPECIFY TANK lOC 255 ALT FUEL· OEM DEDICATED SPEC TAN< LDC 258 EBS • OEM Bl FUEL 262 DARKEST LEGAL TINT AVAIi. 2118 CUSTOM CLOTH SEAT W/CNTR CNSOLE STRG 2M REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY 2911 CRUISE CONTROL/TILT 311 SEATS: VINYL SEATS 312 SEATS: BUCKET SEATS• CLOTH 401 MRFIS:FIEC/CMPR FOR TWNG (7'"9') 4011 REAR AXLE •ANTI SPIN -411 TRANSMISSION: MANUAL W/OVERDRV 420 BEDLINEFl•FULL MOLDED+TAILGATE -423 TOOL BOX •ACROSS BED B0X(al1aclvrlon1) I- ~TOOLBOX· SIDI! BED BOX[attachmlnl) 429 TRAILER BRAKE CONTROL•ELECTRIC 430 PCKG:TOWINGIRCVR HITCH(Alchrnl) 432 TOW HOOKS 488 HEAVY OUTY COCUNG 438 PACKAGl!!SNOW PLOW (aUchmt} 439 OEM SNOW PLOW PAEP COiorado SIiia FINI Mlnl!IIIIIMI 2017 VEHICLE SPECIFIC/1110NS Doalora lnvltallon lo Bid Po11112ol4 l/2&/201& 3'4 I 4X4JBUCK 2l CHEVROLET 2500 PU 4: GMC 2500 PU OEM MODEL,: CK25903 TRIM LEVEL: WT OEM CODE: 1 WT OEM COCEACTUAL/ COMMENTS PRICE 1603 8S3 QXT QGM JI.Z3 L5P GT4 l>Z.3 PCR H2Q 9U3 DF2 vzx JL1 Z82 VYU ·- CK25753 61/2'BED41'CA CK25743 CREW CAB ONLY 61/2' BED 41"CA 3122 FACTORY 138 L T24Sll8R17E ALL-TERRAIN 200 L T26SllOR18 ALL-TERRAIN 495 INCLUDES POWER SEAT AND ARMREST STORAGE 415 NOT AVAILABLE 6.BL DURAMAX TURBO DIESEL ($8490 ON DBL CAB) 7915 NOT AVAILABLE COMPLY 3.73AXLE INCLUDED IN BASE BID NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE STANDARD WITH 6.0L GAS ENGINE AFTERMARl<ET INCLUDES POWER SEAT IN WT CONVENIENCE PACKAGE STANDARD MUST SPECIFY AS CLOTH IS IN BASE BID INDIVDUAL SEATS W/0 CONSOLE VERTICLE TRAILERING MIRRORS STANDARD NOT AVAILABLE DROP IN LINER ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT FACTORYTRAILER BRAKE FACTORY TOW PACKAGE STANDARD STANDARD SEE ATTACHMENT FACl'ORY SNOW PLOW PREP 100 190 415 725 0 70 0 355 385 450 275 280 0 0 4040 '\•385 Page 62 of 326 ORIGINAL Colorada Slate Fleet Mllnagomont 21117 IIEHICU! SPECIRCAllONS DUlora lnvfllllon ID Bid Class: P/U • 4"4 Rl!jlrlHlllallva Modlls: 1: FORD 3:RAM IPSI• Coda; fl F250PU 2: CHEVROLET 2500 PU 2SOOPU MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 440 PACKAGE:OFF ROAD (Altachmanl) - 443 PKG: STROBE LIGHT (Alllchmonl) 444 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER - ~ Sl<IO PLATE-FUEL 'INK,TRFA CS/DI 454 AUXILARYBA1TERY 412 GOOSENECK HrTCH {lllchml) <lea SPRAY IN BEDUNER 472 EPACT AFV CREDIT: Spaclfy 51& LEFTD00RPOSTSP0n1GHT(5DW} 520 POWER LOCKS 121 HEAVY DUTY ALTERNATOR 4: GMC 2500 PU OEM MODEL 11; CK25903 TAIM LEVEL: wr OEM CODEACTUAL/ COMMENTS SEE ATTACHMENT SEE A1iACHMENT KD5 FACTORY BLOCK HEATER NZZ FACTORY UNDERBODY SHIELDS K4B FACTORY AUXILIARY 730 CCA BATTERY SEE ATTACHMENT CGN SPRAYIN LINER NOT AVAILABLE COMPLY (LED $550) STANDARD KW5 FACTORY 220 AMP ALTERNATOR OEM CODE: ~ POWER MIRRORS DPN HEATED OUTSIDE CAMPER MIRRORS (REQ PCR) 530 POWER WINDOWS PCR FLEET CONVENIENCE PACKAGE 541 DELETE DAYT1Ml;/AUTO HEADLIGHTS NOT AVAILABLE -5911 AMfitCDPLAYER NOT AVAILABLE 608 HYBRID GAS/ELECTRIC NOT AVAILABLE 620 UPPER TRIM LEVEL PKG: SPECIFY 1LT INCLUDES MANY FEATURES 1143 ADD DAYTIME RUNNING UGKTS STANDARD -1!83 MEETS 2010 FED EMIS510NS DIESEL ENG STANDARD B94 DIESEL ENG B20 COMPLIANT STANDARD 7113 PHEV (PLUG IN HYBRID ELEC VEH) NOT AVAILABLE -780 UPFliTER SWITCHES K14 ( 4) FACTORY UPFITTER SWITCHES -791 TOPPER FIBERGLASS 3 WINDOW (Altachmanl) ATTACHMENT - B41 All' FUEL/GAS SWITCH NOT AVAILABLE - B45 BLIND SPOT NOTIFICATION NOT AVAILABLE - 863 BACKUP CAMERA uvc FACTORY REAR VISION CAMERA 9B2 EXT WARRANTY • POWER TRAIN 51100,000 STANDARD P11113ol4 11125.'21111 1wr PRICE 350 350 90 150 135 870 495 450 o 150 350 725 4735 0 0 0 125 1782 200 0 Page 63 of 326 ORIGINAL C!111: PIU • 4"4 . ....,._IUIMI-1: FORD. ll:RAM Cokol!dolllloFl,,tM1nallfflllll 21117 YIIIICLe IP!Cll'ICA'naNI · a.., ... -.10 Bid . lmNCfdlilf -PII. .~P.U HIIUlBUCfS 2: CHEVROIS" 25CIO PU 4: GMC . 2!5110 .PU um, . CHEVY MDDCI: SILVERADO DIIIIIODl!l,11 CK25903 '1111111.J!\/EI.: WT OEM COIie: 'NT. "'-'-----~----,.--------~--,-------,..-.., . MUii 36,000 100,000 :100,000 MONTHS 36 60. 60 . Road Side OPTlONALFACTDRYWAAIWm' CAiwli 111\ilbd dllialplion~ . . . . . . MILES, ~. MANY AVAIL PLEASE CALL FOR PRICING EPAFUB.RATING: NOTAVAIL 11.P.acnv, . ' . . ' NOT AVAIL M.P..OHJGHWAV OBIMIHIMUIAM!Lllml>00TANE: .... ·_.,...;:e"'s ________ _ 60:-90 !)ELIIIERY: ~·· =· =-D~V$FAOMDEAl.el~PTOFOftDERFRCM. STAT! (£.0. IODAVS) ~ DEAL&IH~AME: PEI I fNRAGH MOTOR~ ,DliALIIA PHONII: 970•226-2438 BDDEll'BHA OX . s·- Page 64 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of a Chevrolet Silverado 3500 January 17, 2017 9cvi for the Parks Department Initiated By: Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Public Works Department and Dave Lee, Open Space Manager Parks Recreation and Library PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council previously approved the purchase of a Dodge 3500 utility box truck for the Parks Department in 2009. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500 pickup truck. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED This unit will replace a 2009 Dodge 3500 utility box truck that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service, mileage, and maintenance dollars expended. This heavy duty truck is used by parks staff to repair and maintain parks. The new unit will be a Chevrolet Silverado 3500 2WD truck with the following options included: all terrain tires, trailer brake controller, roof mounted beacon, long bed utility body and trailer hitch. FINANCIAL IMPACT The total cost of the unit including options is $31,694. Funding for the purchase is available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and the purchase has been budgeted in the 2017 Budget. The unit is being purchased through the Colorado State Fleet Management Bid per the City's purchasing guidelines. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet for New Vehicles Vehicle Pricing Summary Sheet Selected Model and Options Page 65 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES STATE AWARD# _=20=1~7-~1=24~T~l~------------- ENGLEWOOD BID# _________________ _ MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE _-->C=h=e'"'-'vr'-"o=le"-t _________ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE _ __,3=5=0~0=2~W=D~R=e=<gu=lar~C=ab~Si~lv=e=ra=d"""o _____ _ AIR CONDITIONING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION POWER WINDOWS POWER DOOR LOCKS 4 WHEEL DRIVE FLEX FUEL OPTION CERF REPLACEMENT NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021305, Parks NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO COMMENTS: This unit will replace Unit 5252, a 2009 Dodge 3500 utility box truck that has met the minimum replacement criteria of mileage, years of service, and maintenance dollars expended. The new unit is a 2017 Chevrolet 3500 2wd truck equipped with a utility bed. The total cost of this unit is $31,694.00. The funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted in the 2017 Budget. Page 66 of 326 PRICING SUMMARY PRICING SUMMARY-2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT Base Price Total Options: Vehicle Subtotal Advert/Adjustments Destination Charge GRAND TOTAL MSRP $33,755.00 $7,265.00 $41,020.00 $0.00 --~~~~ $42.~:oo Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. All rights reserved. Customer File: December 19, 201611:11:20 AM Page 1 Page 67 of 326 £f\~(ewciod #.).. SELECTED MODEL &'iJPTIONS SELECTED MODEL· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT ... . . ...... ··-····-. .. . . . ' . .. Code CC36003 Description 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500HD 2WD Reg Cab 137,5" WB, 59.06" CA WT --.......... ,,_,,._.. . .... , ..... •-.-••·-· -.. .. .. . ...... -.... . M§B1: $33,755.00 SELECTED VEHICLE COLORS· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT ~:~~ ..... ~~~~~~~;~~ ... 51~1~ AvJq~d T-( .. . .. .. . Interior: Dark Ash Exterior 1: Summit White Exterior 2: No color has been selected, '"" , ........................ _, ........ ".,. ···-·-...... -. ,,. . . . . .. -.. , SELECTED OPTIONS· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT CATEGORY Code EMISSIONS NE1 Description EMISSIONS, CONNECTICUT, DELAWARE, MAINE, MARYLAND, MASSACHUSETTS, NEW JERSEY, NEW YORK, OREGON, PENNSYLVANIA, RHODE ISLAND, VERMONT AND WASHINGTON STATE REQUIREMENTS ENGINE L96 ENGINE, VORTEC 6.0L VARIABLE VALVE TIMING VB SF! (360 hp [268.4 kW]@5400 rpm, 380 lb-ft of torque [515.0 N-m]@4200 rpm) (STD} TRANSMISSION AXLE MYD TRANSMISSION, 6-SPEED AUTOMATIC, HEAVY-DUTY electronically controlled with overdrive and tow/haul mode. Includes Cruise Grade Braking and Powertraln Grade Braking (STD) (Requires (L96) Vortec 6.0L VB SFI engine.) GT5 REAR AXLE, 4.10 RATIO (Requires (L96) Vortec 6.0L VB SFI engine.) PREFERRED EQUIPMENT GROUP 1WT WORK TRUCK PREFERRED EQUIPMENT GROUP includes Standard Equipment TIRES QZT TIRES, LT235IS0R17E ALL-TERRAIN PAINT SCHEME lY1 PAINT, SOLID (STD) PAINT GAZ. SUMMIT WHITE SEAT TYPE AE7 SEATS, FRONT 40120/40 SPLIT-BENCH 3-passenger, driver and front passenger recline with outboard head restraints and center fold-down armrest with storage. Vinyl has fixed lumbar and cloth has manually adjustable driver lumbar. (STD) /3ClS'"'Z C. ,r-e. cl i * ~\" ';).wD $0.00 $0,00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ~ $0.00 $0,00 $0,00 Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. All rights reserved. Customer File: December 19, 2016 11 :11 :20 AM Page 2 Page 68 of 326 SELECTED MODEL & OPTIONS SELECTED OPTIONS· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT CATEGORY ~ SEAT TRIM H2R RADIO Description DARK ASH, CLOTH includes manually adjustable driver lumbar and Jet Black interior accents 103 AUDIO SYSTEM, 4.2" DIAGONAL COLOR DISPLAY, AM/FM STEREO with USB port and auxiliary jack (Not available with (AZ3) 40/20/40 split· bench seat. Upgradeable to (IOB) 7" diagonal color display radio with Chevrolet Mylink.) (STD) ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT JL 1 TRAILER BRAKE CONTROLLER, INTEGRATED N2M FUEL TANK, FRONT ONLY, 23.5 GALLON 'CREDIT• TRW PROVISION FOR CAB ROOF-MOUNTED LAMP/BEACON provides an instrument panel-mounted switch and electrical wiring tucked beneath the headliner for a body upfitter to connect a body-mounted warning or emergency lamp VK3 LICENSE PLATE KIT, FRONT (will be shipped to orders with ship-to · states that require front license plate) 9L7 UPFITIER SWITCHES (4) Provides 4-30 amp circuits to facilitate installation of aflermarket electrical accessories (With (LSP) Duramax 6.6L Turbo Diesel VB engine you will get 3 switches.) R9Y FLEET FREE MAINTENANCE CREDIT This option code provides a credit in lieu of the free ell changes, tire rotations and inspections (2 maximum), during the first 24 months and 24,000 miles period for this ordered vehicle. The invoice will detail the applicable credit. The customer will be responsible for ail oll change, tire rotations and inspections costs for this vehicle. (Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FBC, FBN, FCA, FCN, FEF, FLS, FNR, FRC or FGO. Not available with FDR order types.) VQ2 FLEET PROCESSING OPTION DEALER INSTALLED/ PROCESSING OPTIONS .Jm.b.. 108" LONG UTIL. BODY/ DRW CLASS V HITCH W/7WAY PLUG BODY $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ~ $0.00 ~ An underlined code indicates that the options have been applied by the dealer. All sales prices established solely by dealer. Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. All rights reserved. Customer File: December19, 201611:11:20AM Page 3 Page 69 of 326 ORIGINAL ...... -~·- Cius: P/U • 4•4 Rep1811nlallva Modlls: 1: FORD 3:11AM Colon:lu a..i:, ,..,.1 Management 2ll17 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS DulllS lnvllaUan to Bid BgdyCodfjn F350PU 3!00PU 1TBJLL9tmPU 2: CHEVROLET 3500 PU 4: GMC 3500 PU MAK£: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO OEM MODEL I: CK36003 TRIM LEVEL: wr STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: DEM CODE INDICATE ACTUAL DEALER SPECIFICATIONS 1DI PASS: 3 PERSONS MlN. COMPLY - 11D DOORS:2S1DEDOORS COMPLY -13D CAB/CHASSIS LESS BED COMPLY -14D TIRES: ALL SEAS M&S RADIAL L T235/80R17E ALL SEASONS - 146 FULLS1Zi6PARETIRE L T235/80R17E - 197 ENG MIN CVL: B L96 6.0L vvr SFI VB - ~ F\Ja TANK: 25 GAi. MIN 34 248 GVW RATING:11000 60'CA 13200 W/6f1' CA -261 DUAL REAR WHEELS COMPLY - 3DD AIR CONDITIONING• R134a STANDARD 302 RADIO:AtM'M STANDARD 307 POWER BRAKES & POWER STEERING STANDARD 3DB ABS BRAKES STANDARD 31D SEATS: CLOTH SEATS H2R DARK ASH CLOTH 321 Fl.OORING: RUBBER STANDARD 34D AIR BAG • DRIVER SIDE STANDARD 350 S'ltl ENG: SPECIFY L96 6.0LV8 <400 MIRRORS: RIGHT AND LEFT STANDARD 4D4 INTERMITIENT WIPERS STANDARD 410 TRANSMISSION: AUTOMATIC STANDARD 415 FOUR-WHEELORIVE COMPLY 418 AUTOMATIC: LOCKING FRotlT HUBS COMPLY - 438 Hl!AVV DUTY COOLING STANDARD -521 HEAVY DUTY ALTERNATOR STANDARD - 752 AXLE RATIO: SPECIFY GT5 4.10AXLERATIO 810 PRIMARY FUEL: UNLEIIDED STANDARD -991 STD WANTY• 8UMPl:R TO BUMPER 3136 STANDARD Ol!MCOD!: 111 STANOAROVEHICLEBASEPRICES ah; 0 a 9 :J ,_ --. ---·.:_ -.=....:-:r ---~-'.:.:.V.:- AVAILABLE OPTIONS: OEM COOEACTUAL I COMMENTS Gi.,-Oll-7_C_R_EW_CA8_(_4_000_R_S_):-SP_E_CI_FY_CA ___ _, CK36043 60'CA Paga I 014 ll/2Sl2G11i 1wr PRICE 2560 Page 70 of 326 ·oRIGiNAL-· Q.·Ju,M SiWt-E-.'\14:i'1."ilt!•·~~unt 21117 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIDNS Daltra lnvflaUan to Bid 8/25/2016 Class: Pill• 4x4 lpdy9esft:I1. 1 T FULL SIZ§ P11 Rop....,,lallva Models: 1: FORD 3:RAM F350PU 3500 PU MAKE: CHEW IIDDEL: SILVERADO AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 119 EXrCAB:SPECIFVCA -..!!!. BACK UP ALARM 141 TIRES:ALJ..TERRAIN, LIST SIZE: -143 TIRES: DPTIDN II, LIST SIZE: 216 NON-STD ENGINE OPTION A! 217 ENG OPTION: DIESEL 218 NON•STO ENGINE OPTION B: 2211 HEAVY Dll1Y SUSPl!NSION SPECIFY lYPE: 243 AXLE RATIO IMIN,) 3.73 247 GVW RATING: 15000 248 AXLE RATIO OPTION: SPECIFY 252 CNG PREP PACKAGE 254 ALT FUEL• OEM Bl FUEL SPECIFY TANK LOC 255 ALT FUEL•OEM DEDICATEOSPECTANKLOC 258 E85 • OEM Bl FUEL 2IHJ SINGLE REAR WHEELS 282 DARKEST LEGAL TINT AVAIL 2B4 REMOTE KEYLESS !NTRY 2118 CRUISE CONTROI/TlLT 311 SEATS: VINYLSEATS 332 CARBO AREA,STEEL,CIAMOND FLOOR 401 MARS:REC/CMPR FOR 1WNl3 (7""9') '4011 REARAXLE •ANTI SPIN 411 TRANSMISSION: MANUAL W/CVERDRV 414 TWO.WHEEL DRIVE: REAR 429 TRAILER BRAKE CONTROU!t.ECTRIC 430 PCKG:TOWING/RCVR HITCH(Alchmll 438 PACKAGE:SNOW PLOW (attchml) - 438 OEM SNOW PLOW PREP 440 PACKAGE.'DFF ROAD (Attaclunenl) -443 PKG: STROBE LIGHT (Attachmant) -444 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER -450 SKID PLATE•FUl!I. TNK,TRFR CS/DI -454 AUXILARY BATTERY -• 4U GOOSENECK HITCH (attchml) .• ' -. 2: CHEVROLET 3500 PU 4: GMC 3500 PU DEM MODEL I: CK36003 TIIIM L!VEI.: wr DEM CODE: 1wr OEM CODEACTUALI COMMENTS PRICE 3280 QZT L5P GT4 PCR H2Q JL1 VYU K05 NZZ K4B MODEL CK35953 DUALLY 56'CA AFTERMARKET 150 L T235180R17E ALL TERRAIN 200 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE 6.6 DURAMAX TURBO DIESEL W/ALLISON TRANS 7741 NOT AVAILABLE HD SUSPENSON STANDARD 0 3.73 AXLE RATIO 100 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAllABLE NOT AVAILABLE MODEL CK35903 56"CA CREDIT (200) AFTERMARKET 190 ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG 1005 STANDARD 0 PLEASE SPECIFY VINYL ON PO 0 NOTPAINTED BETWEENWHEELWELLSONLY 1115 STANDARD VERTICLE CAMPER MIRRORS 0 STANDARD LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL NOT AVAILABLE MODEL CC35003 (CREDIT) FACTORY TRAILER BRAKE ATIACHMENT ATIACHMENT FACTORY SNOW PLOW PREP ATIACHMENT ATIACHMENT FACTORY BLOCK HEATER FACTORY UNDERBODY SHIELDS FACTORY 730 CCA AUXILIARY BATIERY · ATIACHMENT COULD VP.RY WITH BODY 0 1800 275 600 4040 385 600 350 90 150 135 675 Page 71 of 326 -oRIGINAt:··-·· Class! P/U•414 Rep"'"""lallva Modola: 1' FORD 3:RAM 1,,'t1Nrld~ &mie: F:ett lti1'110flft'in.-: 2017 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Dul .. ln'IIIIUan lo Bid QpdyCoda:n F3SO PU 1 T RJLL SIZE PU 2: CHEVROLET 3500 PU 3500PU 4: GMC 3500 PU 11125120t& MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO OEM MODEL II: CK36003 lRIM LEVEL: WT OEM CODE: 1WT AVAILABLE OPTIONS: ~ HID TRANS COOLER 470 Pl<G:HVDRAULIC LIFTGATE(llchml) c.£!.. EPACT AF\/ CRl:Olll Speclly 481 DUMP BEO PKG REQ 60' CA (attacllmeml 484 STAKE BED W/ HEADBD REQ 50" CA (&Uchml) 491 UTILITY BODY RBl 60' CA (lltachment) 516 LEFT DOOR POST SPOTUGHT (SOW} 520 POWER LOCKS 526 POWER MIRRORS 530 POWER WINDOWS ..!!!,_ DELETE DAYTIME/AUTO HEADLIGHTS 599 AM/FM CD PLAYER 1 B06 GVW OPTION: SPECIFY 607 GVW OP'llON: SPECIFY fl08 HYBRID GAS/ELECTRIC 1 IS20 UPPER lRIM LEVEL PKG! SPECIFY ~ AOO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS 870 SEE EXHIBIT A Gi3 MEETS 2010 FED EMISSIONS OIESEL ENG ~ DIESEL ENG B20 COMPLIANT 783 PHEV (PLUG IN HYBRID El.EC \/Bi) 780 LIPFITTER SWITCHES ~ DUMP B0DV9 FOOT 845 BUNO SPOT NOTIFICATION ~ BACKUP CAMERA ~ EXrWARRANTV·POWERTRAIN51100,000 . ' OEM CODEACTUAL/ COMMENTS STANDARD ATTACHMENT NOT AVAILABLE ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT COMPLY LED $550 STANDARD DPN ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG PCR ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE 1LT STANDARD DELETED BY SFM STANDARD STANDARD NOT AVAILABLE 9L7 (4) FACTORY UPFITTER SWITCHES AS SPEC'D NOT AVAILABLE AFTERMARKET, CALL FOR PRICES STANDARD PRICE 0 2750 7637 4155 6100 450 0 1005 1005 3205 0 0 0 125 7947 VARIES 0 Page 72 of 326 ,, ORIGINAL cac PAJ-4114 R-11!1111"'°'......., I: FCAl:J .. 31RAM 01!~ ..... -~llll. lq17 Vrgacul:~P.c11'!11A1TO. . o.,in:~IUld ;NYSesk; Il: ~IQP,.I ~fti 1IFULLIPPY ~4~!4 -· 111UCE1 CHEVY MODEL: SIL'ilERADCi ~11aoeu~ CK3§003 TRIMIZY!L: .wr· .. oeicoDE: wr AYAI\.Al!l.i COLORS: . PINl11111Ch ~morclliit. 0ll/~ll'VEHICLl!ll'EC1FlCAlfDNS{OPT1~ \f'l-11111:11--llnocosa,y) PRICE -....,.-----~--..,;,----------..,.....--.......,----,-........-- . . .· lm~.FiC\011)' ~MUWIIV'(Alioch-1(1,llitafj,llont, MILl;J MONTHS ......,. ... euo,po, 36,ollb ~· ..,;is __ 1PO,DDD' 100,000 OP!10NA1.FAClliRYWAIIR.!HTY (Allilcb dllili<ld~~ 60 ; · . . . • . . : 'l,ll!.!111 . . • .. ~ P~ICS i'v1A.NYAVAIL PLEASE CALL FQR PR!CJNG · 1!1Y1 FUS. l'IATINCl:_·N_IA ___ M.P.O!CIIY, Nl'A ~---·M,P.OH-AY OWMll'IIIUM PIIEL RATED0al'ANE:,._.,.e __ s_,_..,... ____ -,-,_.__,,.. Dlill!IEl'IY:. 60-90 DAYSfR!ll(DEAIJ!R RiCelPTOI' olialiR FJ\0M STATE (E.O.IO DAYSI Jl)liNTII"( ltN'{ El<CEl'TIONS 10 Sfl!CIFICATIDll&i FACTORY FRONT FUEL TANK23.5'GA.LLON DEAl.&IINAM&: DELLENBACH MOTORS DEALERPitONE! 970·226-2438 BIODERS NAME: s1GNArune, · Page 73 of 326 . . , ORIGINAL· DELLENBACH MOTORS T1 Make&Mcdal CHEVY SILVERADO CK36D03 ,, . D"""" Cada ~ Price PCR CONVENIENCE PACKAGE INCLUDES CJ t.<:;' H,EATED POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR"' AUTO DIMMING REARVIEWMIRR-- KEYLESS ENTRY POWER WINDOWS lim COVER FOR FRONT OF DIESEL S5 .5o . BJA FUEL FILL KIT AG1 POWER SEAT-INCLUDES STORAG" ARMRS:-"T d-95 Si:'AT CUSHION STORAGE SW9 INCREASED FRONT SUSPENSION FOR 4-S H'i'RAIL&BUI::KETTRUCKOR H.-"' _,., •-M LT INCLUDES: BLUETOOTH, TRANSFER CASE SHIFTER ""-:!r,c:' ON DASH HEATED POWER -"" -· ·---- CARPET, STEERING WJ-IEEL AUDIO CONTRno ~ POWER WINDOWS, KEYLESS ENTRY ONSTAR BUILT IN WIFI BUG SHIELD , ,..,n EXTRA KEY PROGRAMMED q r, WEATHER TECH LASER CUT UAT~. ,v I !:1..._ c::- STROBE LIGHT .35'0 . AtN OPTION NOT LISTED PLEA<>C f"AI I .. Page 74 of 326 dRIGINAL Colorado state Purchasing Office (per SFM) LIST AND EXPLANATIONS OF VEHICLE PACKAGES FOR THE 2017 MODEL YEAR FLEET VEHICLE PROPOSALS Pago 1~0152 #491 -UTILITY BODY • DUAL REAR WHEELS Attach one copy of this fonn to each body code specification sheet that has an Available Option #491 including the following body codes: ~ C;JT4, TS An installed UTILITY BODY PACKAGE for a 1-2 ton vehicle should include the following: • Approx. 108" long, standard compartment height, 52" floor width, 16'' deep compartments. • Inside finish painted. • Tread plate rear bumper with recessed ball hitch plate, 5000-pound trailer rated, and 500- pound tongue with safety chain loops. • Recess stop, tail, tum and back up lights in rear compartment and metal light protectors Installed over back of light inside rear comparbnenl • Thick automotive door seals to protect compartment contents from all types of weather. • Double sprung over center door closures to keep doors in positive open or closed position. • Standard shelf package with approx. 250 lb capacity adjustable divider shelves, roll formed for greater strength with hemmed dividers on 4" centers. • Striker plates that allow for proper door adjusbnent for a tight seal. • Riveted paddle locks and continuous hinges with stainless steel pins on all comparbnent doors. One key and spare to fit all doors. • Paint to match vehicle • Price to include complete installation. • Warranty: 1 year parts and labor • Specify make & model# of utility body: R~a.d~l:\q SL 10% DW \08'11 <! Please list additions and/or deletions to your factory's UTILITY BODY PACKAGE from the above listed specs: C CL\ \ ~ 0 , O pi \P O V\ .:S. Total Price for #491-UTIL!TY BODY 108"PACKAGE-DUAL REAR WHEELS: For Body Code: T1, T4, T5 $1 lo /00 Page 75 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of a Chevrolet Silverado 3500 January 17, 2017 9cvii for the Parks Department Initiated By: Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Public Works Department and Dave Lee, Open Space Manager Parks Recreation and Library PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council previously approved the purchase of a Dodge 3500 stake body truck for the Parks Department in 2007. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500 regular cab pickup truck. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED This unit will replace a 2007 Dodge Ram 3500 stake body truck that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service, mileage, and maintenance dollars expended. This heavy duty truck is needed to pick up and transfer waste and trash from all of the parks. The new unit will be a Chevrolet Silverado 3500 2WD with the following options included: all terrain tires, trailer brake controller, roof mounted beacon and stake bed utility body with hydraulic hoist lift. FINANCIAL IMPACT The total cost of the unit including options is $33,998. Funding for the purchase is available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and the purchase has been budgeted in the 2017 Budget. The unit is being purchased through the Colorado State Fleet Management Bid per the City's purchasing guidelines. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet for New Vehicles Vehicle Pricing Summary Sheet Selected Model and Options Page 76 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES STATE AWARD #--=2=01~7~-1=2~4~T.,_1 ______________ _ ENGLEWOOD BID# _________________ _ MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE __ ....,C""h"'"evr=ol""et,_ _______ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE _ _;e.3=50=0~2~WD~~R=ec,gu=lar~C=a=b~S=il~ve=ra=d=o ______ _ AIR CONDITIONING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION POWER WINDOWS POWER DOOR LOCKS 4 WHEEL DRIVE FLEX FUEL OPTION CERF REPLACEMENT NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021305. Parks Dept. NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO COMMENTS: This will replace Unit 5242. a 2007 Dodge Ram 3500 stake body truck. The new unit will be a Chevrolet 3500 stake body truck equipped with dump hoist. Unit 5242 had met the minimum requirements of miles of use. years of service. and maintenance dollars expended. The total cost of this unit will be $33.998. The funds are available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and were budgeted in the 201 7 budget. Page 77 of 326 PRICING SUMMARY PRICING SUMMARY· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137 .5" WB, 59.06" CA WT Base Price Total Options: Vehicle Subtotal Advert/Adjustments Destination Charge GRAND TOTAL MSRP $33,755.00 $9,569.00 $43,324.00 $0.00 $1,195.00 I Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. All rights reserved. Customer File; December19, 201611:01:06AM Page 1 Page 78 of 326 £1'\i\~wo~d SELECTED MODEL & OPTIONS . ... .. fu.lle~ b~<i,\-:\. SELECTED MODEL· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137,5" WB, 59,06" CA WT £2!!! CC36003 Description 2017 Chevrolet Silverado 3500HD 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT ·-··· ...... ' ... ···-··· . . . . . .. " .... , ... ,. .!Y!!IB!: $33,755.00 SELECTED VEHICLE COLORS· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT Descr;~~~~---St-17s.f~ Aw(.\,.-d . T-\ . . .. $' ..... Bas.~ .:). og9-Interior: No color has been selected. Exterior 1: No color has been selected. b, ~ c-.-ed.~-+ \:'o,;-(l s-oo/ ~ wD Exterior 2: No color has been selected. -···· --. . .. ·"••·-·-···· .... SELECTED OPTIONS -2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT CATEGORY Code EMISSIONS NE1 Description EMISSIONS, CONNECTICUT, DELAWARE, MAINE, MARYLAND, MASSACHUSETIS, NEW JERSEY, NEW YORK, OREGON, PENNSYLVANIA, RHODE ISLAND, VERMONT AND WASHINGTON STATE REQUIREMENTS ENGINE L96 ENGINE, VORTEC 6.0L VARIABLE VALVE TIMING VB SFI (360 hp [268.4 kW)@ 5400 rpm, 380 lb-ft of torque [515.0 N-m]@ 4200 rpm) (STD) . TRANSMISSION AXLE MYD TRANSMISSION, 6-SPEED AUTOMATIC, HEAW-DUTY electronically controlled with overdrive and tow/haul mode. Includes Cruise Grade Braking and Powertrain Grade Braking (STD) (Requires (L96) Vortec 6.0L VB SFI engine.) GT5 REAR AXLE, 4.10 RATIO (Requires {L96) Vortec 6.0L VB SFI engine.) PREFERRED EQUIPMENT GROUP 1WT WORK TRUCK PREFERRED EQUIPMENT GROUP includes Standard Equipment TIRES QZT TIRES, LT235/80R17E ALL-TERRAIN PAINT SCHEME 2Y1 PAINT, SOLID (STD) PAINT GAZ SUMMIT WHITE SEAT TYPE AE7 SEA TS, FRONT 40/20/40 SPLIT-BENCH 3-passenger, driver and front passenger recline with outboard head restraints and center fold-down armrest with storage. Vinyl has fixed lumbar and cloth has manually adjustable driver lumbar. (STD) $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ~ $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. All rights reserved. Customer File: December 19, 2016 11:01:06 AM Page 2 Page 79 of 326 SELECTED MODEL & OPTIONS ······--· ... , .. ~ .. SELECTED OPTIONS· 2017 Fleet/Non-Retail CC36003 2WD Reg Cab 137.5" WB, 59.06" CA WT CATEGORY fl!!!! SEAT TRIM H2R RADIO Description DARK ASH, CLOTH includes manually adjustable driver lumbar and Jet Black interior accents 103 AUDIO SYSTEM, 4.2" DIAGONAL COLOR DISPLAY, AM/FM STEREO with USB port and auxiliary jack (Not available with (AZ3) 40/20/40 split- bench seat. Upgradeable to (iOB) 7" diagonal color display radio with Chevrolet MyLink.) (STD) ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT N2M FUEL TANK, FRONT ONLY, 23.5 GALLON *CREDIT* TRW PROVISION FOR CAB ROOF-MOUNTED LAMP/BEACON provides an instrument panel-mounted switch and electrical wiring tucked beneath the headliner for a body upfitter to connect a body-mounted warning or emergency lamp VK3 LICENSE PLATE KIT, FRONT (will be shipped to orders with ship-to states that require front license plate) 9L7 UP FITTER SWITCHES (4) Provides 4-30 amp circuits to facilitate installation of aftermarket electrical accessories (With (L5P) Duramax 6.6L Turbo Diesel VS engine you will get 3 switches.) R9Y FLEET FREE MAINTENANCE CREDIT This option code provides a credit in lieu of the free oil changes, tire rotations and inspections (2 maximum), during the first 24 months and 24,000 miles period for this ordered vehicle. The invoice will detail the applicable credit. The customer will be responsible for all oil change, tire rotations and inspections costs for this vehicle. (Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FBC, FBN, FCA, FCN, FEF, FLS, FNR, FRC or FGO. Not available with FDR order types.) VQ2 FLEET PROCESSING OPTION DEALER INSTALLED/ PROCESSING OPTIONS .DUMP/S DIAMOND WORKHORSE 8'X9' FLATBED WITH 42"BULKHEAD WITH TAKE WINDOW· STEEL TREADPLATE FLOOR WITH SMOOTH STEEL TAIL SKIRT-42" SIDES. RUGBY ELECTRIC HYO DBL ACTING HOIST $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ~ ;r.,.,VC.. $0.00 ~ An underlined code indicates that the options have been applied by the dealer. Ail sales prices established solely by dealer. Report content is based on current data version referenced. Any performance-related calculations are offered solely as guidelines. Actual unit performance will depend on your operating conditions. GM AutoBook, Data Version: 469.0, Data updated 12/13/2016 © Copyright 1986-2012 Chrome Data Solutions, LP. Ail rights reseived. Customer File: December 19, 201611:01:06 AM Page 3 Page 80 of 326 •' ORIGINAL ,._, -r•, Cius: P/IJ -4x4 R-,,taUva Modlls: I: FORD 3:RAM Calon:111 B.m F' .. M Mallllgamenl 2Dl7 YEIICLE 8PEClFICA110NS Dulo,s lnvltaUon to Bid Body Codai It F550PU 1 T FULL SIZE PU 2: CHEVROLET 3500 PU 3SOOPU 4: GMC 3500 PU MAKE: CHEVY MODEi.: SILVERADO DEM MODEi. i: CK36003 TRIM LEVEL: WT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: OEM CODE INDICATE ACTUAL DEALER SPECIF1Cr.TIONS ~ PASS: 3 PERSONS MIN. COMPLY 110 DDORS:2SIDEDDORS COMPLY 130 CAB/CHASSIS LESS BED COMPLY 14D TIRES:ALLSEAS M&S RADIAL L T235/80R17E ALL SEASONS 148 FULL SIZE &PARE TIRE L T235/SOR17E 197 ENGMINCYL:a L96 6,0L WT SFI VS 225 FUEL TANK: 25 GAL MIN 34 248 GWI RATING:11000 80'CA 13200 W/60" CA 261 DUAL REAR WHEELS COMPLY 300 AIR CONDITIONING• R134a STANDARD :lll2 RADIO: NNFM STANDARD 307 POWER BRAKES & POWER STEERING STANDARD 308 ABS BRAKES STANDARD 310 SEATS: CLOTH SEATS H2R DARK ASH CLOTH - 321 FLOORING: RUBBER STANDARD 340 AIR BAG • DRIVER SIDE STANDARD 350 STD ENG: SPECIFY L96 6.0LV8 - 400 MIRRORS: RIGKI' AND LEFT STANDARD - 404 INTERMITTENTWIPERS STANDARD -410 TRANSMISSION:AUTOMATIC STANDARD 415 FOUR-WHEELDRIVE COMPLY - 418 AUTOMATIC LOCKING Motil' HUBS COMPLY - 438 HEAVY DUTY COOi.iNG STANDARD 521 HEAVY DUTY ALTERNATOR STANDARD 752 AXLE RATIO: SPECIFY GT5 4.10AXLERATIO 910 PRIMARY FUEi.: UNLEADED STANDARD !191 STD WANTY• BUMPER TO BUMPER 3138 STANDARD !Jr STANDAROVEHICLEB"5EPRICES ah; 0 a 9 AVAILABLE OPTIONS: OEM COOEACTIJAL / COMMENTS Gi.,-09_7_C_R_EW_CAB __ l4_DDO_R_S_):-SP_ECI_FY_CA---~ CK36043 60"CA DEM CODE: I i'a1111014 1112S12111& 1WT PRICE 2560 Page 81 of 326 ·oRIGiNAL.· C4.•1Ut* 'lhit. F,.'1.1tn, ""~•-•-lf•lftUlnt 21117 VEH!ClE SPECIFICATIONS Dealers tnvllllUan lo Bid B/2S/2016 Class: P/11 • 4"4 Rop,esenlllllva Medals: I: FORD 3:RAM 8odvS1rI1 F350PU 3SOOPU 1 T l=ULL SIZI PU 2: CHEVROLET 3SOO PU 4: GMC 3SOO PU MAKE: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO AVAILABLE OPTIONS: ..!!!_ exrCAB:SPECIFYCA 133 BACKUPALARM -141 TIRES: AU.•TERRAIN, UST SIZE: -143 TIRES: OPTION ti, LIST SIZE: 216 NON-STDENC3INEOPT1DNA: 217 ENG OPTIOH: DIESEL 218 NON•STD ENGINE OPTION B: 229 HEAVY DU1Y SUSPENSION SPECIFY1YPE: 243 AXLE RATIO (MIN.) 3.73 247 GVW IIAllNG: 15000 249 AXLE RATIO OPTION: SPECIFY 252 CNG PREP PACKAGE 254 ALT FUEL• OEM Bl FUEL SPECIFY TANK LOC 2!5 ALT FUEL• OEM DEDICATED SPEC TANK LOC 2!18 !11!1 • OEM Bl FUEL 280 SINGLE REAR WHEELS 2112 DARKEST LEGAL TINT AVAIL -284 REMOTE Kl!Yl.!SS ENTRY 2ll8 CRUISE CONTAOvnLT 311 SEATS:VINVLSEATS 332 CARGO AREA,STEEL,OIAl,IONO FLOOR 401 MRRS:RECICMPR FOR TWNB (7""9') 408 REAAAXLE•ANTISPIN 411 TRANSMISSION: MANUAL W/OVERORV 4t4 TWO.WHEEL DRIVE: REAR 429 TRAILER BRAKE CONTROL-ELECTRIC 430 PCKG:TOWINCa'RCVR HITCH{Alchml) -438 PACKAGE:SNOW PLOW (aHchmt) - 439 OEM SNOW PLOW PREP 440 PACKABE'OfF ROAD (AHachmenl) 443 PKG: STROBE UGHT (AHachment) -444 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER -4SO SKID PLATE•FUEL TNK,TRFR CS/01 -454 AUXILARY BATTERY , 462 GOOSENECK HITCH (attchml) .. ' DEM MODEL I: CK36003 TRIM LEVEL: WT DEM CODE: _1WT __ OEM CODEACTUALI COMMENTS PRICE 3280 MODEL CK35953 DUALLY 5S"CA AFTERMARKET 150 QZT L T235/8DR17E ALL TERRAIN 200 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE LSP 6.6 DURAMAX TURBO DIESEL W/ALLISON TRANS 7741 NOT AVAILABLE HD SUSPENSON STANDARD 0 GT4 3.73 AXLE RATIO 100 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE MODEL CK359D3 56''CA CREDIT (200) AFTERMARKET 190 PCR ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG 1005 STANDARD 0 H2Q PLEASE SPECIFY VINYL ON PO 0 NOT PAINTED BETWEEN WHEELWELLS ONLY 1115 STANDARD VERTICLE CAMPER MIRRORS 0 STANDARD LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL 0 NOT AVAILABLE MODEL CC36003 (CREDID 1800 JL1 FACTORY TRAILER BRAKE 275 ATTACHMENT 600 ATTACHMENT 4040 VYU FACTORY SNOW PLOW PREP 385 ATTACHMENT 600 ATTACHMENT 350 KOS FACTORY BLOCK HEATER 90 NZZ FACTORY UNDERBODY SHIELDS 150 K4B FACTORY 730 CCA AUXILIARY BATTERY 135 · ATTACHMENT COULD V!'.P.Y WITH BODY 675 Page 82 of 326 . -oRIGINAt:· -· '''•Nl'ldO Stale J;:ut .. 1itll9"ln.;n.: 2017 V!HICU SPECIFICATIONS llnlwa lmltallon lo Bid Cius: PIU • 414 Rep,....lallva Models: I: FORO 3:RAM 8pdyC9ft;n F350PU JIFULLBiZEPU 2: CHEVROlET 3500 PU 3500PU MAK!: CHEVY MODEL: SILVERADO AVAILABLE OPTIONS: 484 HID TRANS COOLER 470 PKG:HVDRAULIC LIFTGATE(llchmt} ,__ 472 EPACTAFVCReDlll Spactfy ~ DUMP BEO PKG REQ 60' CA (atlachmenll 484 STAKE BED wl IEADBD REQ ISO" CA (allchmt} ,__ 4&1 UTILITY BODY REQ 80" CA (lltochment} 51& LEFT COOR POST SPOTLIGHT (SOW) 520 POWER LOCKS 529 POWER MIRFIORS 530 POWER WINDOWS 541 DELETE DAYTIME/AUTO HEADLIGHTS 599 AMll'M CD Pl.AVER 606 GVW OPTION: SPECIFY - 607 GVW OPTION: SPECIFY 608 HYBRID GAS/!I.ECTAIC 1S20 UPPER TRIM LEVEL PKG: SPECIFY ,__ 643 ADD DAl'TIME RUNNIIIG LIGHTS 670 SEEElCHIIIITA ~ MEETS 2010 FED EMISSIONS DIESEL ENG 8!14 DIESEi. ENG B2D COMPLIANT 763 PHEV (PlUG IN HYBRID ELEC VEHt 780 UPFITTER SWITCHES B42 DUMP BCDV g FOOT 845 BUNDSPOTNOTIACATIDN 11113 BACKUP CAMERA ,__ &112 EXT WARRANTY• POWER TRAIN 51100,000 . ' 4: GMC 3500 PU OEMMODELt: CK36003 TRIM LEVEL: wr OEM CDOE: 1WT OEM CODEACTUAL/ COMMENTS PRICE 0 DPN PCR 1LT 9L7 STANDARD ATTACHMENT 2750 NOT AVAILABLE ATTACHMENT 7637 ATTACHMENT 4155 ATTACHMENT 61DD COMPLY LED $550 450 _..:ST:.:.:..:A:.:ND:::A.::,R.:::D:..... _____________ ...;D ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG 1005 ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONVENIENCE PKG 1005 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE STANDARD DELETED BY SFM STANDARD STANDARD NOT AVAILABLE (4) FACTORY UPFITTER SWITCHES AS SPEC'D NOT AVAILABLE 3205 0 0 D 125 7947 AFTERMARKET, CALL FOR PRICES VARIES -'""-'==========----ST AND ARD D Page 83 of 326 I' ORIGINAL C-PAJ-4114 R--.t.laifu: I: FORD a:RAM Co~SlaloFINl-,..,.111 11!17 Vl,tilcLI 'Pliell'J11111101iS . ~lli'!("'6cin IUIII M111111F II, f3SC!Pll 1 T FVYelmtPU .. CHEVROt.El' ll500 PU ~·p~ 4: liMc 11500 PU 1'11!94~!4 112112C1i IIAICE: QHM. MODEi.: SILVERADO 'E.IIIOOl!LI~ CK36003 TIIIMLIYIL: WT· .. QBICQD£: WT 91\i~RVEHICLESPECIF1CIJICNSl0PTIC!f!S PRICE -------..... ----------------~--- IRll!DAIIQ F,M:tllRV WAAAANIV.(Ai1tohll1t11ill.~): . . MIU.I MOHTHB """'"''°·ec.., 38:ooo ~-~~..,a __ ·1po,aoo· 100,DOD ~F,\Cll)ft'(WARR.!NTYIAllllchdl\llltild~ 60 ~N'(AV~L PLEAS~ CALL F~RiC.ING.. ~ 1!11!\.RJEL IIATIN(l:-'-N"'/A....., __ MJIG'CITY, __ Nl_A...,........,.. ,lot.P.GH!GlfNAV 01!10!1NIMUt.lRJELRATE00CTANl!:.,.__..ae ... s ...... ___ ,_----,- DJ!LJliEllY:, 60-90 ID!iff111"(.1,NY EXCEPTICNS TO BPE01FtCAt10NSi FACTORY FRONT FUEL TANK23;5 GALLON. Di:ALEII NAM&: . DELLENBACH MOTORS: o.M.iilrPitDi;e! 970-226·2436 BICXIER'S NAME: SIGNAtijRE: ; Page 84 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: Purchase of a John Deere 1580 Terrain January 17, 2017 Cut Mower 9cviii Initiated By: Staff Source: Pat White, Fleet Manager Public Works Department and Dave Lee, Open Space Manager Parks Recreation and Library PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council previously approved the purchase of a Kubota mower for the Parks Department in 2009. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, the purchase of a 2017 John Deere 1580 Terrain Cut mower. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED This unit will replace a 2009 Kubota mower that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service, and maintenance dollars expended. This 72 inch commercial mower is used by parks staff to mow park turf acreage. The new unit will be a John Deere 1580 Terrain Cut mower with a 72 inch front mounted mowing deck and rear discharge. FINANCIAL IMPACT The total cost of the unit including options is $28,305.20. Funding for the purchase is available through the Capital Equipment Replacement Fund (CERF) and the purchase has been budgeted in the 2017 Budget. The unit is being purchased through National Purchasing Partners Contract for lawn and landscape equipment per the City's purchasing guidelines. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Summary Specification Sheet for New Vehicles Equipment Summary and Quote Page 85 of 326 SERVICENTER GARAGE SUMMARY SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR NEW VEHICLES NATIONAL PURCHASING PARTNERS CNPP) Lawn &Landscape (PG SS) ENGLEWOOD BID# _________________ _ MANUFACTURER OF VEHICLE _ _,,,Jo,,,hn"'-"'D"'ee""r-"-e _________ _ MODEL OF VEHICLE 1580 Terrain Cut Commercial Mower with 72" Deck AIR CONDITIONING YES NO AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION YES NO POWER WINDOWS YES NO POWER DOOR LOCKS YES NO 4 WHEEL DRIVE YES NO FLEX FUEL OPTION YES NO CERF REPLACEMENT YES NO NEW ADDITION TO FLEET YES NO DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ASSIGNED TO 021305 Parks COMMENTS: This unit replaces Unit 5254, a 2009 Kubota mower, that has met the minimum replacement requirements of years of service and maintenance dollars expended. The replacement unit is a John Deere 1580 Commercial Mower with a 72" front deck. The replacement funds are available through the CERF replacement fund and was approved in the 2017 Budget. Page 86 of 326 r, JOHN DEERE ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE MADE OUT TO (VENDOR): Deere & Company 2000 John Deere Run Cary, NC 27513 FED ID: 36-2382580; DUNS#: 60-7690989 Prepared For: City Of Englewood Englewood Public Works Patrick White 2800 S Platte River Dr Englewood, CO 80110 Business: 303-783-6804 m POTESTIO BROTHERS EQUIPMENT, INC. ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE SENT TO DELIVERING DEALER: Potestio Brothers Equipment, Inc. 19020 Longs Way Parker, CO 80134 303-841-2299 parker@pbequip.com Quote Summary Delivering Dealer: Potestio Brothers Equipment, Inc. John Alcamo 19020 Longs Way Parker, CO 80134 Phone: 303-841-2299 Mobile: 720-320-8998 johna@pbequip.com Quote ID: 14483550 Created On: 15 December 2016 Last Modified On: 28 December 2016 Expiration Date: 25 January 2017 Equipment Summary Selling Price Qty Extended $24,619.21 JOHN DEERE 1580 TerrainCut $24,619.21 X 1 = Commercial Front Mower (Less Mower Deck) Contract: National Purchasing Partners (NPP) Lawn & Landscape Equip (PG 5S) Price Effective Date: December 15, 2016 JOHN DEERE 72 In. Fastback $ 3,816.49 X 1 = Commercial Rear Discharge Deck Contract: National Purchasing Partners (NPP) Lawn & Landscape Equip (PG 5S) Price Effective Date: December 28, 2016 Equipment Total * Includes Fees and Non-contract items Salesperson : X Quote Summary Equipment Total Trade In SubTotal Total Down Payment Rental Applied Balance Due Accepted By : X Confidential $3,816.49 $28,435.70 $28,435.70 $28,435.70 $28,435.70 (0.00) (0.00) $28,435.70 Page 87 of 326 "JOHN DEERE Selling Equipment m POTESTIO BROTHERS EQUIPMENT. 1NC. Quote Id: 14483550 Customer Name: CITY OF ENGLEWOOD ENGLEWOOD PUBLIC WORKS ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE MADE OUT TO (VENDOR): ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE SENT TO DELIVERING DEALER: Deere & Company 2000 John Deere Run Cary, NC 27513 FED JD: 36-2382580; DUNS#: 60-7690989 Potestio Brothers Equipment, Inc. 19020 Longs Way Parker, CO 80134 303-841-2299 parker@pbequip.com JOHN DEERE 1580 TerrainCut Commercial Front Mower (Less Mower Deck) Hours: Stock Number: ontract: National Purchasing Partners (NPP) Lawn & Landscape Equip (PG 5S) Price Effective Date: December 15, 2016 Selling Price• $24,619.21 * Price per item -includes Fees and Non-contract items Code Description Qty List Price Discount% Discount Contract Extended Amount Price Contract 2451TC 1580 TerrainCut Commercial Front Mower (Less Mower Deck) 1 $ 31,231.00 Price 23.00 $7,183.13 $24,047.87 $24,047.87 -··-·-···--------·---· ... __ ..... Standard Options-PerUnit_ ...... --·· 001A United States and Canada 1 $ 0.00 23.00 2011 Comfort Adjust Suspension 1 $ 390.00 23.00 Seat with Armrests $ 0.00 $ 89.70 Standard Options Total $ 390.00 $ 89.70 Dealer Attachments/Non,contract/Open Market -R66949 Quik-Tatch Weight, 42 Lb. · 4 $ 59.91 · · · 23.00 $ 13.78 TCB10303 Rear Weight Mounting Kit 1 $ 112.36 23.00 $ 25.84 Dealer Attachments Total $ 172,27 $ 39.62 $ 0.00 $ 300.30 $ 300.30 $ 46.13 $ 86.52 $132.65 $ 0.00 $ 300.30 $ 300.30 $ 184.52 $ 86.52 $ 271.04 JOHN DEERE 72 In. Fastback Commercial Rear Discharge Deck Equipment Notes: Hours: Stock Number: Contract: National Purchasing Partners (NPP) Lawn & Landscape Equip (PG 5S) Price Effective Date: December 28, 2016 Selling Price • $3,816.49 * Price per item -includes Fees and Non-contract items Confidential Page 88 of 326 ff' JOHN DEERE Selling Equipment m POTESTIO BROTHERS EQUIPMENT, INC. Quote Id: 14483550 Customer Name: CITY OF ENGLEWOOD ENGLEWOOD PUBLIC WORKS ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE MADE OUT TO (VENDOR): Deere & Company 2000 John Deere Run Cary, NC 27513 FED ID: 36-2382580; DUNS#: 60-7690989 ALL PURCHASE ORDERS MUST BE SENT TO DELIVERING DEALER: Potestio Brothers Equipment, Inc. 19020 Longs Way Parker, CO 80134 303-841-2299 parker@pbequip.com Code Description Qty List Price Discount% Discount Contract Extended Amount Price Contract 0553TC 72 In. Fastback Commercial 1 $ 4,799.00 Price 23.00 $ 1,103.77 $ 3,695.23 $ 3,695.23 Rear Discharge Deck _ ~ =:_ ____ -::--::-____ :·=----=----staiiiiimi Options~ i>er U11lt - 001A United States and Canada 1 $ o.oo · 23.00 · $ 0.00 Standard Options Total $ 0.00 $ 0.00 --·-·---· · · Dealer Attachments/Non,Contract/Open Market DMA2109 -72 In: Deflector Kit· · · 1 · $ 157.48 ·· 23.00 · $ 36.22 06 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 so:oo $ 0.00 $ 121.26. $12i:26 Dealer Attachments Total $157.48 $ 36.22 $ 121.26 $ 121.26 i --· ---··-------·' Suggested Price $3,816.49 Total Selling Price $4,956.48 $1,139.99 $3,816.49 $3,816.49 Confidential Page 89 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 9cix Resolution Supporting the City's Arapahoe County Open Space Grant Application for Rotolo Park Shelter Initiated By: Staff Source: Parks, Recreation and Library Dave Lee, Open Space Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council approved Resolution No. 39, Series of 2016, supporting the City's Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for Rotolo Park Playground Renovation. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve a resolution supporting the City's grant application to Arapahoe County for the Rotolo Park Shelter project. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED The Rotolo Park Shelter Project will add a 16' x 26' picnic shelter, 2 picnic tables, barbeque grill and 6 foot wide ADA accessible concrete walk to the newly remodeled playground in the park. The new shelter and amenities will further enhance the playground by adding covered seating and a picnic area for residents to watch their children while they are playing. FINANCIAL IMPACT Englewood's grant application will request $50,000 in grant funding with a required cash match of $13,200 from the 2017 Open Space Fund. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Grant Resolution Grant Application Page 90 of 326 RESOLUTION NO. SERIESOF2017 A RESOLUTION SUPPORTING THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD'S ARAPAHOE COUNTY OPEN SPACE (ACOS) GRANT APP LI CA T!ON FOR ROTOLO PARK SHELTER PROJECT. WHEREAS, in 2003 Arapahoe County voters approved a ten ( I 0) year, quaiter-of-a-penny sales and use tax to pay for preservation of open space, protect lands, preserve water quality and provide, maintain and improve neighborhood parks, sp01t fields, picnic facilities and trails; and WHEREAS, in 2005 Arapahoe County set aside a po1tion of the revenues to fund competitive grant projects; and WHEREAS, each year, the City of Englewood is eligible to apply for up to two (2) grants; and WHEREAS, the Open Space Grant funds will be used for the Rotlo Park Shelter project with a 16' X 28' picnic shelter with 2 picnic tables, a barbeque grill, and a six foot wide ADA accessible concrete walk to the newly remodeled playground in the park; and WHEREAS, the new shelter and amenities will fmther enhance the playground by adding covered seating and a picnic area for residents to watch their children while they are playing; and WHEREAS, the City of Englewood is committed to complete the Rotolo Park Shelter project and will be responsible for any cost overruns; and WHEREAS, the total project costs are estimated at $63,200; if this application for the Arapahoe County Open Space Grant is awarded it will provide $50,000; with a required cash match of $13,200 which has been budgeted in the 2017 Open Space Shareback fund for Parks and Recreation Depaitment. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, THAT: Section I. The City Council for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby supp01ts the City's Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for Rotolo Park Shelter project, attached hereto as Exhibit A. Section 2. The City Council of the City of Englewood ce1tifies that the Rotolo Park Shelter project will be open to the public and serve a public purpose upon completion. 1 Page 91 of 326 Section 3. The Director of Parks, Recreation and Library is authorized to sign all necessary documents for the Arapahoe County Open Space Grant application for and on behalf of the City Council and the City of Englewood. ADOPTED AND APPROVED this 17th day of January, 2017. ATTEST: Joe Jefferson, Mayor Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby certify the above is a true copy of Resolution No. __ , Series of 2017. Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk 2 Page 92 of 326 2017 Arapahoe County Open Space Grant Application for Standard and Small Grants Part A -Application Summary Form . Applicant Information Name: City of Englewood Address: 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, CO 80110-2373 Primary Contact: Mr. Dave Lee I Title: Open Space Manager Telephone: 303-762-2687 Email: dlee@englewoodgov.org Primary Partner Information (Additional partners should be discussed in Part F) Name: Address: Contact: I Title: Telephone: Email: Partner Responsibilities: Project Information Grant Category: Small Project Type: Construction Project Title: Rotolo Park Shelter Address: 4401 S. Huron Street, Englewood, 80110 City or Unincorporated Arapahoe County: GPS Coordinates (must be in decimal degrees): Latitude: 39.636687, Longitude: -104.997681 Grant Request: $50,000 Cash Match Total: $13,200 I Percentage of Total Project: 21% Total Project Amount: $63,200 Executive Summary: The City of Englewood will be installing a new 16' x 26' ADA compliant shelter adjacent to the Rotolo Park Playground. Additional project elements include an expanded sidewalk for accessibility and connectivity, 2 picnic tables and benches; trash receptacle, and, a BBQ grill. The households in this area are predominately lower income and the children and families from this neighborhood will greatly benefit from having a new shelter/picnic area. Within the past two years, the community requested a new, updated and safe playground which ACOS has funded and is scheduled to be installed Spring 2017. The proposed shelter project will enhance the playground project by providing a safe area during inclement weather and shade from the sun benefitting all playground and park users. The intended result in installing a shelter is to bring together the community in a safe and active play area and provide picnic/seating/rest facilities for their children as well as all park users. E X H I B I T A Page 93 of 326 Part B -Minimum Qualification and Eligibility Form Certify the below minimum qualifications and eligibility criteria: Applicant Name: City of Englewood Application Category and Type: Small Grant/Site Improvement Project Project Name: Rotolo Park Shelter Renovation Briefly answer the following qualification questions: 1. Is applicant in good standing with Arapahoe County Open Space? Discuss past performance (past five years); discuss all on-going Arapahoe County Open Space Grants, and the number and types of grants for which your agency is applying in this cycle. The applicant is in good standing with the Arapahoe County Open Space Department. For the past five years, the applicant has provided the required progress and final reporting documents per the grant agreement according to the time schedule. The applicant has three open projects with Arapahoe County including: Gateway Enhancement Project -Phase II, Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project, and Rotolo Park Playground. The projects are on track for being completed within the designated time frame and within the approved budgets. There are no outstanding funds or required documentation specific to Arapahoe County Open Space Grants. The applicant will be submitting 2 ACOS grant proposals this cycle -one standard grant and one small grant. 2. Discuss project alignment with the Arapahoe County Open Space Master Plan; local adopted Master Plan; OR other approved planning documents. The Open Space Master Plan provides a 100-year vision, 25-year master plan and 5-year action plan for implementing the purpose and goals of the program. The vision states that the County will be forward thinking, understand and embrace the open space, park and trail needs of current residents, and define a harmonious relationship between people and nature in the County for future generations. The vision for the program is summarized as "Healthy Lands, Healthy Communities, and Healthy People". The Arapahoe County Open Space Master Plan's Mission and Purpose Statement proposes to maintain and improve neighborhood parks in the study area of the Master Plan including the City of Englewood. Goal II OS 1.2 establishes level of service standards for parks and trails in growth areas policy. Page 94 of 326 3. Describe how this project addresses specific objectives in the County Open Space Resolution #030381/#110637. Document is posted on the Open Space Grant Program page of the County Website. The shelter renovation project at Rotolo Park in Englewood addresses the specific objectives set forth in the County Open Space Resolutions #030380 and #110637 by providing, maintaining and improving neighborhood parks per Section VIII.C. 3. D. The proposed project and applicant meet the current objectives of the County Open Space Resolution -#110637 adopted 12/5/11. Specifically, this project meets the approved ballot element identified including: Provide, maintain and improve neighborhood parks, open space, sports fields, picnic facilities, and biking, walking and multi-use trails; Construction of the Rotolo Park Shelter meets this fundamental need. This project will enhance an underserved neighborhood by providing a common location to gather around the newly completed playground. Improvements made by this project will enhance the outdoor experience while encouraging youth and their families to spend more time outdoors in their community. Acknowledge the minimum qualification components listed below by checking each box. All components are required to meet minimum qualifications: X All items on the enclosed application checklist are included in the application X All questions are answered in Part F and all supporting documents are attached in Part G X All budget forms are attached and complete X Application format and document order follow instructions X Above eligibility and qualification questions are answered and meet Arapahoe County Open Space eligibility requirements X Application is signed by agency's highest authority (or authorized individual) X Minimum cash match requirement met(% oftotal project) Applicant certifies that all of the above items are included in the application and that all information submitted is true to the best of their knowledge. Date: ---'---;+-/-'-'~'-"/,"'-'/__,1''--- or authorized individual} I I I ....2kZ&?llt;L)ti'lLfl~'2U,~_2'/R~ raz_ Page 95 of 326 Part c-Application Checklist Use the application checklist to verify that all of the required documents are included in this application in the order listed below. All sections are required and must be complete to meet minimum qualifications. One original signed application and one copy must be included for all sections below. Part A through Part G of the Checklist must be included as one complete pdf document on a thumb drive and labeled with the Entity Name, Project Name, Application (ie. Ara pa hoeCounty. Pa rkPlan .Application). X Part A-Application Summary Form X Part B -Minimum Qualifications and Eligibility Form (signed} X Part C -Application Checklist X Part D -Project Timeline (must be detailed) X Part E -Project Budget Narrative and Forms (all forms must be completely filled out) X Part F-Project Details (narrative response to project questions; include Land Acquisition section if applicable) X Part G -Attachments (Identify each attachment with a cover page. Prepare attachments in the order listed below. This section does NOT need page numbers.) 1. Evidence of support from highest authority (official letter or resolution) - including commitment to complete and maintain the project; statement that matching funds are secured and/or efforts to secure funds are underway (give detailed amount); acknowledgment of responsibility of cost overruns; and certification that the project will be open to the public or serve a public purpose upon completion. See attached sample resolution. 2. Evidence of community support (letters of support-maximum of 5} 3. Documentation of opposition and responses (state if applicable) 4. Evidence of commitment from project partners (cash match/in-kind match support letters/partner support letters -no maximum) 5. Photos {pre-submittal photos)and Conceptual Drawings (if desired) 6. Maps (include site map & vicinity map) 7. Site Visit Form {plan and project site visit form with driving directions) 8. Evidence of commitment to long-term maintenance, including the maintenance budget and agency capacity to maintain (letter from management/maintenance agency) 9. Evidence of property ownership/legal access (legal documentation) 10. Other (clearly title: acquisition documentation: appraisal, title commitment, contract option (if applicable} or other supporting documents) Page 96 of 326 Part D -Project Timeline Use the below project timeline sample as a guide to complete your proposed project timeline. Project timeline must be detailed, realistic and coincide with Part F. Timeline should include the IGA execution and project start date (must be within 60 days of the award notification). Project timeline must conclude within 2 year requirement. Rotolo Park Shelter rask ,rant ~otification GA Execution >reject Start )ate ;olicitation of lend ors 'reject Bid lward(s) :ity Council lpproval )rder Jlaterials ,round/Site •rep :onstruction ,rand Opening inal Report Jun 17 Jul 17 Aug Sep 17 17 Oct Nov Dec 17 17 17 Jan 18 Feb Mar Apr 18 18 18 May Jun 18 18 Jul 18 Aug Sep 18 18 Page 97 of 326 Part E -Project Budget Narrative and Forms Budget Narrative: Provide a clear and concise budget narrative for this project (300 words or less). The total project budget is $63,200. The City of Englewood has committed and secured $13,200 reflecting a 21% cash match (11% over the 10% required) and will be responsible for any overages in the project costs. The line item project costs included have been calculated based on the planning and design team's estimations from prior shelter construction budgets. With Englewood's long history of constructing, updating and maintaining park amenities, these budget numbers represent current costs. o Mobilization -$5,160 o Demolition -$1,712 o Site Improvements including grading, sidewalk, irrigation, soil preparation and sod - $18,288 o 16' x 26' Hip Shelter -$33,000 o Site Amenities (Picnic Tables, BBQ Grill, Bench) -$5,040 The costs reflected above have been reviewed by the planning team and project partners; the costs identified represent extremely competitive costs for this type of project. Budget Forms: All project budget forms must be completely filled out following the rules set forth in the application guidelines and instructions. The following project budget forms are attached and required to be complete and included in the application to meet minimum qualifications: o Summary Budget Form (choose the correct summary budget form -small or standard grant summary budget form): The summary budget form must be fully completed and successfully match up with the budget narrative, the detailed budget form and the selection criteria questions. o Detailed Expense Budget Form: The detailed expense budget form must be completed with sufficient detail to be accepted. Please reference the sample budget for the expected level of detail. Budget items are to be broken down into categories, and then broken down into the detailed use of funds within each category by line item and cost. The detailed expense budget form includes, grant funds, cash match (applicant and partner cash match) and in-kind match. Only cash match counts toward the percentage of match required. The minimum cash match requirement is 25% of the total project cost for Standard Grants and 10% of the total project cost for Small Grants. In-kind match is significant and shows partnership and community support for the project. Administrative costs to prepare the grant application are not an eligible expense. (Review the Grant Application Instructions for eligibility details.) Page 98 of 326 Sources of Funds Arapahoe County Open Space Applicant Cash Match (Specify)Partner Cash Match/Other Funding Source (Specify)Partner Cash Match/Other Funding Source Totals Date Secured Jun-17 Feb-17 Applicant: City of Englewood Requirements: Total Project Amount: In-kind Match: Total Project w/out In-kind: Cash Match Percentage Require, Required Cash Match Amount: Project Cash Match 10.31.2016 Summary Budget Form $13,200 Project Title: Rotolo Park Shelter $63,200.00 $0.00 $63,200.00 10.00% $6,320.00 $13,200.00 Minimum Met: Y or N Year: Total Project Funds $50,000 $13,200 $0 $0 2017 Use for Planning and Small Grant Applications Only Page 99 of 326 City of Englewood DETAILED EXPENSE WORKSHEET NUMBER Category Description Line Item Detial ACOS Grantee Partner All TOTAL Code (Or ln-l{ind Description} Description Grant Cash Match Cash Match In-kind Match Mobilization $5,160.00 $5,160.00 $0.00 Demolition $1,712.00 $1,712.00 $0.00 Site Improvements $0.00 Grading $1,692.00 $1,692.00 Sidewalk $11,700.00 $11,700.06 Irrigation, Soil Preparation and Sod $4,896.00 $4,896.00 $0.00 Site Amenities $33,404.00 $4,636.00 $38,040.00 Shelter, Picnic Tables, BBQ Grill, Bench, Trash Recptacle $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ACTUAL TOTALS $50,000.00 $13,200.00 $0.00 $0.00 $63,200.00 Applicant: City of Englewood Project title: Rotolo Park Shelter Date: February 1, 2017 10.31.2016 Use for All Grnnt Annlirnitnn<: Page 100 of 326 Part F -Project Details Applicants must limit this section to 10 pages and answer all questions to meet minimum qualifications. If attachments/supporting documentation apply, please fully answer the question and reference the document in Part G. Please do not answer a question as "N/A". If a question is not applicable, please explain why it is not applicable. Select the Grant Category: D Standard Grant: $50,100 -$300,000 funding opportunity, 25% of total project amount minimum cash match requirement X Small Grant: $100 -$50,000 funding opportunity, 10% of total project amount minimum cash match requirement Select the Project Type: Project Type/Project Details: The project categories for the small and standard grant applications are below: D Trail Project: Projects that are mostly trail construction or renovation/restoration, trail- related bridges, trail-related road crossings, or trail head parking and shelters. D Site Improvement Projects: Projects for site improvement, restoration and repair/replacement including: natural re-vegetation/restoration, park improvements, restoration, repair/replacement (may include playgrounds, shelters, sport fields, landscaping). This category may include interior trail segments or connections, but the majority of the project should be site improvements other than trail. X Construction Project: Construction projects may include new park amenities such as playgrounds, shelters, sport fields, restrooms, and interior trails or connections. D Acquisition Project: Eligible projects involve fee simple acquisition of land for public open space, park or trails; acquisition of buffer land; acquisition of a conservation easement and/or acquisition of water rights. D Environmental Project/Cultural Education or Interpretation Project: Projects focused on environmental or cultural education/interpretation installations may include associated sign bases, panels, landscaping, benches and shelters. D Other Project: Other allowable project categories include: stream-related projects, wildlife habitat, and water quality. These projects should not fit into any of the other project categories. Please contact the County Grants Program Administrator for questions related to allowable projects. Page 101 of 326 Selection Criteria Questions: 1. Describe the project goal, extent of scope and expected results. Be specific; discuss what the project will provide, quantities, size, project elements, useful life of project components, and deliverables. Discuss the current condition of the project site and what improvements or changes are being proposed and why. Provide detailed maps, plans and photos in Part G. Describe how the project will be designed, constructed, and managed. Describe how this project improves access and connectivity to any existing trail network, natural resources, and/or community resources. If this is an educational project, discuss the long-term educational outcomes expected as a result of this project and how the project connects people to each other, the natural environment and/or community resources. Complete the budget forms in Part E consistent with this narrative. Rotolo Park is adjacent to Huron Street near the intersection of Stanford Avenue and is considered a neighborhood park. In 2016, Englewood received a Standard Site Improvement grant from ACOS to renovate the Rotolo Park Playground and construction on the playground is scheduled for Spring 2017. The Rotolo Park Shelter improvement project will enhance the future playground benefitting the overall visitor experience. Rotolo Park is approximately 3¼ acres in size and in addition to the future renovated playground, the park includes a multi-purpose athletic field, a backstop, and on street parking. There is a slight rise on the northeast where the playground is located and the southern park area is green open space providing passive and active outdoor recreation opportunities. The scope of this project includes installing a new 16' x 26' ADA compliant shelter adjacent to and northwest of the playground; a 6' wide sidewalk connection to the entrance path; 2 picnic tables and benches; one BBQ grill; and one trash receptacle. The goal will be to use recycled steel products for the shelter, grill and trash receptacle. The useful life of these project components are 25-30 years. The households in this area are small bungalows (<1500 SF.) and residents are predominately lower income. The children and families from this neighborhood will greatly benefit from having a new shelter/picnic area to enhance this neighborhood and their park. Over the past two years, the community requested a new, updated and safe playground which ACOS has funded and is scheduled to be installed Spring 2017. The proposed shelter project will enhance the playground by providing a shaded area from the sun and a safe area during inclement weather. The intended result in installing a shelter is to enhance all park visitors experience by providing a sheltered picnic area with a table seating, and a grill, for all park patrons to use. Page 102 of 326 This funding request includes connecting the walkway from the playground to the proposed shelter. All design components of the 6' wide walkway will include ADA elements. Please see Part G; 6 for detailed site plans. 2. Describe the community/neighborhood and user groups the project will serve. Discuss the type of users (children, adults, seniors, families, sports leagues, youth groups, etc.) the project will serve and estimate the number of user groups annually that will benefit from the project. Be specific. How did you arrive at this estimate? Describe the service area for this project (how far will users travel to use the project site) .. Rotolo Park is considered a neighborhood park and represents a historically lower income level within Englewood. The houses in this neighborhood are small, single family bungalows approximately 1000-1500 SF. Park users include families, children, seniors that might be running, walking, playing, dog walking, relaxing, and simply enjoying being outdoors within an urban environment. The majority of park visitors live within one-half mile walking distance of the park. It is truly a neighborhood park. The proposed project is directly adjacent to the future playground being built which will be predominately visited by children ages 2 to 12 and their parents. We anticipate these visitors will be primary users of the shelter. Additionally, seniors who live in the area appear to visit the park alone or with their grandchildren to play on the playground. Based on current use, park visitors use the park for passive and active recreation and fitness. Today, you might see neighbors resting on the bench that overlooks the southern park open space; walking their dogs to and from as well as within the park; children playing on the playground; stretching and relaxing on the grass open space; and picnicking near the playground. Once the shelter is constructed, we anticipate park users of all ages sitting on the benches, picnicking, reading a book in the shade, and grilling with friends, families and neighbors. There is a small grass field area that is utilized by local sport groups. Englewood estimates 550+ annual players; 2-3 times per week for 24 weeks out of the year. In addition, based on participant observation at a set period of time of day, duration and averages, approximately 400 monthly end users (siblings, family members, neighbors) that attend the sport events will benefit from the shelter renovations. Upon completion of the Rotolo Park Playground Renovations, we anticipate a significant increase in park usership and these users will greatly benefit from the shelter improvements. Current and future users of the shelter include walkers, strollers and runners due to the enhanced connectivity with the addition of the adjacent sidewalk. Page 103 of 326 During the planning process, the City was approached by "Mommy and Me" type groups who demonstrated a need for a renovated playground. These groups will benefit from year round use by having a shelter to protect them from the Colorado summer and winter elements. They will have a place to bring their children, socialize and use the picnic area year round. 3. Describe the planning process that identified this specific project as a priority. Is this project listed as a priority in a master plan, site specific plan or other adopted planning document? If so, discuss that plan. Describe the relationship of the project to any local, regional, state or system-wide master plan. Give the name of each plan and list related element(s) within the plan. Was this project identified through an independent community planning process? Describe this process. Is this project a working group project? If so, was it prioritized? Is this project a part of a larger project or phased project? If yes, explain the whole project, other funding sources and partners involved. The City's new 2017 Parks and Recreation Master Plan has a recurring theme to replace and upgrade the outdated park and playground equipment throughout Englewood's park system. Specifically, this plan recommends replacement and enhancements to playgrounds, shelters, restrooms and prioritizes that all walkways, curbs and restrooms need to be ADA compliant. (Page 38) Throughout the years, Englewood has been achieving these recommendations by renovating city-wide playgrounds located at the Northwest Greenbelt, Belleview Park, River Run Trail head, Duncan Park, and in 2017, Rotolo Park. This project would expand and solidify the commitment to improving the quality of parks and playgrounds for our community. Renovations of the park arose with the input of the need for a new playground from the surrounding neighbors representing families, seniors, original home owners, new residents, and children of all ages. Neighbors contacted the City staff to pursue their desire to see the playground rejuvenated with new playground equipment as well as future enhancements (shelter). The neighborhood was very vocal via phone calls and e-mails demonstrating their desire to upgrade the park amenities and components. The proposed shelter simply continues the commitment to meet the neighborhood and community's park needs as well as adhering to the 2017 Parks and Recreation Master Plan's priorities. 4. Discuss the need and urgency for this project and why it is a priority. What opportunities will be lost if this project is not funded now? The need and urgency for a new shelter and park improvements is significant. The park area has not had any improvements in over 25 years. With the 2017 playground improvements, the timing is perfect to continue completing park enhancements for this neighborhood park. Page 104 of 326 The proposed concrete sidewalk connection to the shelter will include the same dimensions, materials and elements of the future playground project providing a more accessible connection from the parking, to the playground, to the shelter. Extending the sidewalk as part of the shelter project will provide consistent design and increase accessibility especially for visitors with disabilities. The future playground and proposed shelter will attract young families to this area as a needed amenity for their children. Englewood is at a pivotal stage in enticing younger families to the area as new housing is being developed in the City. This park and the proposed shelter will provide parents with young children a safe, pleasant outdoor play experience. Englewood is requesting funds to complete the shelter construction by August 2018 to meet the community and the neighborhood needs. Strong community and agency support exists and we do not want to lose the momentum for this project. We have received calls from the neighborhood demonstrating their support to renovate this park/play area and the City of Englewood's Parks and Recreation Commission is fully supporting this project. The City of Englewood has secured $13,200 in matching funds (21% of total project) for this shelter. However, if this project is delayed, the City funds will likely be shifted to other projects (Cushing, Miller, and Jason Parks) prioritized in the 2017 Master Plan. We do not want to miss this opportunity; this would impact the neighboring communities by limiting their recreational and outdoor needs. There is always potential for development costs to rise so we would like to secure current costs. This project is ready to go and our goal is to begin construction in May 2018 and complete the project within five months. The City will be installing a new community playground adjacent to this shelter site with ACOS grant funds. It is important to continue investing funding and support into these low income neighborhoods to maximize community resources. 5. Summarize any investments made prior to submitting a grant proposal. Discuss pre-submittal meetings, dates and outcomes. Be detailed and include eligible pre-planning costs on the match section of the Detailed Expense Budget Form in Part E. (See application instructions for details. Proof of pre-submittal planning expenses must be submitted as an attachment in Part G. All attachments should be clearly labeled on the Table of Contents and on the Part G cover page.) The City has hired a consultant from PKM Design Group, Inc. at a cost of $10,440. This group is providing designs and estimated budgets for the installation of the shelter, walkway and amenities. The City has a new 2017 and a past 2006 Parks and Recreation Master Plan that has Page 105 of 326 guided the process for park improvements. The 2017 Master Plan includes recommendations to upgrade park amenities and ADA accessibility. (Page 38) The City is not requesting the reimbursement of any planning costs that are already incurred. We have initiated designs and budgets for this project with the goal of expediting the project if ACOS funds are secured. 6. Describe how this project will be completed within the two year grant timeframe. Project timeline must begin within 60 days of the award notification. Is design and engineering complete or is there still work to be done? List any permits that will need to be obtained for implementation of the project and existing status of obtaining those permits. (Federal 404, County or City Planning or Public Works, Storm Water Drainage, etc). If permits are needed now or in future phases, explain the process. Does the project necessitate a change in zoning? Itemize anticipated costs for permits, government fees and consultants. Detail costs in the correct Part E Budget Form. Correlate response with the Project Timeline in Part D. If your project is an acquisition, complete the Land Acquisition Narrative Section at the end of Section F. Include detailed costs in Part E. The City retained a consultant to design the shelter and adjacent walkway; that work is currently being completed. The shelter project will need to be bid out as designated by the City's policy and charter. This project requires a separate mobilization and grading contract from the playground project. Park improvements and the shelter will require a building permit from the City of Englewood which will be secured by the construction contractor at a minimal cost (<$200). A review of the Rotolo Park Shelter improvements will be scheduled for Englewood's Development Review team. The DRT is comprised of City staff and from various departments for the purpose of reviewing projects that occur within the City and provides recommendations based on impacts to those departments and City Code Regulations. There are no zoning changes required for this project. The City will work closely with the contractor to complete the shelter which we anticipate will take minimal time (3 months) to construct due to the small scale of the project. 7. Discuss any efforts to obtain public input, disseminate public information, develop partnerships, develop partnerships for cash finding or in-kind contributions, and garner community support specifically related to this project. Evidence of a transparent public process will be required. Discuss any objections or opposition to this project and what was done to address concerns. Include any letters, petitions, news articles, or other documents evidencing opposition. In the fall of 2015, signage was posted at the playground site to solicit public input on the awarded playground project; the signage included a link to the City website. During that time, Page 106 of 326 there were no objections to the proposed playground improvements. The majority of feedback relative to this park site has been through verbal and written communications directed to City staff regarding the misuse of the park. The neighborhood input has truly demonstrated full support of improving this aged, decrepit park in the hopes of alleviating inappropriate activity not conducive to the family friendly usership. Please review support letters attached in Part G; 2. 8. How much of your planned cash match is secured? How much still needs to be raised and what are your plans for raising additional funds? What is your back up plan if you are unable to raise those funds? Do you understand that all overruns are the responsibility of the applicant/grantee? Describe the cash and in-kind partnerships established for this project. This does not include partners who have contributed to previous phases or partners that plan to contribute to future phases. Explain if partnerships were not possible or necessary for this project. Include all partner support letters in Part G. Include match from all partners in the Part E Budget. All support letters must be dated within the last six months to be eligible. The cash match ($13,200) is fully secured for this project using ACOS Shareback funds. This project will not need to raise funds to secure the match. Englewood fully understands all overruns are the responsibility of the City. At this time, partnerships were not identified as a need to complete this project. 9. Briefly discuss support from entities and user groups that are supporting the project in other ways than cash or in-kind contributions. Support letters should come from users, working groups, user groups, community members, volunteers, schools, etc. A maximum of five (5) community support letters should be attached in Part G. All letters should be dated within the last six months. As discussed, residents from the surrounding neighborhood have expressed the need for a safer and more user friendly community park. As escalating drug use, homeless use, and inappropriate behavior became more prevalent, community residents and park users became more concerned about the safety of their park for their friends, families and neighbors. There have been requests for Code Enforcement and for a more visible police presence in the area to monitor the park. The community is very supportive of the future playground and the proposed shelter improvements. Support letters attached in Part G. 10. Describe any scenic, historic or cultural values associated with this project. Will they be preserved or restored? Describe specific natural resources at the site, including habitat and/or water. List predominant wildlife species and vegetation on site. Discuss impacts to these resources as a result of this project. If this is a conservation easement acquisition project, Page 107 of 326 describe the conservation values and public benefits/value of the land, easement or water resource. There are no scenic, historic or cultural values within the shelter renovation project site. There are no native ecosystems that will be impacted by this project. The park shelter project will result in little or no impact to the natural resources in the area; no mitigation is required. Predominant wildlife species include red fox squirrel, rabbit, skunk, raccoon, red fox, coyote and various bird species typical in the urban/suburban setting. 11. Discuss the ownership and legal access to the proposed project site, including right of access without trespassing on adjacent property. Detail any third-party rights, easements or other encumbrances that exist. Provide supporting documentation proving ownership, legal access or permission from landowner and a site map in Part G. The City of Englewood owns the property designated for the proposed project. During construction, the crews will not need to access any other land/property owner for right of way. All construction access will be on the City of Englewood's property. The project site is maintained as open space/park land. Please view Part G; 6. maps. 12. Describe long-term maintenance of the project site and components. Estimate the annual costs to maintain the site, how those numbers were calculated, how you intend to fund maintenance and who is responsible for maintenance. Explain how maintaining this project site changes your agency's maintenance budget. (Provide projected budget changes, detailed cost estimates, how you plan to accommodate these changes, and explain how you arrived at those numbers.) Provide a commitment letter from the management/maintenance agency addressing long-term maintenance and include budgeting for funding maintenance in Part G. The City of Englewood will manage the long term and complete maintenance of this park shelter project including litter control and vandalism repairs. Since this project is for new construction, there will be minimal maintenance. If this project is funded, the maintenance budget for Rotolo Park will be increased to fund the litter control and vandalism repairs needed. The City of Englewood has demonstrated their stewardship of the parks, playgrounds and open spaces throughout the years. We will continue to follow the high quality maintenance currently provided with this project. The primary maintenance needs for this project will include trash removal, shelter cleaning and graffiti removal. Page 108 of 326 13. Describe how this project addresses inclusivity per the Americans with Disabilities Act guidelines. The park shelter improvements include designs to fully comply with current ADA guidelines. The shelter will include ADA accessible bench/seating accessibility and path way/trail; the curb ramps will also meet the ADA standards. The City is dedicated to the commitment of making the shelter and playground accessible for all patrons and follows ADA requirements as mandated by law. 14. If successful in obtaining this grant, how will the agency use this project to inform citizens about the value of the Arapahoe County Open Space sales and use tax? Address the public outreach plan, signage plan, celebration, dedication, etc. Please write a brief press release statement. Explain how the County will be recognized and informed that materials, articles and ceremonies have/are taking place. This information is required to include County acknowledgement and should be relayed to the County Grants Program Administrator for review and filing. The City of Englewood will partner with Arapahoe County on all media releases, articles and stories relevant to the Rotolo Park Shelter improvements. The use of ACOS sales tax dollars supporting the shelter project will also be included in the Englewood Herald newspaper and additional local community publications. Information will also be disseminated via the City's web site and in the Englewood Citizen newsletter, which the City distributes to all Englewood households. An Arapahoe County Open Space sign will be installed on the site upon project completion. County Commissioners and OSTAB Board Members will be invited to visit upon request. Through prior trail and park openings, ribbon cuttings, and volunteer events, Englewood has demonstrated their support of ACOS programs to the community. We have installed public recognition signs throughout the City's parks, trails, and open spaces demonstrating our support of ACOS. Page 109 of 326 Part G 1. Evidence of support from highest authority Page 110 of 326 Part G 2. Evidence of community support Page 111 of 326 C T y 0 F E N G L E w 0 PARl<S AND RECREATION COMMISSION Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails Advisory Board 6934 S. Lima St, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 December 16, 2016 Dear Advisory Board, 0 D On behalf of the City of Englewood's Parks and Recreation Commission, I am writing this letter in support of the City of Englewood's application for the proposed Rotolo Park shelter project. One of the roles of the Englewood Parks and Recreation Commission is to review proposed recreation facilities and programs and make recommendations to Englewood City Council in a comprehensive fashion. The Commission guides policy in the development of a Parks and Recreation Master Plan, an inventory of all of our existing facilities and programs and includes an assessment of equipment and facilities that need to be added, modified or replaced. The City's 2006 Master Plan has a recurring theme to replace and upgrade the outdated park and playground equipment throughout Englewood's park system. The 2017 Master Plan continues with this recurring theme. Two years ago, the Rotolo Park community requested a new, updated and safe playground which ACOS funded and will be installed spring 2017. This shelter project will enhance the new playground by providing a safe, shaded area for playground users and help to bring together the community in a safe and active play area. The Englewood Parks and Recreation Commission enthusiastically supports the Rotolo Park Shelter project and hopes that Arapahoe County Open Space will do the same and support the funding for the project. Thank you for your consideration. _ DouglJs :· Gl,ciirp.erson·-.... -· Englewood Parks ari"EI Recreation Commission 1155 W. Oxford Avenue Englewood, Colorado 80110 Phone 303-762-2680 Fax 303-762-2688 Page 112 of 326 Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails Achisory Bonrcl 6934 S. Lima St., Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 January 2, 2017 Dear Advisory Board; I am writing this letter in support of the Rotolo Park shelter project. I am an Englewood resident that uses Rotolo Park on a daily basis. When I was approached about writing a letter of support for a new shelter, I was thrilled to hear that the City is wanting to make improvements at our neighborhood park. The proposed shelter and amenities will benefit all park users. I was aware that the City received a grant for a new playground which was desperately needed. My children grew up playing at Rotolo Park. We, along with the neighbors, appreciated having a neighborhood park where we could take the children to play. I now continue to visit the park on my daily walks where I have met wonderful friends, families and neighbors that I would not have met otherwise. Currently the only shade provided at the park is an old picnic table that is minimally covered. The new shelter will provide much needed shade during the summer months and a space for families to have a picnic or neighbors to gather to watch children on the playground. I hope Arapahoe County Open Space will consider funding the Rotolo Park Shelter grant. The project would benefit the neighbors, families and friends for years to come. Sincerely, n, Tresa Bloeman Englewood Resident Page 113 of 326 Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails Advisory Board 6934 S. Lima St, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 Janua1T 14, 2017 Dear Advisoiy Board, As a park user and neighbor of Rotolo Park, I fully support the proposed Rotolo Park Shelter project. The new shelter and picnic amenities will provide a much needed shaded and covered area for all park users including myself, my wife and my grandchildren. With the new playground being completed this spring, a new shelter directly adjacent will truly benefit our neighbors, family and friends who visit tl1e park. \Y./e visit the park regularly to walk, relax, and my grandchildren play there; we value it's outdoor features. The park and playground provides a great opportunity to get outside right in our own backyard. This park provides a green open space and with the renovated playground, will benefit tl1e local community and adjacent neighborhoods. \Y./e'rc veiy excited to sec the proposed enhancen1cnts! We hope fue Arapahoe County Open Space Program will consider funding the Rotolo Park Shelter project in the City of Englewood. The project would significantly benefit our community and park Yisitors for years to come. Mr. William .J. Kubilus Page 114 of 326 Arapahoe County Open Space Open Space and Trails Advisory Board 6934 S. Lima St., Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 December 20, 2016 Dear Advisory Board; I am writing to express my wholehearted support for the City of Englewood's grant application to fund improvements in Rotolo Par!<. My husband and I live around the corner from Rotolo Park where we have raised our two daughters. We now have grandchildren and are excited for the improvements being planned for the Park. We frequently visit the park with our granddaughter and on our walks with the dog. The proposed sidewalk will make a world of difference for those of us with baby strollers in accessing the new playground area; and those with limited mobility. Community groups and families will appreciate being able to meet in a new, enlarged shelter instead of squeezing around the old picnic table. These improvements will make Rotolo Park the pride of the neighborhood for years to come. This park is an important part of why so many people are proud to call this neighborhood their home. We v.111 all look forward to enjoying these long-overdue improvements. Thank you so much for supporting this valuable project. Yours Sincerely, Linda Trujillo Page 115 of 326 Part G 3. Documentation of opposition and responses Page 116 of 326 No opposition or responses to include Page 117 of 326 Part G 4. Evidence of commitment from project partners Page 118 of 326 No funding partner commitment to include Page 119 of 326 Part G 5. Photos Page 120 of 326 ROTOLO PARK PHOTOS City of Englewood View looking northwest where the proposed shelter will be installed; to the left of the bench. The existing bench will be reused and relocated to the back of the sidewalk that will be completed on the outer ring of the playground; where the concrete curb is. Page 121 of 326 View looking north. This is the project site location for the proposed shelter. Page 122 of 326 Part G 6. Maps Page 123 of 326 2017 Arapahoe Countv Open Space, Parks, and Trails Grant Auvlication Rotolo Park Picnic Shelter Replacement Site Plan Map LEGE1\!D [i;:'.:;!l Rotolo Park Boundary November 2016 0 75 150 225 feet Page 124 of 326 I 1. I I I f--+-~-+--+1 +,--+-;;1,-LI 1-N~·~·;111~1,c-+-,J--+---i B-E-NJ_VtE rR-\-,1 -+l--+-----t----1 1-~---l--l---fLLL---+-+-: ___ 1 ~ ,~r ~~' "T'""il_ =--t-----YALEAV __ E, ~ l-,---+--t----t-1-j----l - ENGLEWOOD HAMPDEN AYE OXFORD AVE QUINCMVE CHERRY HILLS ,--.':'.':'.'~'.'.:.J-+---~,1 . TUFTSAVE J VILLAGE I"'-~~..--,, co q; . 0: <: lli :lU ;i .... ·~ .· ~~--~ . __ /~~-. --~ I-.--• ft /~ .... b~~UMBINE ·•· f''·--,_ l __ _ [ .. ··./ ...... • .. y~i"~''t LITT[ET~j~', ) j_ -, 1-+--+----m/ .~~ ~-~ ' \ "-------+-~ HIGHLANDS RANCH I \ DRYCREEKRD ' COUNTY LINE_"~_D . ' ( I ,;--- 'J---i--i \ ·1 City of Englewood,. Colorado 2017 Arapahoe County Open Space, Parks, and Trails Grant Application Rotolo Park Picnic Shelter Replacement Vicinity Map November 2016 EnY°Flewood g PARKS. RECREATIOM MlD LIBRARY 0 1 2 3 Miles Page 125 of 326 Part G 7. Site visit form Page 126 of 326 2017 ACOS Grant Applicant Site Visit Form City of Englewood Standard Grant/Site Improvement Name of Applicant Grant Category and Type Rotolo Park Shelter Title of Grant Dave Lee dlee@englewoodgov.org 720-884-7808 Primary Contact Name Contact Email and Cell Phone Required for Site Visits: 1. Please provide the project address or the closest major intersection. 2. Please provide Point-To-Point Driving Directions from ACOS offices to project location. If you are providing an intersection, please provide Turn-By-Turn directions from ACOS to the intersection and then from the intersection to the project site (recommended site visit location). 3. Please attach driving directions to this form (behind). Yahoo driving directions are preferred. 4. Propose a meeting location at the project site. 5. Other important information. (Example: parking, clean restrooms on site or nearby, necessary walking from parking to site, any clarification needed from the attached maps) Rotolo Park 4480 South Huron Street, Englewood, CO 80110 Meeting location will be on Huron Street. There are no restroom facilities at either site. Page 127 of 326 Driving directions to 4480 S Huron St, Englewood, CO BOI IIJ.5634 on Yahoo Maps, Dri... Page I of2 Map II D!n!dlorG I Map Only 11 Dlmollons Only I !JI 5 Ho!Dl! In Enslewood CO b®klng,cor,,'Engl-·Holols lmlasJ price gu,mntool Book your Ho!ol In Englewood co YAHOO! MAl'S f 5934 s Uma s~ Englewood, co 00112-aaa1 (;> 4480 s Huron S1, Englewood, co 80110-5634 !/,11pl.aycut ® 0 0 ~ 6934 S Uma SI, Englewood, CO 80112-3881 H .. d lcwanl E Bl!mwood Avo on s Uma SI t, Takarampon!Ol-25N fl Tllce exit 199 lcwanl ~ Avenue 161 E,pandAU Hide Gofor1.4ml Hldo Gofor1Sml Hldo GoforD.3ml Ad hllp5'J/maps.yahoo.com/obp/directioDS/?lal"39.6130941462536s&loll""-l04.9275016784... 12/21/2015 Page 128 of 326 Driving directions to 4480 S Huron S~ Englewood, CO 80110.5634 on Yahoo Maps, Dri... Page 2 of2 +, Tum loll onlo E llo!!ov!aw A'i9 (C0-8SJ Gofcr4.6ml Hldo r-Tum rlgtA cnlo S BiOWl/!!y SI (C0-715) llo fcr0.7 ml HldD +, Tum bft cnlt> W SI.anion! Aw Gofcr0.5ml Hlda r-Tum rlghl cnlo S Huron SI Go !arm ft Hide Arrive Bl s Huron SL YOO'dostlnnllon la en !ho r',JlliL Hldo ' 4480 S Huron St, Englewood, CO 80110-5634 E,pandAll \'Jl'.en t.t:ilng cny W.ng ~ nrff111f1, hb •~~to oocl:il, Clltd:amflntll•~:n oa rei,.d:,ra! ,mta, \"l:lldl OLi tut:0CUtru1:1.'cn. coo fcilcU dtr.lfflc ulaty pra¢;iUII~ Tl".!:I lsenlytt:ibo~ am akllnpb:m!r,g hltps:J/maps.yahoo.comlobp/direcllons/?lat=J9.61309414625365&1oll"-104.9275016784... 12/21/201S Page 129 of 326 Part G 8. Evidence of commitment to long-term maintenance Page 130 of 326 lliID EnYOFlewood g PARKS. RECREATION AND LIBRARY Arapahoe County Open Space and Trails Board 6934 S. Lima Street, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 January 4, 2017 Re: Long Term Maintenance Dear Open Space Board; The City of Englewood Parks, Recreation and Library Department is committed to the long-term maintenance and management of all Englewood parks and park infrastructure within the City. The City of Englewood allocates funds for the long-term maintenance, repair and replacement of park infrastructure. Ongoing maintenance functions include: sign maintenance, sign repair/replacement, graffiti removal and landscape maintenance. The Parks, Recreation and Library Department is funded annually through the City of Englewood's General Fund as part of the core services provided to the citizens of the City of Englewood. Maintenance of the Rotolo Shelter is currently included in all long-term maintenance programs and activities and will continue to be a part of all such activities into the future. Parks, Recreation and Library City of Englewood Parks & Recreation Library Broken Tee Golf Course Pirates Cove Water Park Page 131 of 326 Part G 9. Evidence of property ownership/legal access Page 132 of 326 Arapahoe County-Parcel Search New Search PIN: AIN: Situs Address: Situs City: Full Owner List: Ownership Type: Owner Address: City/State/Zip: Neighborhood: Neighborhood Code: Acreage: Land Use: 031987326 2077-()9.1-00-053 ·Photo I View Parcel Map Englewood City Of Fee Simple Ownership 1000 Englewood Pkwy Englewood, CO 80110·2373 Jensen Sub Neighborhood 250,00 2.4600 Page 1 of I Prtnter Frtendly Treasurer's Tax Information Sale.s by Tax Year and Ne!ghbor!JoCll 2015/2016 2013/2014 2011/2012 200;12010 2007/WOa 2005/2006 complete Ne!ghborhocd Sales lnrormation H!stoiy Tax District Levfes Legal Desc: Beg 995 Ft S & 30 Ft WOfNeCorOFNe 114 Sec9Th W65.2 FtTh Nw 140 Ft Th Sw60 Ft Th Ne 32.09 Ft Th Nw 11,92 FtTh N 80.92 Ft & 256,97 Ft Th Se 154.65 Ft Th E 121 Ft To Pt On W Line S Huron St Th S 47 Ft & 144 Ft & 164 FtTo Pob 34-4-66 2015 Appraised Value 2015 Assessed VafuB Total 500 145 Building 0 0 2014 MIii Levy: Land 500 145 72,792 Land une Units Land Value Land Use 1.0000 LT 500 Traci Nore: Land Une data ebove corresponds to the initial appraised valve 0t1d does not renect subsequent epf)(Jal re la red adjustments, If any, • Not all parcels have avaifable photos/ sketches. In some cases a sketch may bo dlfficult to read. Please contact the Assessor.i Offico for assistance, Measurements taken from tho exterior of the bulld!ng, The Arapahoe County Assessors Office does nol warranty the accuracy of any skelch, nor assumes any respcnslbHity or l!ablllty lo any user. Although some parcel$ may have mulUple bu!ld!ngs and photos, et this Ume our system ls llm!ted to 1 sketch and 1 photo per parcel number. Sorry for any Inconvenience. New Search httn•//n~rC"Pl~::trP..h ::an:.n~hnf'!onv.r.nm/PPTNnm ~c:nv 1?/71/2015 Page 133 of 326 ArapaMAP 3.6.2 [fiy,1',]i"ioc.to[ [0:ueiy] ll!!!J lf!:1 --····"x --··-''·-····-·-·· Enter address: (4848 south huron street D ('\'9) Get Address Info Typo Kl an nddmss, ns you typo, a list of potont1nl mntchor; will bu d1up:ay!1d In this aron CIiek on a mate hod addrct1S 1o zoom dlmctly 10 n 1r an oxact match 1s not fouritl you may r;ill sonrch lor 1! by pressing tho Search bu!lon By checking 'GotAdd1cs5 !nlo~ infarmatiOn for tho aCldross ...,i!t ba returned nl1or it 1& !oeatod Thcra wero multlplo posslblo matches, The top ano has baon ;::ocmed to: <IS'1!1 S HURON ST (Ofl Aa'dre$J. Polflt) 2'.Don1 lft -Cflcic. on point b:l :oom lnlo, or dr.1111 bolt to zoom to i5 ~I B'fi ..... ti 0: ~ 1! gi .E 0:: " 1! ~-~ j Arnpnhoc County-2010 Print Map Title to dlsplay on Map: (Enter u Mup Title Herc ~ate PnnU se.i"': (1':mo Map Size (~) a.s• x 11" (Ur) llrow<i,,, ".fl '1,.' ~-4J,.. i,,,,.,,, t¾:/1., ~-~ . '-"'-tO Orientation 0 11' x 17' (BJ 1'~.YLl 0 1ik• 17• X 22• (C) ~~==.l Q 24• X 35• {O) Sc1'fft1 D!'I: 3 r,.-b.ttp :/ I gis. arapahoegov .com/ arapamap/ .,,,··'"~~1z .. ?, """' jfur@ St 4Jns ·,-·Huron St A3B1S HurohSt ,'391S; Scale to Display on Map Ii· 15[)0 G] 0 Flt Print to Page ti t tat: 39• 35' 12.90" N i Loni 10s• o· o.sa· w I I ~ l/1 C 0 " = :c "' I 4l62 S 4l57S Huronst .. ,, G,J,p,goSt 43!xiS · 4365S HurooSt G.1!apag0St 4376S r 43755 Huron St .• . GabpagoSt '3SSS 1··. Huroost 4395 S . .US5S' G~ip,goSt Huron st I • W RndcJlf~~ -SHurons, ~ Enc.k\Vooo 1il • = > SOllO.S634 " st .~ 4'10S HmonSt 4455S Gala~St <14505 I ~.«iSS Huron.St . Gcilapazo ~t ~ ·1 , I i ~I ~-;}-· l~ I I 4162 S Gal'Jl'SOSt 43745 Gal'Jl3!:0 St 434'05 G,I 'R0 St 43985 G,I-Si 4400S Gal'J"El>St Fox St 4420S ·44215 Gatwc~ost Fmlt 44245 wss Gclq>'IJOSI Fm St 4434S ~,,. i:: ij Gal;ip'e,!)SI ;J: ~ @ AragaMAP 11/4/2016 Page 134 of 326 10. Other o 2017 Master Plan; page 38 o Site Plan Page 135 of 326 As the number of residents in the community and interest in an active lifestyle increase, the immediate priority isto improve the existing parks so that they can withstand additional use pressures. Many of Englewood's older parks need upgrades or enhancements to meet current recreational and aesthetic needs and trends, and increase ri2sident's satisfaction levels. This will be key at popular parks such as Cushing, Miller, Belleview, Jason, Centennial, Romans, and Rotolo. Most of the facility replacements and upgrades recommended in the 2006 Plan remain top priorities. System-wide enhancements at most parks should include: 1. Playground upgrades, shelters,,restrooms, and open space and natural areas (where not already completed). 2. ADA compliant walkways, curbs, and restrooms. 3. Replacement of diseased/dying and previously removed shade trees and ornamental plantings. Street trees along park frontages are especially needed. 4. Application of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles, which will help improve public safety. 5. Completion of irrigation system upgrades. The current irrigation system is more than 50 years old and is becoming a major maintenance burden with continuous repairs needed. Additionally, the system is highly inefficient in its water use compared to the technology available today. Replacing irrigation throughout the entire park system is a highly expensive undertaking, but one that should be anticipated in a capital replacement program. At the current time, the Parks Department is in the process of replacing valves and heads for irrigation in all parks. 6. Mobility improvements are needed to ensure that access is equitable and good connectivity to parks is provided. The City should complete sidewalk gaps and improve crosswalks and on-street bike lanes and curb cuts within 500 feet of every park. Some parks, like Barde and Baker Parks, have no crosswalks or pedestrian safety improvements in the surrounding neighborhood. The top three priorities for major park redesigns include Cushing, Miller, and Jason Parks, because of the parks needs and greatest appeal to the community. All major park renovations will undergo additional design and feasibility studies beyond this Master Plan and will need to include additional public input opportunities. 38 CITY OF ENGLEWOOD PARKS AND RECREATION MASTER PLAN DRAFT Page 136 of 326 ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT December 1, 2016 Englewood, CO 16'x26' HIP SHELTER ON CONC.PAD PICNICTABLES (2) TRASH RECEPTACLE BBQ GRILL w/ SUPPORT POST ,. N ·+· s Horizontal Scale: 1"=16' O' 16' 32' ~r'-~ ,/(,/ \ \ .. •. i d._4%.l I h j; ·" /' .· \ ... ' ~1-.~ I 'rJ . ·'~··./$!·····~ ' \ j ! j • • EXIST/NGBENCHTOBE .. ,( I .. I . . .----,-,-=--4- REUSED AND RELOCATED '~ . • / . / · 1 TO BACK OF SIDEWALK ~j_ -"--'=~ 6'-0' PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALK EXPANSION; 4"DEPTH w/ 6' JOINTS O.C. PROPOSED MATERIALS & SITE FURNISHINGS 48' Hip Shelter, 16' x 26' Recycled steel frame.standing seam roofw/vent and lattice ('n!nr-,.v,,m.....,.n ~ ~ mnf. hl:irk steel fram,., 10-v,.MW/lrrlltntv Picnic Table (2) Aluminum table with 6 ft. benches; approx. dim: 60"x71 #; Color: orav aluminum: 20-vear w.irrantv Trash Receptacle Recyded steel receptacle w/ rim cover,32-gal. Color. Green: 20-vearw:m:mty BBQ Grill 1-w w D:'.'. I-- Cf) z 0 D:'.'. ::> I Rtt.yded steel grill with post embedment; Color. black steel: 3-vear warrantv Page 137 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 9cx Resolution Supporting the City's Arapahoe County Open Space Grant Application for Belleview Park Improvements Initiated By: Staff Source: Parks, Recreation and Library Dave Lee, Open Space Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Council has previously approved resolutions supporting numerous Arapahoe County Open Space grants for park improvements. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that Council approve a Resolution supporting the City's Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for Belleview Park Improvements. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED The Belleview Park Improvements project will construct a new 16' x 28' picnic shelter with 3 picnic tables and 2 barbeque grills, a 15 space parking lot with improved single lane access drive, a 2 unit toilet enclosure and improved asphalt trails. The shelter and proposed improvements will replace the existing number 3 shelter. The current number 3 shelter is a safety concern due to rotting structural beams and is scheduled to be demolished. FINANCIAL IMPACT Englewood's grant application will request $250,000 in grant funding with a required cash match of $83,900 from the 2017 Open Space Fund for a total grant project cost of $333,900. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Grant Resolution Grant Application Page 138 of 326 RESOLUTION NO. SERIES OF 20 I 7 A RESOLUTION SUPPORTING THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD'S ARAPAHOE COUNTY OPEN SPACE (ACOS) GRANT APPLICATION FOR BELLEVIEW PARK IMPROVEMENTS. WHEREAS, in 2003 Arapahoe County voters approved a ten (10) year, quarter-of-a-penny sales and use tax to pay for preservation of open space, protect lands, preserve water quality and provide, maintain and improve neighborhood parks, sport fields, picnic facilities and trails; and WHEREAS, in 2005 Arapahoe County set aside a portion of the revenues to fund competitive grant projects; and WHEREAS, each year, the City of Englewood is eligible to apply for up to two (2) grants; and WHEREAS, the Open Space Grant funds will be used for the Belleview Park Improvements project to construct a new 16' X 28' picnic shelter with 3 picnic tables and 2 barbeque grills, and a 15 space parking lot with improved single lane access drive, a 2 unit toilet enclosure, and improved asphalt trails; and WHEREAS, the current number 3 shelter is a safety concern due to rotting structural beams and is scheduled to be demolished, and the new shelter and proposed improvements will replace the existing number 3 shelter; and WHEREAS, the City of Englewood is committed to complete the Belleview Park Improvements and will be responsible for any cost overruns; and WHEREAS, the total project costs are estimated at $333,900; if this application for the Arapahoe County Open Space Grant is awarded it will provide $250,000; the additional funding of$83,900 has been budgeted in the 2017 Open Space Shareback fund for Parks and Recreation Depaitment. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, THAT: Section I. The City Council for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby supports the City's Arapahoe County Open Space grant application for the Belleview Park Improvements project, attached hereto as Exhibit A. Section 2. The City Council for the City of Englewood certifies that the Belleview Park Improvement project will be open to the public and serve a public purpose upon completion. 1 Page 139 of 326 Section 3. The Director of Parks, Recreation and Library Services is authorized to sign all necessary documents for the Arapahoe County Open Space Grant application for and on behalf of the City Council and the City of Englewood. ADOPTED AND APPROVED this 17 th day of January, 2017. Joe Jefferson, Mayor ATTEST: Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby ce1tify the above is a true copy of Resolution No. __ , Series of2017. Stephanie Carlile, Acting, City Clerk 2 Page 140 of 326 2017 Arapahoe County Open Space Grant Application for Standard and'Small Grants Part A -Application Summary Form Applicant Information Name: City of Englewood Address: 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, CO 80110-2373 Primary Contact: Mr. Dave Lee l Title: Open Space Manager Telephone: 303-762-2687 Email: dlee@englewoodgov.org Primary Partner Information /Additional partners should be discussed in Part F) Name: Address: I Contact: l Title: Telephone: Email: Partner Responsibilities: Project Information Grant Category: Standard Project Type: Construction Project Title: Belleview Park Improvement Project Address: 4990 S. Windermere Street, Englewood, CO 80110 City or Unincorporated Arapahoe County: City of Englewood GPS Coordinates {must be in decimal degrees): Latitude: 39.6261111; Longitude: -105.0047222 Grant Request: $250,000 Cash Match Total: $83,900 I Percentage of Total Project: 25% Total Project Amount: $333,900 Executive Summary: The Belleview Park Improvement Project includes installation of a new 16' x 28' shelter, a vault toilet, renovated walkways/trails, a metal gate, and parking area. The proposed shelter area will be completed with new park amenities including picnic tables, benches, and BBQ grills benefitting park users and increasing rental opportunities for Englewood. Currently, this shelter is not rentable due to its dilapidated condition. Belleview Park reflects local and regional users providing a diverse range of recreational opportunities including multiple playgrounds, hard/soft surface trails/paths, a dog park, a petting zoo, a train ride, athletic fields, tennis courts, a wading stream, picnic areas and shelters. Improvements to this park are vital to enhance park use and increase shelter reservations. Since only 3 of the 4 shelters are available at this time, constructing a new shelter and picnic area will provide much needed amenities to meet the community needs. During the busy shelter rental season, there is a wait list for shelters at Belleview Park. An additional shelter will help alleviate the community reservation demands and the proposed improvements will enhance the visitor's experience at the park. E • a I • I ~ A Page 141 of 326 Part B -Minimum Qualification and Eligibility Form Certify the below minimum qualifications and eligibility criteria: Applicant Name: City of Englewood Application Category and Type: Large; Construction Project Name: Belleview Park Improvement Project Briefly answer the following qualification questions: 1. Is applicant in good standing with Arapahoe County Open Space? Discuss past performance (past five years); discuss all on-going Arapahoe County Open Space Grants, and the number and types of grants for which your agency is applying in this cycle. The applicant is in good standing with the Arapahoe County Open Space Department. For the past five years, the applicant has provided the required progress and final reporting documents per the grant agreement according to the time schedule. The applicant has three open projects with Arapahoe County including: Gateway Enhancement Project -Phase II, Northwest Greenbelt Trail Connection Project, and Rotolo Park Playground. The projects are on track for being completed within the designated time frame and within the approved budgets. There are no outstanding funds or required documentation specific to Arapahoe County Open Space Grants. The applicant will be submitting 2 ACOS grant proposals this cycle -one standard grant and one small grant. 2. Discuss project alignment with the Arapahoe County Open Space Master Plan; local adopted Master Plan; OR other approved planning documents. The Open Space Master Plan provides a 100-year vision, 25-year master plan and 5-year action plan for implementing the purpose and goals of the program. The vision states that the County will be forward thinking, understand and embrace the open space, park and trail needs of current residents, and define a harmonious relationship between people and nature in the County for future generations. The vision for the program is summarized as "Healthy Lands, Healthy Communities, and Healthy People". The Arapahoe County Open Space Master Plan's Mission and Purpose Statement proposes to maintain and improve neighborhood parks in the study area of the Master Plan including the City of Englewood. Goal# OS 1.2 establishes level of service standards for parks and trails in growth areas policy. Page 142 of 326 3. Describe how this project addresses specific objectives in the County Open Space Resolution #030381/#110637. Document is posted on the Open Space Grant Program page of the County Website. ,:he construction projects at Belleview Park Park in Englewood addresses the specific objectives set forth in the County Open Space Resolutions #030380 and #110637 by providing, maintaining and improving neighborhood parks per Section VIII.C. 3. D. The proposed project and applicant meet the current objectives of the County Open Space Resolution ·#110637 adopted 12/5/11. Specifically, this project meets the approved ballot element identified including: Provide, maintain and improve neighborhood parks, open space, sports fields, picnic facilities, and biking, walking and multi-use trails; Construction of the Belleview Park Shelter and park improvements meet this fundamental need. This project will enhance Belleview Park by increasing shelter facilities and community park components. Improvements made by this project will enhance the outdoor experience and promote engagement in the outdoors for a wide range of park users. Acknowledge the minimum qualification components listed below by checking each box. All components are required to meet minimum qualifications: All items on the endosed application checklist are included in the application X All questions are answered in Part F and all supporting documents are attached in Part G X All budget forms are attached and complete X Application format and document order follow instructions X Above eligibility and qualification questions are answered and meet Arapahoe County Open Space eligibility requirements X Application is signed by agency's highest authority (or authorized individual) X Minimum cash match requirement met(% of total project) Applicant certifies that all of the above items are included in the application and that all information submitted is true to the best of their knowledge. Authorized Signature: (must be signed by highest outh ri Print Nome & Title:_J,,,.¼"-''/?,.,l?~Z'---'"l./'-rt/-='-'CL.L..-'Y--Jcw.=.z."""""' / Date: ---'-f~/ .... t,.,.,7,_/,_l+-7-- Page 143 of 326 Part c-Application Checklist Use the application checklist to verify that all of the required documents are included in this application in the order listed below. All sections are required and must be complete to meet minimum qualifications. One original signed application and one copy must be included for all sections below. Part A through Part G of the Checklist must be included as one complete pdf document on a thumb drive and labeled with the Entity Name, Project Name, Application (ie. ArapahoeCounty.ParkPlan.Application). X Part A-Application Summary Form X Part B -Minimum Qualifications and Eligibility Form (signed} X Part (-Application Checklist X Part D -Project Timeline (must be detailed) X Part E-Project Budget Narrative and Forms (all farms must be completely filled out) X Part F -Project Details (narrative response to project questions; include Land Acquisition section if applicable) X Part G -Attachments (Identify each attachment with a cover poge. Prepare attachments in the order listed below. This section does NOT need page numbers.) 1. Evidence of support from highest authority (official letter or resolution)- including commitment to complete and maintain the project; statement that matching funds are secured and/or efforts to secure funds are underway (give detailed amount); acknowledgment of responsibility of cost overruns; and certification that the project will be open to the public or serve a public purpose upon completion. See attached sample resolution. 2. Evidence of community support (letters of support-maximum of 5) 3. Documentation of opposition and responses (state if applicable) 4. Evidence of commitment from project partners (cash match/in-kind match support letters/partner support letters -no maximum) 5. Photos (pre-submittal phatos)and Conceptual Drawings (if desired) 6. Maps (include site map & vicinity map) 7. Site Visit Form (plan and project site visitform with driving directions) 8. Evidence of commitment to Jong-term maintenance, including the maintenance budget and agency capacity to maintain (letter from management/maintenance agency) 9. Evidence of property ownership/legal access (legal documentation) 10. Other (clearly title: acquisition documentation: appraisal, title commitment, contract option (if applicable) or other supporting documents) Page 144 of 326 k nt :ification Part D -Project Timeline Use the below project timeline sample as a guide to complete your proposed project timeline. Project timeline must be detailed, realistic and coincide with Part F. Timeline should include the IGA execution and project start date (must be within 60 days of the award notification}. Project timeline must conclude within 2 year requirement. Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 Execution ject Start e citation of ,dors ject Bid ard(s) 'Council 1roval er terials und/Site p 1struction nd ming ,I Report Page 145 of 326 Part E -Project Budget Narrative and Forms Budget Narrative: Provide a clear and concise budget narrative for this project (300 words or less). The total project budget is $333,900. The City of Englewood has committed and secured $83,900 in Open Space Shareback funds reflecting a 25% required cash match. Englewood will be responsible for any overages in the project costs. The line item project costs included have been calculated based on the planning and design team's estimations from prior park improvement construction budgets. With Englewood's long history of constructing, updating and maintaining park amenities, these budget numbers represent current costs. • Mobilization - $ 22,900 • Demolition -$36,800 • Erosion Control -$13,800 • Site Improvements (parking lot, entry road, irrigation, excavation, sod) -$136,400 • Gable Shelter (16' x 28'} -$48,500 • 2-User Vault Toilet Installed -$64,900 • Site Amenities (Trash receptacle, picnic tables, BBQ grill, pet station, steel barrier gate) - $10,600 All of the costs reflected above have been reviewed by the planning team; the costs identified represent extremely competitive costs for this type of construction project. Budget Forms: All project budget forms must be completely filled out following the rules set forth in the application guidelines and instructions. The following project budget forms are attached and required to be complete and included in the application to meet minimum qualifications: • Summary Budget Form (choose the correct summary budget form -small or standard grant summary budget form): The summary budget form must be fully completed and successfully match up with the budget narrative, the detailed budget form and the selection criteria questions. • Detailed Expense Budget Form: The detailed expense budget form must be completed with sufficient detail to be accepted. Please reference the sample budget for the expected level of detail. Budget items are to be broken down into categories, and then broken down into the detailed use offunds within each category by line item and cost. The detailed expense budget form includes, grant funds, cash match (applicant and partner cash match) and in-kind match. Only cash match counts toward the percentage of match required. The minimum cash match requirement is 25% of the total project cost for Standard Grants and 10% of the total project cost for Small Grants. In-kind match is significant and shows partnership and community support for the project. Administrative costs to prepare the grant application are not an eligible expense. (Review the Grant Application Instructions for eligibility details.) Page 146 of 326 Sources of Funds Arapahoe County Open Space Applicant Cash Match (Specify)Partner Cash Match/Other Funding Source (Specify)Partner Cash Match/Other Funding Source Date Secured Applicant: City of Englewood Requirements: Total.Project Amount: In-kind Match: Total: Project w/out In-kind: Cash Match Percentage Require, Required Cash Match Amount: Project Cash Match 10.31.2016 Summary Budget Form Cash Match $83,900 Belleview Park Project Title: Improvements $333,900.00 $0.00 $333,900.00 25.00% $83,475.00 ln°Kind Match Year: $83,900.00 Minimum Met: Y or N Total Project Funds $250,000 $83,900 $0 $0 2017 Use for Standard Grant Applications Only Page 147 of 326 City of Englewood DETAILED EXPENSE WORKSHEET NUMBER Category Description Line Item Detial ACOS Grantee Partner All TOTAL Code (Or In-Kind Description} Description Grant Cash Match Cash Match In-kind Match Mobilization $22,900.00 $22,900.00 Demolition Landscape and asphalt removal $15,600.00 $21,200.00 $36,800.00 Erosion Control $13,800.00 $13,800.00 Tree protection; fencing; vehicle tracking control Site Improvements Asphalt and road base; parking lot. Excavation, grading, soil preparation, sod. $110,400.00 $26,000.00 $136,400.00 Gable Shelter (16' x 28') $48,500.00 $48,500.00 2-User Vault Toilet; installation $64,900.00 $64,900.00 Amenities: Trash receptacle, picnic tables, BBQ grill, pet station, steel barrier gate. $10,600.00 $10,600.00 ACTUAL TOTALS $250,000.00 $83,900.00 $0.00 $0.00 $333,900.00 Applicant: City of Englewood Project title: Belleview Park Improvement Project Date: January 30, 2017 10.31.2016 Use for All Grant Applicaitons Page 148 of 326 Part F -Project Details Applicants must limit this section to 10 pages and answer all questions to meet minimum qualifications. If attachments/supporting documentation apply, please fully answer the question and reference the document in Part G. Please do not answer a question as "N/A". If a question is not applicable, please explain why it is not applicable. Select the Grant Category: X Standard Grant: $50,100 -$300,000 funding opportunity, 25% of total project amount minimum cash match requirement D Small Grant: $100 -$50,000 funding opportunity, 10% of total project amount minimum cash match requirement Select the Project Type: Project Type/Project Details: The project categories for the small and standard grant applications are below: D Trail Project: Projects that are mostly trail construction or renovation/restoration, trail- related bridges, trail-related road crossings, or trail head parking and shelters. D Site Improvement Projects: Projects for site improvement, restoration and repair/replacement including: natural re-vegetation/restoration, park improvements, restoration, repair/replacement (may include playgrounds, shelters, sport fields, landscaping). This category may include interior trail segments or connections, but the majority of the project should be site improvements other than trail. X Construction Project: Construction projects may include new park amenities such as playgrounds, shelters, sport fields, restrooms, and interior trails or connections. D Acquisition Project: Eligible projects involve fee simple acquisition of land for public open space, park or trails; acquisition of buffer land; acquisition of a conservation easement and/or acquisition of water rights. D Environmental Project/Cultural Education or Interpretation Project: Projects focused on environmental or cultural education/interpretation installations may include associated sign bases, panels, landscaping, benches and shelters. D Other Project: Other allowable project categories include: stream-related projects, wildlife habitat, and water quality. These projects should not fit into any of the other project categories. Please contact the County Grants Program Administrator for questions related to allowable projects. Page 149 of 326 Selection Criteria Questions: 1. Describe the project goal, extent of scope and expected results. Be specific; discuss what the project will provide, quantities, size, project elements, useful life of project components, and deliverables. Discuss the current condition of the project site and what improvements or changes are being proposed and why. Provide detailed maps, plans and photos in Part G. Describe how the project will be designed, constructed, and managed. Describe how this project improves access and connectivity to any existing trail network, natural resources, and/or community resources. If this is an educational project, discuss the long-term educational outcomes expected as a result of this project and how the project connects people to each other, the natural environment and/or community resources. Complete the budget forms in Part E consistent with this narrative. Belleview Park (36+ acres) is located in south Englewood along Belleview Avenue and is classified as a community park. Belleview Park is the centerpiece of the Englewood park system with a wide range of facilities, amenities, and terrain which not only attracts local residents yet also engages residents from throughout Arapahoe County. The Park includes athletic/multipurpose fields, basketball court, playgrounds, tennis courts, multiple picnic shelters (4 of these are rentable), dog park, restrooms, and off-street parking lots. The park also contains a children's train maintained and a children's farm maintained and operated by the Parks and Recreation Department. The western portion of the park is more passive in nature including footpaths that are consistently used by residents. The Park is bisected by the regional Big Dry Creek Trail and adjacent stream. Additionally, directly adjacent to Belleview Park and along Belleview Avenue, there is Pirates Cove, a multi-use water park that attracts participants from throughout Arapahoe County. The project site for this grant is located in the northwest section of Belleview Park and is situated on a hill overlooking the lower park section and it has a separate vehicle entrance. The lower and upper park areas are connected via walkways, bridges and trails. The northwest park area includes two of the four large rentable picnic shelters. All ofthe shelters and the entire park are open to the public during designated hours. The project goal is to construct new park components for the northwest park area and install new amenities benefiting all park visitors. The current site is in disrepair and needs major improvements to meet the parks demands from the community. A 30+ year old dilapidated, unusable shelter sits on the site and is an eyesore to the park and the entire open space area. The shelter was built in the 1980's and does not meet today's standards for shelter requirements. Additionally, this area has very limited parking (a dirt area off the maintenance road) and does not have any restroom facilities for park patrons. The existing pathways are cracked and do not meet the current ADA requirements. Page 150 of 326 This grant would fund the construction of a new 16' x 28' Gable Arch shelter composed of recycled steel frame with a standing seam red metal roof where the old dilapidated shelter#3 once stood. A 20' x 14' concrete pad will be poured to support the new shelter. The shelter construction project will include installing 3 picnic tables, 2 trash receptacle, 2 BBQ grills, and an ADA accessible asphalt path (8' wide) accessing the shelter; all which will provide much needed amenities to support the shelter use. There are 4 shelters that can be reserved at Belleview Park but only 3 are available due to the state of disrepair Shelter #3 is in; it has not been usable for over a year. The 3 shelters are usually booked to capacity and the community demands exceed what the City can provide. A new shelter is needed to meet the demands of City residents for large outdoor event space. In addition, the shelter reservations provide needed revenue to the City of Englewood and the new shelter will support the budget. In addition to the shelter, an asphalt parking lot (15 spaces total including one designated ADA space), 500+ linear feet of new 8' wide asphalt trails, a pet station, and two-hole vault toilet will be installed enhancing the use ofthe site area as well as the entire park. The shelters are rented for large events of all types (birthdays, graduations, weddings, anniversaries, recognitions, etc.) for a wide range of local and regional visitors (children, youths, seniors, families, employers! community members). The Belleview Park Improvements will directly benefit all park users and specifically those wanting to picnic at the upper park area. The proposed parking lot and walkway improvements will increase access to the shelters and throughout the entire park providing connections to the wide range of park amenities. Park users attending events at the northwest shelters will have enhanced access to the local and regional trails within the park as well as all the activities Belleview Park offers. The improved access will invite pedestrian and vehicular users from major trails (Littleton Community Trail, Big Dry Creek Trail) and roads (Belleview, Windermere). This project will increase trail and park users accessibility to regional outdoor amenities including the Big Dry Creek Regional Greenway and Littleton Community Trail which provide connections to the South Platte River/Mary Carter Greenway and the Highline Canal. From these trails, visitors can reach Progress Park, Cornerstone Park, and Centennial Park on foot or bike. 2. Describe the community/neighborhood and user groups the project will serve. Discuss the type of users (children, adults, seniors, families, sports leagues, youth groups, etc.) the project will serve and estimate the number of user groups annually that will benefit from the project. Be specific. How did you arrive at this estimate? Describe the service area for this project (how far will users travel to use the project site). Page 151 of 326 Belleview Community Park serves visitors of all ages from throughout Arapahoe County. The southeast section provides outdoor recreation and fitness opportunities to young children (petting zoo, train, creek), youth (athletic/multi-purpose playing fields), young adults, families (picnic areas, playgrounds), and seniors (walking paths) through the diverse range of amenities. The park is used for playing, relaxing, running, cycling, dog walking, picnicking, tennis, athletics and more. This project will serve all the park users mentioned above as well as guests attending events at the northwest shelter; the entire park is open to the public. Anticipated park guests include families, youth groups, civic groups, church groups, seniors from throughout Englewood and Arapahoe County attending birthday celebrations, graduation parties, anniversaries, recognitions and more. Based on 2016 numbers, we anticipate an increase of 4500+ guests that will use the proposed shelter from Memorial Day through Labor Day on weekends and holidays. This number will likely increase when the parking lot, vault toilets, and improved walkways are completed. In addition to the shelter use, guests visit the site for walking (dogwalking), running, and to access the adjacent park areas and trails. With the addition of 500+ linear feet of renovated walkways/trails, pet station and a new parking lot, we expect a significant increase in daily visitors to this area as well. We anticipate community members from Englewood and throughout Arapahoe County visiting the new shelter for some type of special event. The shelters are extremely popular during the spring, summer and fall for a wide range of events. The shelters are available on a "first come, first" serve basis pending reservations scheduled. In addition, visitors from the Denver metro area will likely visit the park and shelter to attend gatherings as well. The City estimates over 500,000 community members visit Belleview Park on an annual basis. 3. Describe the planning process that identified this specific project as a priority. Is this project listed as a priority in a master plan, site specific plan or other adopted planning document? If so, discuss that plan. Describe the relationship of the project to any local, regional, state or system-wide master plan. Give the name of each plan and list related element(s) within the plan. Was this project identified through an independent community planning process? Describe this process. Is this project a working group project? If so, was it prioritized? Is this project a part of a larger project or phased project? If yes, explain the whole project, other funding sources and partners involved. The City's new 2017 Parks and Recreation Master Plan has a recurring theme to replace and upgrade the outdated park components throughout Englewood's park system. Specifically, this plan recommends replacement and enhancements to playgrounds, shelters, restrooms and prioritizes that all walkways, curbs and restrooms need to be ADA compliant. (Page 38) Page 152 of 326 Throughout the years, Englewood has been achieving these recommendations by renovating city-wide playgrounds, shelters, athletic fields and trails. This project would expand and solidify the commitment to improving the quality of community parks. Improvements to Belleview Park were deemed necessary due to the state of disrepair the shelter is in. The community requests more reservations then can be provided for since there are only 3 of the 4 shelters that are available. Reservations opened on January 3, 2017 and the City received an overwhelming number of calls for 2017 shelter reservations. A new shelter is needed to meet the reservation needs of Englewood and countywide residents. The proposed parking, toilet, accessibility improvements and amenities are needed to support the anticipated increase in park visitors once the shelter is completed. A new parking lot is needed to provide safe and easy access; the vault toilets will support the restroom needs for large events; and, the new 500+ LF asphalt walkway will provide connectivity to the shelters and park at large. The proposed shelter continues the commitment to meet the neighborhood and community's park needs as well as adhering to the 2017 Parks and Recreation Master Plan's priorities. 4. Discuss the need and urgency for this project and why it is a priority. What opportunities will be lost if this project is not funded now? The need and urgency for a new shelter and park improvements are significant since the existing shelter is basically falling to pieces. Last year, the City had to permanently close this shelter for safety concerns. The proposed shelter and amenities will meet the growing needs for large outdoor space to host special/community events. The City is challenged to meet the reservation requests due to limited space specifically during peak seasons; additional shelter space is needed. Additionally, a new parking lot will provide the space for vehicles to park in a safe, orderly way. Currently, guests just pull up and park to the side on a dirt path adjacent to the maintenance road. The installation of vault toilets will meet the restroom needs of larger groups as well as making it more convenient than walking to the other side of the park. Englewood is at a pivotal stage in enticing new families to the area as new housing is being developed in the City. These park improvements and shelter will provide families the opportunity to host a special outdoor event/celebration in Englewood's "gem" community park. Englewood is requesting funds to complete the shelter construction by September 2018. Strong community and agency support exists and we do not want to lose the momentum for this project. The City of Englewood's Parks and Recreation Commission is fully supporting this project. Page 153 of 326 The City of Englewood has secured $83,900 in matching funds (25% of total project) for this improvement project. However, if this project is delayed, the City funds will likely be shifted to other priority projects identified in the new 2017 Parks and Recreation Master Plan; Cushing, Miller and Jason Parks. We do not want to miss this opportunity; this would impact the community by limiting their recreational and outdoor needs. There is always potential for development costs to rise so we would like to secure current costs. This project is ready to go and our goal is to begin site preparation in April 2018 and complete the project by September 2018. This project is also a priority since once it is completed; the City will be able to generate revenue from the rental of the shelter. We estimate over $6500 per year will be received from the rental of the new shelter. This revenue will help support maintenance of the park. 5. Summarize any investments made prior to submitting a grant proposal. Discuss pre- submittal meetings, dates and outcomes. Be detailed and include eligible pre-planning costs on the match section of the Detailed Expense Budget Form in Part E. (See application instructions for details. Proof of pre-submittal planning expenses must be submitted as an attachment in Part G. All attachments should be clearly labeled on the Table of Contents and on the Part G cover page.) The City has hired a consultant from PKM Design Group, Inc. at a cost of $16,940 demonstrating their investment and commitment to this project; this cost is included in this request or as the City's match. This group is providing designs and estimated budgets for the shelter and parking lot construction, paths, toilets and amenities. The City has a recently approved 2017 and a past 2006 Parks and Recreation Master Plan that has guided the process for park improvements. The 2017 Master Plan prioritizes the City to upgrade park amenities and ADA accessibility city wide to meet the growing demand for park use. (Page 38) The City is not requesting the reimbursement of any planning costs that are already incurred. We have initiated designs and budgets for this project with the goal of expediting the project if ACOS funds are secured. 6. Describe how this project will be completed within the two year grant timeframe. Project timeline must begin within 60 days of the award notification. Is design and engineering complete or is there still work to be done? List any permits that will need to be obtained for implementation of the project and existing status of obtaining those permits. (Federal 404, County or City Planning or Public Works, Storm Water Drainage, etc). If permits are needed now or in future phases, explain the process. Does the project necessitate a change in zoning? Itemize anticipated costs for permits, government fees and consultants. Detail costs in the correct Part E Budget Form. Correlate response with the Project Timeline in Part D. If your project is an acquisition, Page 154 of 326 complete the Land Acquisition Narrative Section at the end of Section F. Include detailed costs in Part E. The City retained a consultant to design the shelter, parking lot, and adjacent paths; that work is currently being completed. Park improvements and the shelter will require a building permit from the City of Englewood which will be secured by the project contractor in 2017. A review of the Belleview Park improvements will be scheduled for Englewood's Development Review team. The DRT is comprised of City staff and from various departments for the purpose of reviewing projects that occur within the City and provides recommendations based on impacts to those departments and City Code Regulations. There are no zoning changes required for this project. The City will work closely with the planning and construction team to complete each task on schedule. The schedule outlines ground and site preparation to be completed April 2018 to June 2018; construction completion from June 2018 through September 2018. This project is fully anticipated to be completed within the required two year time frame. 7. Discuss any efforts to obtain public input, disseminate public information, develop partnerships, develop partnerships for cash finding or in-kind contributions, and garner community support specifically related to this project. Evidence of a transparent public process will be required. Discuss any objections or opposition to this project and what was done to address concerns. Include any letters, petitions, news articles, or other documents evidencing opposition. To date, there have been no objections to the proposed park improvements demonstrated at any planning meetings. The majority of feedback has been through calls received requesting a reservation to host outdoor special events. In 2016, the shelters were filled up to 88% capacity during the peak months and each year the reservations requested increase. Please review support letters attached in Part G; 2. 8. How much of your planned cash match is secured? How much still needs to be raised and what are your plans for raising additional funds? What is your back up plan if you are unable to raise those funds? Do you understand that all overruns are the responsibility of the applicant/grantee? Describe the cash and in-kind partnerships established for this project. This does not include partners who have contributed to previous phases or partners that plan to contribute to future phases. Explain if partnerships were not possible or necessary for this project. Include all partner support letters in Part G. Include match from all partners in the Part E Budget. All support letters must be dated within the last six months to be eligible. Page 155 of 326 The 25% cash match ($83,900) is fully secured for this project using ACOS Shareback funds. This project will not need to raise funds to secure the match. Englewood fully understands all overruns are the responsibility of the City. At this time, partnerships were not identified as a need to complete this project. 9. Briefly discuss support from entities and user groups that are supporting the project in other ways than cash or in-kind contributions. Support letters should come from users, working groups, user groups, community members, volunteers, schools, etc. A maximum of five (5) community support letters should be attached in Part G. All letters should be dated within the last six months. As discussed, the community has demonstrated their need for additional shelters for large group events as well as improved amenities at Belleview Park. In addition to the shelter use, guests visit the site for walking (with and without dogs), running, and to access the adjacent park areas and trails. They are concerned about the making sure the park maintains the quality features it provides. The community seeks out increased shelter amenities at affordable rental rates in the area. The community is very supportive of the proposed shelter improvements and park amenities. Support letters from Englewood Parks and Recreation Commission, community resident, and shelter host. Attached in Part G. 10. Describe any scenic, historic or cultural values associated with this project. Will they be preserved or restored? Describe specific natural resources at the site, including habitat and/or water. List predominant wildlife species and vegetation on site. Discuss impacts to these resources as a result of this project. If this is a conservation easement acquisition project, describe the conservation values and public benefits/value of the land, easement or water resource. There are no scenic, historic or cultural values within the construction project site. There are no native ecosystems that will be impacted by this project. The park shelter project will result in little or no impact to the natural resources in the area; no mitigation is required. Predominant wildlife species include red fox squirrel, rabbit, skunk, raccoon, red fox, coyote and various bird species typical in the urban/suburban setting. Belleview Park does include scenic views and cultural amenities but the project site does not reflect on these features. 11. Discuss the ownership and legal access to the proposed project site, including right of access without trespassing on adjacent property. Detail any third-party rights, easements or other encumbrances that exist. Provide supporting documentation proving ownership, legal access or permission from landowner and a site map in Part G. Page 156 of 326 The City of Englewood owns the property designated for the proposed construction. During construction, the crews will not need to access any other land/property owner for right of way. All construction access will be on the City of Englewood's property. The project site is maintained as open space/park land. Please view Part G; 6. maps. 12. Describe long-term maintenance of the project site and components. Estimate the annual costs to maintain the site, how those numbers were calculated, how you intend to fund maintenance and who is responsible for maintenance. Explain how maintaining this project site changes your agency's maintenance budget. (Provide projected budget changes, detailed cost estimates, how you plan to accommodate these changes, and explain how you arrived at those numbers.) Provide a commitment letter from the management/maintenance agency addressing long-term maintenance and include budgeting for funding maintenance in Part G. The City of Englewood will manage the long term and complete maintenance of this construction project including litter control, trail clean-up, shelter cleaning, and vandalism repairs. Since this project is for new construction, there will be minimal maintenance. The vault toilets will be maintained on predetermined schedule based on monthly usage. If this project is funded, the maintenance budget for Belleview Park will be increased to fund the litter control, vandalism repairs needed, and toilet cleaning. The City of Englewood has demonstrated their stewardship of the parks, playgrounds and open spaces throughout the years. We will continue to follow the high quality maintenance currently provided with this project. 13. Describe how this project addresses inclusivity per the Americans with Disabilities Act guidelines. The construction improvements include designs to fully comply with current ADA guidelines. The proposed shelter will include ADA accessible bench/seating accessibility; the parking lot will meet the ADA standards including one handicap stall and hard surface path to the shelter; and, the vault toilet will include handicap components. The City is dedicated to the commitment of making the shelter, parking lot, pathway, and toilet accessible for all patrons and follows ADA requirements as mandated by law. 14. If successful in obtaining this grant, how will the agency use this project to inform citizens about the value ofthe Arapahoe County Open Space sales and use tax? Address the public outreach plan, signage plan, celebration, dedication, etc. Please write a brief press release statement. Explain how the County will be recognized and informed that materials, articles and ceremonies have/are taking place. This information is required to include County acknowledgement and should be relayed to the County Grants Program Administrator for review and filing. Page 157 of 326 The City of Englewood will partner with Arapahoe County on all media releases, articles and stories relevant to the Belleview Park Improvements. The use of ACOS sales tax dollars supporting the shelter project will also be included in the Englewood Herald newspaper and additional local community publications. Information will also be disseminated via the City's web site, Facebook page and in the Englewood Citizen newsletter, which the City distributes to all Englewood households. An Arapahoe County Open Space sign will be installed on the site upon project completion. County Commissioners and OSTAB Board Members will be invited to visit upon request. Through prior trail and park openings, ribbon cuttings, and volunteer events, Englewood has demonstrated their support of ACOS programs to the community. We have installed public recognition signs throughout the City's parks, trails, and open spaces demonstrating our support of ACOS. Page 158 of 326 Part G -Attachments Page 159 of 326 1. Evidence of support from highest authority (official letter or resolution) Page 160 of 326 2. Letters of Support Page 161 of 326 C T y 0 F E N G L E W 0 PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails Advisory Board 6934 S. Lima St, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 December 16, 2016 Dear Advisory Board, 0 This letter is written on behalf of the City of Englewood's Parks and Recreation Commission in support of the City of Englewood's Parks, Recreation and Library's grant application for the Belleview Park Improvement Project. Englewood's Parks and Recreation Commission is an advisory board whose role it is to review proposed recreation facilities and programs and make recommendations to Englewood City Council. The Commission guides policy in.the development of a Parks and Recreation Master Plan thai includes an assessment of equipment and facilities that need to be added, modified or replaced. The City of Englewood·is fortunate to have 151 acres of developed park land but with that comes an aging park system that the City is now laced with the burden and expense of replacing old, unsafe facilities and equipment.· An example of that is Belleview #3. The City of Englewood is very fortunate to have Belleview Park, a premier park in the south metro area but we do not have the facilities to accommodate the hundreds of people that it draws in every year. The Belleview Park Improvement grant will help to provide an updated shelter, parking spaces and services that are needed to serve our residents and non-residents that come to Belleview Park to experience the wonderful amenities that it provides. We hope that Arapahoe County Open Space will consider funding the Belleview Park Improvement Project grant. The project would significantly benefit our community and park visitors for years to come. Thank you for your consideration. I '-• Dougleys' Garrett, Chairperson Engl,!awood Parks and Recreation Commission 1155 W. Oxford Avenue Englewood, Colorado 80110 Phone 303-762-2680 Fax 303-762-2688 www.ci.englewood.co.us D Page 162 of 326 Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails AdYisory Board 6934 S. Lima St., Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 January 2, 2017 Dear Advisory Board; I am writing in support of the Belleview Park Improvement Project. The proposed shelter, park and picnic amenities will benefit all park users and community events. Our family grew up using the Belleview #3 pavilion for Boy Scouts. The shelter provided the perfect setting for our son's cross-over ceremonies. The shelter has now become dilapidated and is an "eye sore" to the park. A new shelter and improved amenities such as the parking area and walkways will greatly enhance the experience of this park. Also, installing vault toilets will be beneficial to those of us that rent the shelters. The current restroom is a bit harder to access, especially with small children. Belleview Park is wonderful, diverse park that provides a green open space and multiple amenities. \Ve are very excited to see the proposed enhancements for our use and for the entire community of Englewood! \Ve hope the Arapahoe County Open Space Program will consider funding the Belleview Park Improvement Project in the City of Englewood. The project would significantly benefit our community and park visitors for years to come. Tresa Bloeman Englewood Resident Page 163 of 326 Arapahoe County Open Spaces Open Space and Trails Advisory Board 6934 s Lima St, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 December 21, 2016 Dear Advisory Board, As a user of Belleview Park shelters, in particular shelters number 3 and 4, I heartily support the proposed Belleview Park Improvement Project. I have personally rented and attended several memorable events at those two shelters many times over the last 15 years or so. Shelter number 3 has been a beloved place to gather for Cub Scouts and their various ceremonies. Unfortunately, it has fallen into such disrepair that it is no longer usable for those precious ceremonies. It would be a very welcome addition to the city of Englewood and the young families that use it for it to be repaired and upgraded. Shelter number 4 is my personal favorite. I have hosted many graduaticms, baby showers, wedding showers and Girl Scout events at this shelter. I love the secluded setting of this shelter. It would improvs its usability so much if it had bathrooms that wers easy to access, lighting, and parking that is not thousands of feet away. Belleview Park has always been a wonderful place to visit with family and friends and enhancing these two shelters will only make it more delightful, accessible, and usable for all. I'm very excited to see these proposed enhancements become reality. I hope the Arapahoe County Open Space Program will consider funding the Belleview Park Improvement Project in the City of Englewood. Our community would greatly benefit from this project. Sincerely, Jodi Litchfield Page 164 of 326 3. Documentation of opposition and responses Page 165 of 326 The City of Englewood has not received any opposition to the proposed project to date. Page 166 of 326 4. Evidence of commitment from project partners Page 167 of 326 At this time, partnerships were not identified as a need to complete this project. Page 168 of 326 5. Photos and Conceptual Drawings Page 169 of 326 Belleview Park Improvements; City of Englewo<J_i ·-· View of closed Shelter#3 looking west; Full demo of this site will be completed. Proposed parking lot will be installed on the left side of path; view looking north and the new shelter will be located behind the large evergreen. Page 170 of 326 East facing side of dilapidated shelter and site area. Page 171 of 326 View of the park and picnic area south of proposed improvements; looking west. Proposed parking area trails, shelter, and toilets will be to the left (north). Page 172 of 326 6. Maps (site and vicinity) Page 173 of 326 City of Englewood/ Colorado 2017 Arapahoe County Open Space, Parks, and Trails Grant Application 0 Belleview Park Improvement Project Site Plan Map LEGEND Cl Belleview Park Boundary November 2016 :fCL EnYOFLewood ~ g PARKS. RECREATION ANO LIBRARY 75 150 225 Feet Page 174 of 326 EVANS AVE '-------+----,---t--~"i--ic YALE AVE "' ~ HAMPDEN AVE OXFORD AVE :CI-IERRYr'HILLS ~Q'!:!_Ull!!_NC<;_!>l'.(!'A>;:,VEc.J--+--~...c..c., I , · ' · f HIGHLANDS RANCH I l ' :~·-; ~ r--i \L __ i I Al!JRORA DR. ,-CREEK RD City of Englewood, Colorado 2017 Arapahoe County Open Space, Parks, and Trails Grant Application 0 Belleview Park Improvement Project Vicinity Map November 2016 ~, 0 EfiY°Flewood ~ g PARKS. RECREATION ANO LIBRARY 1 2 3 Miles Page 175 of 326 7. Site Visit Form (plan and project site visit form with driving directions) Page 176 of 326 2017 ACOS Grant Applicant Site Visit Form City of Englewood Standard Grant/Site Improvement Name of Applicant Grant Category and Type Belleview Park Improvement Project Title of Grant Dave Lee dlee@englewoodgov.org 720-884-7808 Primary Contact Name Contact Email and Cell Phone Required for Site Visits: 1. Please provide the project address or the closest major intersection. 2. Please provide Point-To-Point Driving Directions from ACOS offices to project location. If you are providing an intersection, please provide Turn-By-Turn directions from ACOS to the intersection and then from the intersection to the project site {recommended site visit location). 3. Please attach driving directions to this form {behind}. Yahoo driving directions are preferred. 4. Propose a meeting location at the project site. 5. Other important information. {Example: parking, clean restrooms on site or nearby, necessary walking from parking to site, any clarification needed from the attached maps) 4990 S. Windermere St. Meet in entry to the South Suburban ballfields (off of Windermere St.). Page 177 of 326 7.Y+ u Lllllcl ul LU 't77U 0 vv 111uc;n111;n; .:)L, Llllll:LOil, l..,V <'.IV LlV -1.Joog1e lVlaps GougleMaps 6934 S Lima St to 4990 S Windermere St, Littleton, CO 80120 ! -":--... :,f~'.,.T ii.·r.r;,, !'~'.~ ~ Drive 9.8 miles, 21 min ·, 1i.W1-;:i•: ' (~·-1:1< L, ' . i !tFiJ'l-':ll Pwk __ . :-~1,e/~; c;:*li \.: ,$1a1!!! P1rA -~-'",,,,_ " ~\ .'\, '· -:>., --~ ' ' ',) saiirh Vill!ey:P_~ik . J:;Jt;:1, _ . · il. ·< ' ' 6934 South Lima Street Englewood, CO 80112 t 1. Head north on S Lima St -~. ! ' Map data ©2017 Google 2 mi~·---··----" 59 s (0.3 mi) Follow E Arapahoe Rd, 1-25 N and E Belleview Ave to S Windermere St in Englewood 19 min (9.3 mi) ~ 2. Turn left onto E Arapahoe Rd 1.4 mi ~ 3. Turn right onto the 1-25 N ramp 358 ft '\" 4. Keep left at the fork and merge onto 1-25 N 1.9mi Y' 5. Use the right 2 lanes to take exit 199 for C0-88 W 0.3mi ~ 6. Use the left 2 lanes to turn left onto C0-88 W/E Belleview Ave 0.4mi t 7. Continue straight onto E Belleview Ave 5.2mi tps:/ /www .google.com/maps/ dir/6934+South+Lima+Street, +Englewood,+... 1/6/2017 Page 178 of 326 7.Y+ 0 Ll!Ui:t 0L LV "t77V 0 vv 1uuc;11uc;1c; 0L, LlLllvLVH, L,V ov1..::,v -\JVVl:,lv lYli:t.fR> r+ 8. Turn right onto S Windermere St 4990 South Windermere Street Littleton, CO 80120 These directions are for planning purposes only. You may find that construction projects, traffic, weather, or other events may cause conditions to differ from the map results, and you should plan your route accordingly. You must obey all signs or notices regarding your route. 21 s (O.l mi) tps://www .google.com/maps/ dir/6934+South+Lima+Street, +Englewood,+... 1/6/2017 Page 179 of 326 8. Evidence of commitment to long-term maintenance, including the maintenance budget and agency capacity to maintain {letter from management/maintenance agency) Page 180 of 326 ~ EnYOFLewood • g PARKS. RECREATION AND LIBRARY Arapahoe County Open Space and Trails Board 6934 S. Lima Street, Unit A Centennial, CO 80112 January 4, 2017 Re: Long Term Maintenance Dear Open Space Board; The City of Englewood Parks, Recreation and Library Department is committed to the long-term maintenance and management of all Englewood parks and park infrastructure within the City. The City of Englewood allocates funds for the long-term maintenance, repair and replacement of park infrastructure. Ongoing maintenance functions include: sign maintenance, sign repair/replacement, graffiti removal and landscape maintenance. The Parks, Recreation and Library Department is funded annually through the City of Englewood's General Fund as part of the core services provided to the citizens of the City of Englewood. Maintenance of the Belleview Park Improvement Project is currently included in all long-term maintenance programs and activities and will continue to be a part of all such activities into the future. Sincerely, _ Dorothy Hargrove Director Parks, Recreation and Library City of Englewood Parks & Recreation 303-762-2680 Library 303-762-2560 Broken Tee Golf Course 303-762-2670 Pirates Cove Water Park 303-762-2683 1155 West Oxford Avenue • Englewood, Colorado 80110 • www.englewoodgov.org •• • Page 181 of 326 9. Evidence of property ownership/legal access {legal documentation) Page 182 of 326 ArapaMAP 3.6.2 1\~~u Loate I l'l••'.'llfll!!OO'l Enter address: \[I (4900 south Windermere street 0(!~) Get Address Info Typo ITT an add1oss, as you type, a hst of potont1nl motchu:i will ho d1sp1ayod In lh!s aroa CIiek on 11 matched addross to :mom d1reclly to It. If on oxa.ct match is not lound yOi.F may sill so11rch for 1t by p183S!na lho Search button By chocking "Gel Addross lnlo" informollon for lho addmss wi!I bo relurnsd ohor ll lS locutod There were multiple posslble matches, The top ono has OOen :i:oom'!d to: 4900 S WINDERMERE ST {On Strfft) Zooffl tn ~ Cilek on point to U>Offl Into, oc-drag bbx to toom to Print Map 11tle to dlsplay on Map: (Enter a Map Title Here Create Print j Scale: ~ (1:zm Map Size @a_s-X 11• (Ltr) Q 11' X 17" (B) Q 17" X 22" (C) Q 24" x 36" (D) SctNn DPJ: 1-3 r,.--' http://gis.arapahoegov.com/arapamap/ i' 4151 S 'Wtnde1mcn: St ·-:t:·----·· ·,~ ""·-. E1;:glewood ,, '~a . ...-.,...-... ,•_. S./JrN/~·11. ... ./S, i ,:? ...... , 4900 S Wi ' . j P"1k, · ~... 1-,; :'lit., •)ERM' E:R:-··/4·,---·. · Pot1l q;,:,, • · -,E,·· S.,, · r,.,, ~'t-" ; l _, 'J.: :-. ~ Orientation \l~ !UJ~I :~·-=I; R~I 4~9· i!!i', ,, . i-n-.r.:.?::• Scale to Display on Map l1::!ss9 G @At Print to Page ~ t Ult: 39" 37' 37,BO" N l Lon: 10s• o· 39,11· w CWINtstQm PuJ.: '"~-'-,,__.r 1 ·~· !; ~p "' :;{ ,.-·"'· ·,. ·-·-, ~' AraQaMAP 11/4/2016 Page 183 of 326 10. Other o 2017 Master Pian; page 38 o Belleview Park Aerial Maps (2) Page 184 of 326 II Ill I -- As thenumberof residents in the community and interest in an active lifestyle increase, the immediate priority isto improve the existing parks so that they can withstand additional use pressures. Many of Englewood's older parks need upgrades or enhancements to meet current recreational and aesthetic needs and trends, and increase resident's satisfaction levels. This will be key at popular parks such as Cushing, Miller, Belleview, Jason, Centennial, Romans, and Rotolo. Most of the facility replacements and upgrades recommended in the 2006 Plan remain top priorities. System-wide enhancements at most parks should include: 1. Pla'ygfoi'ln·1FtliYgfl>H_es,FsH_~rn.,s',,r.estr2grriJ;,.~'.l.°fl.'.CiP-elfJ;paci!.aii.d.:o.iJJ:JJ.r;i1•ar_e_ii,Uv,herenota1ria;,:g,-~R'11P.letedl, 2. "i\6Aicoh'lpiialit(~a'lk«i~yii ·l~rbs;,a nd restrB0m'si · --. 3. Replacement of diseased/dying and previously removed shade trees and ornamental plantings. Street trees along park frontages are especially needed. 4. Application of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles, which will help improve public safety. 5. Completion of irrigation system upgrades. The current irrigation system is more than 50 years old and is becoming a major maintenance burden with continuous repairs needed. Additionally, the system is highly inefficient in its water use compared to the technology available today. Replacing irrigation throughout the entire park system is a highly expensive undertaking, but one that should be anticipated in a capital replacement program. At the current time, the Parks Department is in the process of replacing valves and heads for irrigation in all parks. 6. Mobility improvements are needed to ensure that access is equitable and good connectivity to parks is provided. The City should complete sidewalk gaps and improve crosswalks and on-street bike lanes and curb cuts within 500 feet of every park. Some parks, like Barde and Baker Parks, have no crosswalks or pedestrian safety improvements in the surrounding neighborhood. The top three priorities for major park redesigns inc\ude~nd ~!;'on Parks, because of the parks needs and greatest appeal to the community.All major park renovations will undergo'j;'1l~!iti=esign and feasibility studies beyond this Master Plan and will need to include additional public input opportunities. 38 CITY OF ENGLEWOOD PARKS AND RECREATION MASTER PLAN DRAFT Page 185 of 326 5 ec..-+ioV\ Belleview Park 3 of 3 Page 186 of 326 Nov-+hwes+ Belleview Park 2 of 3 Page 187 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Date: Agenda Item: . Subject: January 17, 2017 9cxi Re-appointment of Associate Judge John W. Smith Ill Initiated By: Staff Source: Municipal Court Tamara Wolfe Court Administrator COUNCIL GOAL AND PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION The Municipal Court supports City Council's goal of providing appropriate service levels by requesting that they continue to appoint Associate Judges to serve the City of Englewood. RECOMMENDED ACTION Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint John W. Smith Ill to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED Associate judges are required in order for the Court to maintain a full time, full service schedule. The judges fill in for the Presiding Judge when there is a conflict of interest, illness or vacation. They also assist during dockets where multiple court sessions are required. Judge Smith has served the City well during his past appointments. FINANCIAL IMPACT There is no additional financial impact, as associate judge fees are included in the annual budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS The Resolution document is attached. Page 188 of 326 RESOLUTION NO. SERIES OF 2017 A RESOLUTION FOR THE REAPPOINTMENT OF JOHN W. SMITH III, AS ASSOCIATE MUNICIPAL JUDGE FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. WHEREAS, pursuant to Article IX, Pait II, Section 68, of the Englewood Home Rule Chaiter, "Council may appoint one or more associate judges, who shall sit at such times and upon such causes as shall be determined by the presiding municipal judge;" and WHEREAS, Associate Judges are appointed for four year staggered terms; and WHEREAS, John Smith's prior term expires January 23, 2017; and WHEREAS, Judge Vincent Atencio requests the Council reappoint John W. Smith III to another four year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, THAT: Section l. John W. Smith III, shall be and hereby is reappointed as Associate Municipal Judge in and for the City of Englewood, Colorado, for a term commencing January 23, 2017 and expiring January 22, 2021. ADOPTED AND APPROVED this 17th day of January, 2017. ATTEST: Joe Jefferson, Mayor Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby certify the above is a true copy of Resolution No. __ , Series of2017. Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk Page 189 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 9cxii Re-appointment of Associate Judge Linda F. Cohn Initiated By: Staff Source: Municipal Court Tamara Wolfe Court Administrator COUNCIL GOAL AND PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION The Municipal Court supports City Council's goal of providing appropriate service levels by requesting that they continue to appoint Associate Judges to serve the City of Englewood. RECOMMENDED ACTION Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint Linda F. Cohn to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED Associate judges are required in order for the Court to maintain a full time, full service schedule. The judges fill in for the Presiding Judge when there is a conflict of interest, illness or vacation. They also assist during dockets where multiple court sessions are required. Judge Cohn has served the City well during her past appointments. FINANCIAL IMPACT There is no additional financial impact, as associate judge fees are included in the annual budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS The Resolution document is attached. Page 190 of 326 RESOLUTION NO. SERIES OF 2017 A RESOLUTION FOR THE REAPPOINTMENT OF LINDA F. COHN, AS ASSOCIATE MUNICIPAL JUDGE FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. WHEREAS, pursuant to Article IX, Pait II, Section 68, of the Englewood Home Rule Charter, "Council may appoint one or more associate judges, who shall sit at such times and upon such causes as shall be determined by the presiding municipal judge;" and WHEREAS, Associate Judges are appointed for four year staggered terms; and WHEREAS, Linda Cohn's prior term expires January 23, 2017; and WHEREAS, Judge Vincent Atencio requests the Council reappoint Linda F. Cohn to another four year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, THAT: Section I. Linda F. Cohn shall be and hereby is reappointed as Associate Municipal Judge in and for the City of Englewood, Colorado, for a term commencing January 23, 2017 and expiring January 22, 2021. ADOPTED AND APPROVED this 17th day of January, 2017. ATTEST: Joe Jefferson, Mayor Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby certify the above is a true copy of Resolution No. __ , Series of2017. Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk Page 191 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 9cxiii Re-appointment of Associate Judge David A. Sprecace Initiated By: Staff Source: Municipal Court Tamara Wolfe Court Administrator COUNCIL GOAL AND PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION The Municipal Court supports City Council's goal of providing appropriate service levels by requesting that they continue to appoint Associate Judges to serve the City of Englewood. RECOMMENDED ACTION Presiding Judge Vincent Atencio would request that the Council re-appoint David A. Sprecace to serve a 4 year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood, commencing January 23, 2017 and ending January 22, 2021. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED Associate judges are required in order for the Court to maintain a full time, full service schedule. The judges fill in for the Presiding Judge when there is a conflict of interest, illness or vacation. They also assist during dockets where multiple court sessions are required. Judge Sprecace has served the City well during his past appointments. FINANCIAL IMPACT There is no additional financial impact, as associate judge fees are included in the annual budget. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS The Resolution document is attached. Page 192 of 326 RESOLUTION NO. SERIES OF 20 I 7 A RESOLUTION FOR THE REAPPOINTMENT OF DAVID A. SPRECACE, AS ASSOCIATE MUNICIPAL JUDGE FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. WHEREAS, pursuant to Article IX, Part II, Section 68, of the Englewood Home Rule Charter, "Council may appoint one or more associate judges, who shall sit at such times and upon such causes as shall be determined by the presiding municipal judge;" and WHEREAS, Associate Judges are appointed for four year staggered terms; and WHEREAS, David Sprecace's prior term expires January 23, 2017; and WHEREAS, Judge Vincent Atencio requests the Council reappoint David A. Sprecace to another four year term as an Associate Judge for the City of Englewood; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO, THAT: Section I. David A. Sprecace shall be and hereby is reappointed as Associate Municipal Judge in and for the City of Englewood, Colorado, for a term commencing January 23, 2017 and expiring January 22, 2021. ADOPTED AND APPROVED this 17th day of Januaiy, 2017. ATTEST: Joe Jefferson, Mayor Stephanie Carlile, Acting, City Clerk I, Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk for the City of Englewood, Colorado, hereby certify the above is a true copy of Resolution No. __ , Series of 2017. Stephanie Carlile, Acting City Clerk Page 193 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: 17 January 2017 11 ci Professional Services Contract -Police Building Design and Construction Project Management and Workplace Strategy Services with CBRE Initiated By: Staff Source: City Manager's Office Eric A. Keck, City Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION City Council approved an ordinance setting forth the ballot language and submitting to a vote of the registered electors a General Obligation Bond (GOB) for the construction of a new Englewood Police Department Headquarters. Ballot Issue No. 2C was passed by the voters on November 8, 2016. City Council approved a professional services contract with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company for underwriting services associated with the sale of General Obligation Bonds for the Englewood Police Department Headquarters building on 19 December 2016. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends that the City Council approve the agreement with CBRE for project management and workplace strategy services for the design and construction of the Englewood Police building. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED A project whose scope is as large as the construction of a new Police Department Headquarters is going to require outside assistance to help manage and monitor. The City of Englewood currently does not have the staff that can be designated for this project. Furthermore, the complexity of work required to assist the City in determining the exact scope and size of what will ultimately be constructed will take a skill set, knowledge and time that is not available in house today. As such, it was determined that finding an external entity to provide project management and workplace strategy services was in the City's best interest. In an effort to accelerate the design and construction of this project, staff searched for a cooperative purchasing mechanism that might be available to the City that would alleviate the need for a lengthy and resource intensive RFP process to find an owner's representative. Fortunately, the City did not have to look too far with the Englewood School District having undertaken a competitive process to obtain project management services in the late summer of 2016. After discussions with the Englewood School District, permission was granted to utilize their process results and cooperatively work with their selected professional service provider CBRE, Inc. The scope of work will include a three month analysis of the Police Department operations to determine an accurate current and future space needs formula. CBRE will execute their workplace strategy methodology to help optimize building design and layout as well as determine space needs in a more exacting and scientific way. CBRE will provide pre- construction services that will include the competitive selection of a design team; design Page 194 of 326 management wherein they will oversee and guide the design team and interface with the City through the process; provide permitting and competitive procurement of a general contractor and sub trades; construction oversight; and provide move and occupancy planning and construction closeout. This project management and workplace strategy service will aid in the smooth delivery of the project as well as assure a positive construction experience for the community. FINANCIAL IMPACT The contracted amount for the Project Management and Workplace Strategy Services awarded to CBRE is $523,000. This amount has been anticipated within the bond proceeds for the project. The compensation for the aforementioned services will be paid according to the compensation schedules found within the exhibits to the agreement over the 26 month life of the project. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS PSA 17-01 for project management and workplace strategy services for the design and construction of the Englewood Police Building. Page 195 of 326 EnY°Flewood gPROCUREMENT DIVISION PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT Contract Number PSA/17-01 Program Management Consulting Services $525,000 This Professional Services Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of this 10th day of January, 2017, (the "Effective Date") by and between CBRE, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CBRE" or "Consultant"), and The City of Englewood, Colorado, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the State of Colorado ("Client" or "City''). City desires that Consultant, from time to time, provide certain owners representation and program management services, workplace strategy consultation and/or related services as described herein, and Consultant desires to perform such services on behalf of City on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In consideration of the foregoing and the terms hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows: 1. Definitions. The terms set forth below shall be defined as follows: (a) "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean any and all (by whatever name or term known or designated) tangible and intangible and now known or hereafter existing (1) rights associated with works of authorship throughout the universe, including but not limited to copyrights, moral rights, and mask- works, (2) trademark and trade name rights and similar rights, (3) trade secret rights, (4) patents, designs, algorithms and · other industrial property rights, (5) all other intellectual and industrial property rights ( of every kind and nature throughout the universe and however designated) (including logos, "rental" rights and rights to remuneration), whether arising by operation of law, contract, license, or otherwise, and (6) all registrations, initial applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or reissues hereof now or hereafter in force (including any rights in any of the foregoing). (b) 'Work Product" shall mean all patents, patent applications, inventions, designs, mask works, processes, methodologies, copyrights and copyrightable works, trade secrets including confidential information, data, designs, manuals, training materials and documentation, formulas, knowledge of manufacturing processes, methods, prices, financial and accounting data, products and product specifications and all other Intellectual Property Rights created, developed or prepared, documented and/or delivered by Consultant specifically and exclusively for City, pursuant to the provision of the Services. 2. Statements of Work. During the term hereof and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Consultant agrees to provide, on an as requested basis, the owners representation and program management services, workplace strategy consultation services, and related services (the "Services") as further described in Schedule A (the 1 ODO Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org PSN17·0l Con.~u[tlng Scrvkcs for New Englt!woml Police Slat ion Page 196 of 326 "Statement of Work") for City, and in such additional Statements of Work as may be executed by each of the parties hereto from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Each Statement of Work shall specify the scope of work, specifications, basis of compensation and payment schedule, estimated length of time required to complete each Statement of Work, including the estimated start/finish dates, and other relevant information and shall incorporate all terms and conditions contained in this Agreement 3. Performance of Services. ( a) Performance. Consultant shall perform the Services necessary to complete all projects outlined in a Statement of Work in a timely and professional manner consistent with the specifications, if any, set forth in the Statement of Work, and in accordance with industry standards. Consultant agrees to exercise professionalism, and to utilize its expertise and creative talents in completing the projects outlined in a Statement of Work. (b) Delays. Consultant agrees to notify City promptly of any factor, occurrence, or event coming to its attention that may affect Consultant's ability to meet the requirements of the Agreement, or that is likely to occasion any material delay in completion of the projects contemplated by this Agreement or any Statement of Work. Such notice shall be given in the event that Consultant becomes aware of any loss or reassignment of key employees, threat of strike, or major equipment failure. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every term and provision of this Agreement. (c) Discrepancies. If anything necessary for the clear understanding of the Services has been omitted from the Agreement specifications or it appears that various instructions are in conflict, Consultant shall secure written instructions from City's project director before proceeding with the performance of the Services affected by such omissions or discrepancies. ( d) Construction Professionals. City acknowledges that the work product provided by construction professionals will be the responsibility of such persons and that Consultant does not warrant or guaranty, and will not be liable with respect to, their performance or work product. Consultant will not be liable for design techniques or procedures employed by any third party including construction professionals providing design or other services in connection with the project, or construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. All agreements with construction professionals shall be entered into either by City directly or by Consultant as City's agent (for this limited purpose, only), for the account and in the name of City, and the funds necessary to pay for such services shall be paid by City. In contracts with the construction professionals, Consultant shall be named as an additional indemnified party and an additional insured under the construction professional's liability insurance. 4. Invoices and Payment. Unless otherwise provided in a Statement of Work, City shall pay the amounts agreed to in a Statement of Work within thirty (30) days following Consultant's presentation to City of an invoice for the same. If City disputes all or any portion of an invoice for charges, then City shall pay the undisputed portion of the invoice by the due date and shall provide the following notification with respect to the disputed portion of the invoice. City shall notify Consultant as soon as possible of the specific amount disputed and shall provide reasonable detail as to the basis for the dispute. The parties shall then attempt to resolve the disputed portion of such invoice as soon as possible. Upon resolution of the disputed portion, City shall pay to Consultant the resolved amount. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 2 1'SN17-0t Consulling Services for New Englewoo!I Pulice Station Page 197 of 326 5. Taxes. City is not subject to taxation. No federal or other taxes (excise, luxury, transportation, sales, etc.) shall be included in quoted prices. City shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse Consultant for any taxes attributable to the sale of any Services which are imposed on or measured by net or gross income, capital, net worth, franchise, privilege, any other taxes, or assessments, nor any of the foregoing imposed on or payable by Consultant. Upon written notification by City and subsequent verification by Consultant, Consultant shall reimburse or credit, as applicable, City in a timely manner, for any and all taxes erroneously paid by City, City shall provide Consultant with, and Consultant shall accept in good faith, resale, direct pay, or other exemption certificates, as applicable. 6. Out of Pocket Expenses. Consultant shall be reimbursed only for expenses which are expressly provided for in a Statement of Work or which have been approved in advance in writing by City, provided Consultant has furnished such documentation for authorized expenses as City may reasonably request. 7. Audits. Consultant shall provide such employees and independent auditors and inspectors as City may designate with reasonable access· to all sites from which Services are performed for the purposes of performing audits or inspections of Consultant's operations and compliance with this Agreement. Any audit shall be at City's expenses, provided that Consultant shall provide such auditors and inspectors any reasonable assistance that they may require. Such audits shall be conducted upon reasonable advance notice to Consultant in such a way so that the Services or services to any other customer of Consultant are not impacted adversely. 8. Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue unless this Agreement is terminated as provided in this .. Section 8. (a) Convenience. Either party may, without cause and without penalty, terminate the provision of Services under any or all Statements of Work upon thirty {30) days prior written notice. Upon such termination, City shall, upon receipt of an invoice from Consultant, pay Consultant for Services actually rendered and reimbursable expenses incurred prior to the effective date of such termination. Charges will be based on lime expended for all incomplete tasks as listed in the applicable Statement of Work, and all completed tasks will be charged as indicated in the applicable Statement of Work. (b) No Outstanding Statements of Work. Either party may terminate this Agreement by providing the other party with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination if there are no outstanding Statements of Work. (c) Material Breach. If either party materially defaults in the performance of any term of a Statement of Work or this Agreement with respect to a specific Statement of Work ( other than by nonpayment) and does not substantially cure such default within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of such default, then the non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement or any or all outstanding Statements of Work by providing ten (10) days prior written notice of termination to the defaulting party. {d) Bankruptcy or Insolvency. Either party may terminate this Agreement effective upon written notice stating its intention to terminate in the event the other party: (1) makes a general assignment of all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors; (2) applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, or liquidator for its business or all or substantially all of its assets; (3) files, 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 3 PSN17·0l Consulting. Services for New Englewood Pulice Station Page 198 of 326 · or consents to or acquiesces in, a petition seeking relief or reorganization under any bankruptcy or insolvency Jaws; or (4) files a petition seeking relief or reorganization under any bankruptcy or insolvency Jaws is filed against that other party and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after it was filed. ( e) TABOR. The parties understand and acknowledge that each party is subject to Article X, § 20 of the Colorado Constitution ("TABOR"). The parties do not intend to violate the terms and requirements of TABOR by the execution of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement does not create a multi-fiscal year direct or indirect debt or obligation within the meaning of TABOR and, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all payment obligations of City are expressly dependent and conditioned upon the continuing availability of funds beyond the term of City's current fiscal period ending upon the next succeeding December 31. Financial obligations of City payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and otherwise made available in accordance with the rules, regulations, and resolutions of City and applicable law. Upon the failure to appropriate such funds, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated. (f) Return of Property. Upon termination of this Agreement, both parties agree to return to the other all property (including any Confidential Information, as defined in Section 11) of the other party that it may have in its possession or control; provided, however, that each party may retain a copy of the other party's Confidential Information for audit or legal purposes, pursuant to its customary document retention policies, which Confidential Information shall remain subject to the confidentiality requirements hereof. 9. City Obligations. City will provide timely access to City personnel, systems and · information required for Consultant to perform its obligations hereunder. City shall render all required approvals and decisions with reasonable promptness for the orderly performance of its obligations hereunder, and City agrees that Consultant shaU bear no liability to the extent arising out of City's failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement. City shall provide to Consultant's employees performing its obligations hereunder at City's premises, without charge, a reasonable work environment in compliance with all applicable Jaws and regulations, including office space, furniture, telephone service, and reproduction, computer, facsimile, secretarial and other necessary equipment, supplies, and services. With respect to all third party hardware or software operated by or on behalf of City, City shall, at no expense to Consultant, obtain all consents, licenses and sublicenses necessary for Consultant to perform under the Statements of Work and shall pay any fees or other costs associated with obtaining such consents, licenses and sublicenses. 10. Staff. Consultant is an independent consultant and neither Consultant nor Consultant's staff is, or shall be deemed to be employed by City. City is hereby contracting with Consultant for the Services described in a Statement of Work and Consultant reserves the right to determine the method, manner and means by which the Services will be performed. The Services shall be performed by Consultant or Consultant's staff, and City shall not be required to hire, supervise or pay any assistants to help Consultant perform the Services under this Agreement. Except to the extent that Consultant's work must be performed on or with City's computers or City's existing software, all materials used in providing the Services shall be provided by Consultant. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 4 PSN17-0\ Consulting Services for New Englewood Police Station Page 199 of 326 11. Confidential Information. (a) Obligations. Each party hereto may receive from the other party information which relates to the other party's business, research, development, trade secrets or business affairs ("Confidential Information"). Subject to the provisions and exceptions set forth in the Colorado Open Records Act, CRS Section 24-72-101 et. seq., each party shall protect all Confidential Information of the other party with the same degree of care as it uses to avoid unauthorized use, disclosure, publication or dissemination of its own confidential information of a similar nature, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto agrees not to disclose or permit any other person or entity access to the other party's Confidential Information except such disclosure or access shall be permitted to an employee, agent, representative or independent consultant of such party requiring access to the same in order to perform his or her employment or services. Each party shall require that their employees, agents, representatives, and independent consultants are advised of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and are precluded from taking any action prohibited under this Section 11. Further, each party agrees not to alter or remove any identification, copyright or other proprietary rights notice which indicates the ownership of any part of such Confidential Information by the other party. A party hereto shall undertake to immediately notify the other party in writing of all circumstances surrounding any possession, use or knowledge of Confidential Information at any location or by any person or entity other than those authorized by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict either party with respect to information or data identical or similar to that contained in the Confidential Information of the other party but which (1) that party rightfully possessed before it received such information from the other as evidenced by written documentation; (2) subsequently becomes publicly available through no fault of that party; (3) is subsequently furnished rightfully to that party by a third party without restrictions on use or disclosure; or (4) is required to be disclosed by law, provided that the disclosing party will exercise reasonable efforts to notify the other party prior to disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable law. (b) Know-How. For the avoidance of doubt and except as otherwise provided in Section 16 below, neither City nor Consultant shall be prevented from making use of know- how and principles learned or experience gained of a non-proprietary and non- confidential nature. (c) Remedies. Each of the parties hereto agree that if any of them, their officers, employees or anyone obtaining access to the Confidential Information of the other party by, through or under them, breaches any provision of this Section 11, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to an accounting and repayment of all profits, compensation, comm1ss1ons, remunerations and benefits which the breaching party, its officers or employees directly or indirectly realize or may realize as a result of or growing out of, or in connection with any such breach. In addition to, and not in limitation of the foregoing, in the event of any breach of this Section 11, the parties agree that the non-breaching party will suffer irreparable harm and that the total amount of monetary damages for any such injury to the non-breaching party arising from a violation of this Section 11 would be impossible to calculate and would therefore be an inadequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the parties agree that the non-breaching party shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief against the breaching party, its officers or employees and such other rights and remedies to which the non-breaching party may be entitled to at law, in equity or under this 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 5 PSA/L7·0 l Consulting. Service~ for New Englewood Police Station Page 200 of 326 Agreement for any violation of this Section 11. The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. 12. Project Managers. Each party shall designate one of its employees to be its Project Manager under each Statement of Work, who shall act for that party on all matters under the Statement of Work. Each party shall notify the other in writing of any replacement of a Project Manager. The Project Managers for each Statement of Work shall meet as often as either one requests to review the status of the Statement of Work. 13. Warranties. (a) Authority. Consultant represents and warrants that: (1) Consultant has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; (2) the execution of this Agreement by Consultant, and the performance by Consultant of its obligations and duties hereunder, do not and will not violate any agreement to which Consultant is a party or by which it is otherwise bound under any applicable law, rule or regulation; (3) when executed and delivered by Consultant, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms; and (4) Consultant acknowledges that City makes no representations, warranties or agreements related to the subject matter hereof that are not expressly provided for in this Agreement (b) Service Warranty. Consultant warrants that its employees and consultants shall have sufficient skill, knowledge, and training to perform Services and that the Services shall be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner. (c) Personnel. Unless a specific number of employees is set forth in the Statement of Work, Consultant warrants it will provide sufficient employees to complete the Services ordered within the applicable time frames established pursuant to this Agreement or as set forth in the Statement of Work. During the course of performance of Services, City may, for any valid or lawful reason, request replacement of an employee or a proposed employee. In such event, Consultant shall, within fifteen (15) working days of receipt of such request from City, provide a substitute employee of sufficient skill, knowledge, and training to perform the applicable Services. Consultant shall require employees providing Services at a City location to comply with applicable City security and safety regulations and policies. (d) Compensation and Benefits. Consultant shall provide for and pay the compensation of employees and shall pay all taxes, contributions, and benefits (such as, but not limited to, workers' compensation benefits) which an employer is required to pay relating to the employment of employees. City shall not be liable to Consultant or to any employee for Consultant's failure to perform its compensation, benefit, or tax obligations. Consultant shall indemnify, defend and hold City harmless from and against all such taxes, contributions and benefits and will comply with all associated governmental regulations, including the filing of all necessary reports and returns. 14. Indemnification. (a) Indemnification. To the extent permitted under applicable Colorado law regarding school districts as public entities, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, each party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its directors, officers, employees, and agents and the heirs, executors, successors, and permitted assigns of any of the foregoing (the "lndemnitees") from and against all third party losses, claims, obligations, demands, 1 ooo Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado son 0·2373 (303) 762·2300 www.englewoodgov.org 6 PSN17·01 Consulting Services fur New Engkwood Police Station Page 201 of 326 assessments, fines and penalties (whether civil or criminal), liabilities, expenses and costs (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants), bodily and other personal injuries, damage to tangible property, and other damages, of any kind or nature, suffered or incurred by an lndemnitee to the extent directly or indirectly arising from or related to: (1) any negligent or grossly negligent act or omission by the Indemnifying Party or its representatives in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, or (2) any material breach in a representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of the Indemnifying Party contained in this Agreement arising from the Indemnifying Party's negligence or gross negligence. (b) Infringement. Consultant will indemnify, defend, and hold City harmless from all lndemnifiable Losses arising from any third party claims that any Work Product or methodology supplied by Consultant infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property rights of any third party; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification obligation shall not apply to any alleged infringement or misappropriation based on: (1) use· of the Work Product in combination with products or services not provided by Consultant to the extent that such infringement or misappropriation would have been avoided if such other products or services had not been used; (2) any modification or enhancement to the Work Product made by City or anyone other than Consultant or its sub-consultants; or (3) use of the Work Product other than as permitted under this Agreement. (c) Indemnification Procedures. Consultant and City shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of their respective indemnity obligations. If both parties bear fault for a matter, each party's liability shall be equal to the percentage determined to be due to the fault of such party as agreed upon by the parties or as fixed by settlement agreement or final judgment of a court or arbitration panel. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, no obligation to indemnify which is set forth in this Section 14 shall apply unless the party claiming indemnification notifies the other party as soon as practicable to avoid any prejudice in the claim, suit or proceeding of any matters in respect of which the indemnity may apply and of which the notifying party has knowledge and gives the other party the opportunity to control the response thereto and the defense thereof; provided, however, that the party claiming indemnification shall have the right to participate in any legal proceedings to contest and defend a claim for indemnification involving a third party and to be represented by its own attorneys, all at such party's cost and expense; provided further, however, that no settlement or compromise of an asserted third-party claim other than the payment/money may be made without the prior written consent of the party claiming indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party assumes the defense of a matter for which the other party, but not the defending party, is at fault (in whole or in part with any third party), the party at fault shall either pay or reimburse the defending party fully for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such defense. (d) Immunity. City, its officers, and its employees, are relying on, and do not waive or intend to waive by any provision of this Agreement, the monetary limitations or any other rights, immunities, and protections provided by the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, C.R.S. 24-10-101 et seq., as from time to time amended, or otherwise available to City, its officers, or its employees. (e) Limitation on Liability. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither party shall be liable for any lost or prospective profits or any other indirect, consequential, special, incidental, punitive, or other exemplary losses or damages, whether based in contract, warranty, indemnity, negligence, strict liability or other tort or 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 7 PSNl7-0l Consulting Services fur New Englewoml Police Station Page 202 of 326 otherwise, regardless of the foreseeability or the cause thereof. Further, in no event shall Consultant incur liability under this Agreement or otherwise relating to the services contemplated hereunder beyond the amount of 1.5 times fees (excluding any reimbursed amounts) received by Consultant under this Agreement (including any Statement of Work delivered pursuant to this Agreement) during the prior 12 month period. Consultant shall not be liable for any claim based upon or resulting from any erroneous or incomplete data provided by City or any third party or otherwise contained in City's databases. No representation or recommendation is or will be made by Consultant as to the legal sufficiency, legal effect, or tax or accounting consequences of any project, transaction or documentation. (f) . Hazardous Materials. City acknowledges that Consultant is not an environmental expert or consultant in the field of Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, with respect to any Hazardous Materials that may be present below, on, about or otherwise affecting a project or any property of City, Consultant shall not be responsible for detecting, handling, removing, remediating or disposing of such Hazardous Materials, except to the extent of any Hazardous Materials brought onto the property by Consultant ("Consultant Hazardous Materials"). Consultant shall not use Hazardous Materials except in the ordinary course of providing the Services and in compliance with applicable · laws. "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any hazardous material or substance which is or becomes defined as a "hazardous waste," "hazardous substance," "hazardous material," pollutant, or contaminant under any applicable law. (g) Other Pre-Existing Conditions and Defects. Consultant shall not be responsible for detecting or remediating any pre-existing conditions at a project site or other property of City that may adversely affect the operations, maintenance or use thereof or the health or safety of persons or property. Consultant shall not be responsible for detecting or remediating any structural or latent defects or other defects in design or construction of a facility or manufacturing defects in equipment at a property, whether pre-existing or arising during the Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, City shall indemnify, defend and hold Consultant harmless from and against all claims asserted against or incurred by Consultant to the extent arising out of any Hazardous Materials (other than Consultant Hazardous Materials) or any condition or circumstance arising initially prior to the date of this Agreement (regardless of whether such condition or circumstance continues). 15. Insurance. (a) Consultant Requirements. Consultant agrees to keep in full force and effect and maintain at its sole cost and expense the following policies of insurance during the term of this Agreement: (1) The Consultant shall comply with the Workers' Compensation Act of Colorado and shall provide compensation insurance to protect the City from and against any and all Workers' Compensation claims arising from performance of the work under this contract. Workers' Compensation insurance must cover obligations imposed by applicable laws for any employee engaged in the performance of work under this contract, as well as the Employers' Liability within the minimum statutory limits. (2) Commercial General Liability Insurance and auto liability insurance (including contractual liability insurance) providing coverage for bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of three million dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 8 l'SNl 7-01 Consulting Services for New Englewood Police Station Page 203 of 326 (3) Professional Liability/Errors and Omissions Insurance covering acts, errors and om1ss1ons ans1ng out of Consultant's operations or SeNices in an amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence. (4) Employee Dishonesty and Computer Fraud Insurance covering losses arising out of or in connection with any fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by Consultant personnel, acting alone or with others, in an amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000} per occurrence. (b) Approved Companies. All such insurance shall be procured with such insurance companies of good standing, permitted to do business in the country, state or territory where the SeNices are being performed. (c) Certificates. Consultant shall provide City with certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with this Section 15 (including evidence of renewal of insurance) signed by authorized representatives of the respective carriers for each year that this Agreement is in effect. Certificates of insurance will list the City of Englewood as an additional insured to the extent of loss attributable to Consultant's negligence. Consultant will provide City with thirty (30) days' notice in the event that it intends to cancel, reduce, or otherwise materially change the insurance afforded under the above policies. (b) City Insurance. City shall maintain: (a) commercial general liability insurance with per occurrence limits of $5,000,000, which limits may be provided by any combination of primary and following form excess policies, and (b) "all risk" property insurance for each project on a replacement value basis. Consultant shall be named an additional insured under City's commercial general liability policy for actions within the scope of Consultant's authority as set forth in this Agreement. All such insurance shall be primary to Consultant's liability insurance relating to this Agreement except to the extent of loss attributable to Consultant's negligence. (c) Mutual Waiver of Subrogation. City and Consultant each hereby agrees that no third party shall have any right of recovery by way of subrogation, assignment or otherwise, against the other party or its affiliates with regard to losses or claims insured against under this Agreement. 16. Rights in Work Product. (a) Generally. Except as specifically agreed to the contrary in any Statement of Work, all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Work Product produced or provided by Consultant under any Statement of Work shall remain the property of Consultant. With respect to the Work Product, Consultant irrevocably grants to City during the term of such Intellectual Property Rights, a non- exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide, fully paid and royalty-free license, to use Consultant Work Product for the same purposes as originally provided during the term of this Agreement and a reasonable disengagement period .. (b) Know-How; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each party and its respective personnel and consultants shall be free to use and employ its and their general skills, know-how, and expertise, and to use, disclose, and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques, or skills gained or learned during the course of any assignment, so long as it or they acquire and apply such information without disclosure of any Confidential Information of the other party. 17. Relationship of Parties. Consultant is acting only as an independent consultant and does not undertake, by this Agreement, any Statement of Work or otherwise, to perform 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 9 l'SN17-0I Consulting Services for New Englcwootl Police Station Page 204 of 326 any obligation of City, whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for City's business or operations. Neither party shall act or represent itself, directly or by implication, as an agent of the other, except as expressly authorized in a Statement of Work. 18. Complete Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered herein. 19. Applicable Law. Consultant shall comply with all applicable laws in performing Services but shall be held harmless for violation of any governmental procurement regulation to which it may be subject but to which reference is not made in the applicable Statement of Work. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado. Any action or proceeding brought to interpret or enforce the provisions of this Agreement shall be brought before the state or federal court situated in Arapahoe County, Colorado and each party hereto consents to jurisdiction and venue before such courts. 20. Scope of Agreement. If the scope of any provisions of this Agreement is too broad in any respect whatsoever to permit enforcement to its fullest extent, then such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the parties hereto consent to and agree that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly and· that the whole of such provision of this Agreement shall not thereby fail, but that the scope of such provision shall be curtailed only to the extent necessary to conform to law. 21. Additional Work. After receipt of a Statement of Work, City, with Consultant's consent, may request Consultant to undertake additional work with respect to such Statement of Work. In such event, City and Consultant shall execute an addendum to the Statement of Work specifying such additional work and the compensation to be paid to Consulta.nt for such additional work. 22. Sub-consultants. Consultant may not subcontract any of the Services to be provided hereunder without the prior written consent of City. In the event of any permitted subcontracting, the agreement with such third party shall provide that, wi.th respect to the subcontracted work, such sub-consultant shall be subject to all of the obligations of Consultant specified in this Agreement. 23. Notices. Any notice provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth below and shall be deemed given (1) if by hand delivery, upon receipt thereof, (2) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mails, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested or (3) one ( 1) day after deposit with a nationally-recognized overnight courier, specifying overnight priority delivery. Either party may change its address for purposes of this Agreement at any time by giving written notice of such change to the other party hereto. 24. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by Consultant without the prior written consent of City. Except for the prohibition of an assignment contained in the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto;· 25. Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and shall not confer any rights upon any person or entity not a party to this Agreement. 26. Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and shall not be considered in its interpretation. The recitals set forth on the first page of this Agreement are incorporated into the body of 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 10 PSN17·Dl Consulling Services for New Englewood Police Station Page 205 of 326 this Agreement. The exhibits referred to throughout this Agreement and any Statement of Work prepared in conformance with this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement. 27. Waiver. The failure of either party at any time to require performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not effect in any way the full right to require such performance at any subsequent time; nor shall the waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement be taken or held to be a waiver of the provision itself. 28. Force Majeure. If performance by Consultant of any service or obligation under this Agreement is prevented, restricted, delayed or interfered with by reason of labor disputes, strikes, acts of God, floods, lightning, severe weather, shortages of materials, rationing, utility or communications failures, earthquakes, war, revolution, civil commotion, acts of public enemies, blockade, embargo or any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement having legal effect of any governmental or judicial authority or representative of any such government, or any other act whether similar or dissimilar to those referred to in this clause, which are beyond the reasonable control of Consultant, then Consultant shall be excused from such performance to the extent of such prevention, restriction, delay or interference. If the period of such delay exceeds thirty (30) days, City may, without liability, terminate the affected Statement of Work(s) upon written notice to Consultant. For the avoidance of doubt, inability to pay or financial hardship shall not constitute Force Majeure regardless of the cause thereof and whether the reason is outside a party's control. 29. Time of Performance. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every term and provision of this Agreement. 30. Permits. Consultant shall at its own expense secure any and all licenses, permits or certificates that may be required by any federal, state or local statute, ordinance or regulation for the performance of the Services under the Agreement. Consultant shall also comply with the provisions of all Applicable Laws in performing the Services under the Agreement. At its own expense and at no cost to City, Consultant shall make any change, alteration or modification that may be necessary to comply with any Applicable Laws that Consultant failed to comply with at the time of performance of the Services. 31. Media Releases. Except for any announcement intended solely for internal distribution by Consultant or any disclosure required by legal, accounting, or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of Consultant, all media releases, public announcements, or public disclosures (including, but not limited to, promotional or marketing material) by Consultant or its employees or agents relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, or including the name, trade mark, or symbol of City, shall be coordinated with and approved in writing by City prior to the release thereof. Consultant shall not represent directly or indirectly that any Services provided by Consultant to City has been approved or endorsed by City or include the name, trade mark, or symbol of City on a list of Consultant's customers without City's express written consent. 32. Nonexclusive Market and Purchase Rights. It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement does not grant to Consultant an exclusive right to provide to City any or all of the Services and shall not prevent City from acquiring from other suppliers services similar to the Services. Consultant agrees that acquisitions by City pursuant to this Agreement shall neither restrict the right of City to cease acquiring nor require City to continue any level of such acquisitions. Estimates or forecasts furnished by City to 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 11 PSN17·01 Consulting Services for New Englewood Police Station Page 206 of 326 Consultant prior to or during the term of this Agreement shall not constitute commitments. 33. Survival. The provisions of Sections 5, 8(g), 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 23, 25 and 31 shall survive any expiration or termination for any reason of this Agreement. 34. Verification of Compliance with C.R.S. 8-17.5-101 ET.SEQ. Regarding Hiring of Illegal Aliens: (a) Employees, Consultants and Sub-consultants: Consultant shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Contract. Consultant shall not contract with a sub- consultant that fails to certify to the Consultant that the sub-consultant will not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Contract. [CRS 8- 17.5-102(2)(a)(I) & (11).] (b) Verification: Consultant will participate in either the E-Verify program or the Department program, as defined in C.R.S. 8- 17.5-101 (3.3) and 8-17.5-101 (3.7), respectively, in order to confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment to perform work under this public contract for services. Consultant is prohibited from using the E-Verify program or the Department program procedures to undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while this contract is being performed. (c) Duty to Terminate a Subcontract: If Consultant obtains actual knowledge that a sub-consultant performing work under this Contract knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien, the Consultant shall; (1) notify the sub-consultant and the City within three days that the Consultant has actual knowledge that the sub-consultant is employing or contracting with an illegal alien; and (2) terminate the subcontract with the sub-consultant if, within three days of receiving notice required pursuant to this paragraph the sub- consultant does not stop employing or contracting with the illegal alien; except that the Consultant shall not terminate the contract with the sub-consultant if during such three days the sub- consultant provides information to establish that the sub-consultant has not knowingly employed or contracted with an illegal alien. (d) Duty to Comply with State Investigation: Consultant shall comply with any reasonable request of the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation by that the Department is undertaking pursuant to C.R.S. 8-17.5-102 (5) (e) Damages for Breach of Contract: The City may terminate this contract for a breach of contract, in whole or in part, due to Consultant's breach of any section of this paragraph or provisions required pursuant to CRS 8-17.5-102. Consultant shall be liable for actual and consequential damages to the City in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the City may be entitled to for a breach of this Contract under this Paragraph 34. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110·2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 12 l'SNl7-0! Consulting Services for New Englewood Pulice Station Page 207 of 326 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be executed by their authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO By: _______________ Date:. ____ _ (Department Director) By: ----~----------Date:. ____ _ (City manager) By: _______________ Date:. ____ _ (Mayor) ATTEST: __________ _ City Clerk J>SAI! CBRE, INC. (C~nsultant Name) 2100 McKinney Avenue, Suite 900 Address Dallas, Texas 75201 City, State1 Zip Code By: --'f __ .,,_01,.,_,/0=9=/20""1"-7_ re) Fred Noblett (Print Name) Title: Sr. Director 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood. Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 13 Page 208 of 326 1. GENERAL SCHEDULE A OUTLINE OF STATEMENT OF WORK (Provide the requested below infom1ation) CBRE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Q§Rs"). 2. NAMES, PHONE NUMBERS AND EMAILS OF PROJECT COORDINATORS David Fritzler, Senior Project Mana_ger, david.fritzler@cbre.com, 720-219-7743 Fred Noblett, Senior Director, fred.noblett@cbre.com, 303-264-1925 Dam la Gerhart, Managing Director (Workplace Strategy), damla.gerhart@cbre.com, 312-935-1439 3. SUMMARY OF PURPOSE FOR STATEMENT OF WORK Owners Representation & Program Management for the Englewood Police Station and Workplace Strategy Consultation for the Englewood Police Station Bond Program 4. EQUIPMENT AND PROGRAMMING TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY (IF ANY) NIA 5. OTHER CONSULTANT RESOURCES NIA 6. DESCRIPTION OF WORK PRODUCT AND DELIVERABLES See Exhibit A and Exhibit 8 7. SPECIAL TERMS, IF ANY CBRE shnll provide the Services in a good and efficient manner consistent with Client's usage and image, using the standard of care customary for professional providers of like services within the commercial real estate services industry. CBRE shall perform the Services through able, qualified and trained CBRE employees ("CBRE Employees") and, if applicable, subcontractors. CBRE shall have the exclusive right to hire, direct, discipline, compensate and terminate CBRE Employees, and shaJI exercise complete and exclusive control over the conduct of CBRE "Employees. Page 209 of 326 Specific Duties. In providing the Services, CBRE shall have the duties as defined in Exhibit A and Exhibit B. Fees. As compensation for the performance of the Services in connection with the Project, Client shall make the reimbursements provided for in the Payment Schedule below and shall pay to CBRE a fee as Compensation for Services attached hereto in Exhibit A and Exhibit B, The project management fee shall be equitably adjusted if the Services extend beyond the scheduled completion date of the Project, or if the. originally contemplated scope of Services is significantly increased. Sales and Use Taxes. The City is exempt from sales and use tax. Reimbursable Items. Client shall reimburse CBRE for all costs, expenses and charges ofCBRE in connection with the Services, as Ilpproved by Client individually or as included in an approved reimbursable budget, and will include the following expenses: Expenses are estimated to be 10-15% of the total services fee and will be billed at a cost. Reimbursable costs will be capped at a maximum of sixty thousand dollars ($60,000.00) for the duration of the project. CBRE will invoice the City of Englewood monthly for professional fees based on the percentage of work completed and reimbursable expenses that have been incurred. Timing. All sums due to CBRE from Client under this Work Order shall be paid within thirty (30) days following receipt of an invoice from CBRE. Client's obligation to pay or reimburse CBRE as provided in this Work Order slrnll survive the expiration or termination hereof, All payments to CBRE hereunder shall be made in the amounts then due and without set-off. CBRE shall not be liable for making payments late or failing to make payments to Constrnction Professionals (i) if so directed by Client, (ii) if Client fails to provide sufficient funds to pay Construction Professionals, or (iii) if Client is in default of its payment obligations under this Agreement, and Client shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CBRE against any and all Claims that CBRE may incur as a result thereof. 8. MODE OF PAYMENT N/A Page 210 of 326 9. PAYMENT SCHEDULE CBRE Project Management Compensation Schedule %ofTotal 1 · Jariuatv, 201;7< s• >/ < 7}50:00• $ 1,150.00 2% 2 February;iofz $\ ' '""'J7,~00.QO $ 25,250.00 6% 3 / 1Vlarch/2di7/ , $"-i \i)7,5!ib:Ob $ 42,750.00 10% 14% 5 rvlay, 2oiiY St \( 17;~()0,QO $ 77,750.00 17% 6 Juii~iidi'iV $} . / 17,SOo:oo. $ 95,250.00 21% 25% s ··•· Ai.iiiust, 2011• '$?\e ·'t11;sfo.oo $ 130,2so.oo 29% 9 Septembei;2Q1' '$ft .W,17;500,ciO $ 147,750.00 33% 37% 41% 12 b~cernher;2017 •${.} •:·.::,J,i7/500;oo $ 200,250.00 45% 49% 14 . FebilJary)2018, . $:\? < ( 17)iOQ.QO', $ 235,250.00 53% 15 <i ivlarcH,20iB\ $ < \; ii7,sob:oo• $ 252,750.00 57% 61% 17 :::> M .. , .. ·.-2· o·:··1a""'· "$"" <:.•11·s··o·o"·.,o· o·" $ 2s1,1so.oo .. ~:-av,. . . ,> .•·.. _,,, .. · , ... ,.. , _ • .,. 65% 69% 19 ;•/Juiv;2tii1.1\:. :$/'.-•, r••11,$bq.oo• $ 322,750.00 72% 76% 80% 22 ' cictoher!·zbisi/$/. ;:· 17;500.00 $ 375,250.00 84% 23 Niivem~~r;2018 :$)\ ':/17;5do:oo $ 392,750.00 88% 24 December,20iSI,$:} i; ' )i~oo:09 $ 410,250.00 92% 25 iariuarv/idf!l·:1•$'' '·' \17,soo.oo: $ 427,750.00 96% 26 fel:ifo:in/;2019 '$Xe': ' '1 11;soo.oo $ 445,250.00 100% Total $ 445,250.00 $ 445,250.00 100% CBRE Workplace Strategy Compensation Schedule Month # Month/Year Monthly Allocation Cumulative % ofTotal 1 Jan-2017 $ 15,950.00 $ 15,950.00 20% 2 Feb-2017 $ 47,850.00 $ 63,800.00 80% 3 Mar-2017 $ 15,950.00 $ 79,750.00 100% Total $79,750.00 Page 211 of 326 10. SCHEDULE AND PERFORMANCE MILESTONES The target completion date for the Bond Program is March 1, 2019 and the Estimated Schedule as known today is as described below: Workplace Strategy Project Mobilization-January 18, 2017 Research -February, 2017 Strategy Development -February 27, 2017 Project Wrap Up-March, 2017 Program ·Management Pre-Construction Services & Team Composition -January 2017 -April 2017 Design Management: May 2017 -September 2017 Permitting & Procurement-October 2017 -January 2018 Construction Oversight: February 2018-November 2018 Move, Occupancy, and Closeout-December 2018-February 2019 11. ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING PROCEDURES NIA 12. LOCATION OF WORK FACILITIES Substantially all of the work will be conducted by Consultant at its regular office located in _1225 17th Street, Suite 3200, Denver CO 80202 ____ . City will provide the City office space and support as it agrees may be appropriate, at its _N/A. ___ facility. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant and in accordance with the.Professional Services Agreement between the parties hereto dated -,-,------------the parties have executed this Statement of Work as of this-----------' CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO By:----,,~~,-------- (Signature) (Print Name) Title: ____________ _ Date: _____________ _ Page 212 of 326 CBRE Inc. Consultant Name By: ---- J---::,'r.,.......,...--,------- lgnature) _Fred Noblett::::-:,=,-------------- (Print Name) Title: Sr. Director Date: _01/09/2017 ___________ _ Page 213 of 326 EXHIBIT A This Exhibit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Jaws described in the Agreement unless amended for this Exhibit below. 18:J This Exhibit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Jaws of the State of Colorado without regard to conflicts of Jaws principles. 1. Project Description. For purposes of this Exhibit, the Project shall be as described below, which shall be the Project for purposes of this Exhibit: Program and project management sel'vices for the City of Englewood Police Station Bond Program. Post bond full program mnnagement services including design and construction oversight of the new build Police Station. The project assumes locating the new building on the owned Englewood property located at the Public Safety Services Complex-3615 S Elati St, Englewood, CO 80110 and includes the Fox Street Annex building. The project anticipates the possible need for swing space during construction of the new building for the current employees. 2. Target Completion Date and Schedule. The target completion date for the Bond Program is March I, 2019 and the Schedule as known today is as described below: Pre-Construction Services & Team Composition -January 2017 -April 2017 Design Management: May 2017 -September 2017 Permitting & Procurement-October 2017 -January 2018 Construction Oversight: February 2018 -November 2018 Move, Occupancy, and Closeout-December 2018 -Febrnary 2019 *Should the duration of construction oversight move beyond the current schedule additional services would be required. Additionally, if additional staff members (.5 FTE's during construction mgmt. included in base services) are required due to phasing schedule & swing space, additional services would be required. 3. Variable Services and Fees. Client and CBRE may agree that CBRE will provide additional variable services and resources and will compensate CBRE based on actual hours spent by CBRE personnel on such services utilizing the hourly rate schedule below: . Title· ;: ·.\., >: i'.'· : : '. · Rate per Houri .. tvfanaging Director $ 250 Senior Director $ 225 Director $ 200 Senior Prqject Manager $ 175 Prqject Manager $ 150 Associate Project Manager $ 125 A-I Page 214 of 326 SCOPE OF SERVICES I. Specific Duties In providing the Services, CBRE shall have the following duties with respect to the Project: 1.1 Design and Consh·uction Procurement (a) Aid Client in the determination of scope, cost, and scheduling of proposed project .. (b) Aid in the coordination of programming, workplace strategy planning, and space planning. (c) Assist Client in the development of clear Project goals and objectives for time, cost and scope of the achievement of the Project. In conjunction with Client, develop realistic milestones and a budget for total Project costs including construction, equipment, furniture and design fees. (d) Direct and coordinate applicable Design Team activities, authorities, and service organizations related to the Project. Arrange and chair regular coordinating meeting. (e) Direct and coordinate the Design Team in the preparation of the Project program and the schematic/ conceptual design. Review the schematic design and give direction as required to coordinate and achieve the Project goals. (f) Develop Project time schedules for the conceptual design stage and coordinate the activities of the Client representative, Project manager and design team. (g) Provide initial conceptual cost estimates for the various project options presented. Additional detailed cost estimates will be additional services. (h) Provide a master summary construction schedule for proposed phasing plan. (i) Receive and review consultant proposals (as necessary) for due diligence effmt to aid in conceptual design. G) Validate scope, budget and schedule. (k) Obtain client approvals on changes to Project parameters. (I) Confirm capital appropriation and bond ask at the conclusion of pre-election scope of work. ' (m) Recommend professional firms for selection by Client, including consultants, architects, designers and engineers (referred to herein as '·Design Team"), Prepare RFP documentation, qualify the professional firms, and conduct interviews, evaluations and recommendations for selection of Design Team. A selection matrix summarizing .the proposals will .be assembled to identify pricing, alternatives, and other criteria for selecting the successful bidder. A formal recommendation to award a bid will be submitted to Client for approvai, which recommendation will be based upon pricing, experience on similar projects, personnel assigned to the Project, level of trust, and overall ability to perform the Project. Negotiate agreement(s) with Design Team entities within predefined parameters. (n) Provide a constmction time schedule for inclusion in the bid documents and develop for Client a cost value for each activity, based upon the schedule, for use in preparing a forecast. (o) Recommend professional firms for selection by Client, including contractor and key sub-contractors (referred to herein as "Construction Team"). Prepare RFP documentation, qualify the professional firms, and conduct interviews, evaluations and recommendations for selection of Construction Team. A selection matrix summarizing the bids will be assembled to identify pricing, alternatives, and other criteria for selecting the successful bidder. A formal recommendation to award a bid will be submitted to Client for approval, which recommendation will be based upon pricing,, experience on similar projects, personnel assigned to the Project, level of trust, and overall ability to peiform the Project. Negotiate agreement(s) with Constmction A-2 Page 215 of 326 1.2 1.3 Team entities within predefined parameters. Implement value engineering for all aspects of design and construction with selected Construction Team prior to contract award. General Management and Coordination (a) Review the work performed by the Construction Team, in conjunction with the Design Team, through to completion and require that the mate1ials fumished and the work performed are in accordance with the drawings, specifications and contract documents. (b) Coordinate with the Construction Team the implementation of construction information systems, Project time control schedules and resources analysis as they relate to materials, manpower and costs. ( c) Maintain active master program budget and schedule for th project and report to City .Manager on monthly basis. (d) Attend/ chair weekly jobsite meetings. (e) Provide construction review status updates and other reports for each Project on a monthly basis. Management of Active Construction (a) Establish with the Construction Team on-site organization and lines of authority in order to can-y out Client's overall plans in all phases of the Project on a coordinated and efficient basis. (b) As applicable, require Construction Team to maintain an on-site record-keeping system which will be sufficient in detail to satisfy an audit by Client. Such records shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to, daily logs, progress schedules, manpower breakdowns (daily by trade), financial reports, quantities, material list, shop drawings, and the like. (c) Coordinate the obtaining of all legally required pem1its, licenses, and certificates. Coordinate through the applicable Construction Team aspects of the work with.local municipal authorities, governmental agencies, and utility companies who may be involved in the Project. ( d) Coordinate through the Construction Team the work of all subcontractors until final completion and acceptance of the Project by Client. In the event that the interpretation of the meaning and intent of the contract documents becomes necessary .during construction, ascertain the architect's and Client's interpretation, make recommendations as appropriate, and transmit such information on the appropriate subcontractor(s). (e) Attend job meetings when necessary, attended by the Design Team and Construction Team and Client's representative to discuss procedures, progress, problems, scheduling and open items. (f) Coordinate through the Construction Team testing provided by others as required by the technical sections of the specifications, and as required by the building code. (g) Coordinate the review with the Design Team, for compliance with the contract documents, of shop drawings, materials and other items submitted by the Construction Team. (h) Review and recommend approval, in accordance with Client's procedures, all applications for paymeuts submitted through vendor(s) in accordance with established procedures. (i) Receive and review change order requests from Design Team, Construction Team or from Client. Review unit prices, time and material charges and similar items. Monitor and advise upon request for changes required by field conditions and progress of the work, and obtain approval from Client and the architect. A-3 Page 216 of 326 U) Review Construction Team scheduling system to expedite materials and equipment deliveries through the course of construction. 1.4 Move Coordination - 2 Moves. Temporary Space Move & Final Move to Final Station (a) Review Client's established move criteria. 1.5 (b) Based upon the Client's move criteria, recommend professional Move Management consulting firms and coordinate engagement process. (c) Conduct Move Vendor RFP and negotiate contract. ( d) Coordinate physical move vendor and furniture/equipment installation activities with the Construction Team, for instaJlation and building access . (e) Assist Client in conducting a thorough damage assessment review with Move Vendors, fixturing supplier and the Construction Team. (f) Close-out Move Vendor and Furniture/ Equipment Installation Contracts. Post Construction/ Closeout (a) Coordinate all final inspections, Owner training, "as 7built" drawings, O&M manuals, warranties, and other closeout submittals. (b) Establish warranty call-back procedures and arrange for one year wruTanty inspection. (c) At the appropriate time, coordinate the preparation of punch lists indicating the items of work remaining to be accomplished, and require that these items are completed in an expeditious manner. (d) Assemble all guarantees, waiTanties, etc., as required by the contract documents and forward them to Client. (e) Receive from the Construction Team, check and forward to Client all releases of claims required prior to issuance of final certificate of completion and final payment to the Construction Team. (f) Expedite Construction Team preparation of"as-built'' drawings of the entire Project in accordance with the terms of the specifications. (g) After completion of Project, CBRE"s project manager will monitor the expeditious follow-up and correction ofall punch list items. Additional Services. In conjunction with the Services, CB.RE shall provide such other services as are reasonably requested by Client, subject to the.Parties" mutual agreement as to the scope of, and pricing for, such other services A-4 Page 217 of 326 Exhibit B This Exhibit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws described in the Agreement unless amended for this Exhibit below. IZJ This Exhibit shall be governed by and constrned in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado without regard to conflicts oflaws principles. 2. Project Description. For purposes of this Exhibit, the Project shall be as described below, which shall be the Project for purposes of this Exhibit: Workplace Strategy fo1· the City of Englewood Police Station Bond Program, 1. Public Safety Services Complex -3615 S Elati St, Englewood, CO 80110 (32,000 SF) 2. Fox Street Annex building (6,200 SF) 3. Target Completion Date and Schedule. The target completion date for the Workplace Strategy is March 22, 2017 and the Schedule as known today is as described below: *Hours include time spent preparing for, executing and analyzing the activities outlined WEEKS 012345678 9 ACTIVITIES TIME (hrs) FEE -lm•l~-l~l 1~laMl~Ml~l••I 20-Mar Pro~ct Mobillzatlon .. -· _ --·-__ ··-_________ ··-__ 48 ___ $81500 Weekly Taom and Client Calls Dua Diligence Kid«iff Mseting Develop Communirotions Plan Research 160 .... .$31,250 SpaceAno~~s · ------------------- Work Style Survey Site Ob!i!rvutions (1 doy) Utilization Study {l temp, 300 slops) Vi~oning Session Leadership Interviews (6) Focus Groups {2) ~alegy Development mH•-••-·~·-·-·-.. -·~ .... _, .. _. __ ,_ 160 -·--$33,500 Develop Key Findings Outline Scenario Options & Space Programs Develop Change Assessmen! & Roadmap Develop Recommendations Report Present Findings & Rerommendations Project Wrap-up .................. -········ .. __ .. ·-_ ... ·-_ ............ ..... 34 .... $6,500 Conduct Knowledge Trans~, w/ Ard1itect & A.~mhle Materials Provide Advismy to Architect During Oe~gn Prncess TIME & FEE 402 $79,750 B-1 Page 218 of 326 SCOPE OF SERVICES Specific Duties. In providing the Services, CBRE shall have the following duties with respect to the Project: Phase I: Project Mobilization 1. Request for Information & Due Diligence. At the onset of the project, CBRE will issue a Request for Information (RFI). This RFI will request floorplans, org charts, headcount information, growth projections, flexible work policies, space standards and guidelines, space allocation policies and growth projections. After obtaining this information, CBRE will conduct due diligence and review all information in detail to not only understand the status quo of the current work environment, but to help inform and identify opportunities for change. CBRE's goal is to understand Client's organization and to deliver outcomes that align with Client's objectives. 2. Kickoff Meeting. After issuing and receiving the information outlined in the Request for Information (RFI), CBRE will conduct a kickoff meeting with the core project team to establish that CBRE clearly understands all the data provided to date, clarify expectations around the project process and schedule as well as gain alignment on the overall project objectives. 3. Communications Plan & Messages. At the onset of the project, CBRE will develop a communications plan and provide communications templates to the project team to inform stakeholders and the larger employee population of the workplace strategy effort. This enables agreement on what is communicated when and by whom to establish that messaging is consistent and contained about the project and project activities, as well as scheduled and facilitated effectively. CBRE will provide Client with templates for communications that can be used to launch this initiative across the office along with additional communications templates targeted for specific groups of employees who will be participating in the various project activities. Phase II: Research & Analysis 1. Work Space Analysis. CBRE will analyze Client's existing use of space to understand the space's capacity, level of efficiency, vacancy rate, types of workspaces, amount of support space, and ratio of conference spaces; and compare such data against best practices and future scenarios to determine the potential for greater space efficiency. B-2 Page 219 of 326 2. Utilization Study. CBRE will conduct a utilization study to understand how much both the individual and collaborative spaces (e.g., conference rooms) are used and the potential for greater space efficiency. This process consists of physical walk-throughs of the space multiple times per day over the course of a week to not only determine how often these spaces are being used but also by how many people. 3. Site Observations. CBRE will conduct site observations to understand Client's culture, workplace interaction, the level of collaboration amongst employees, space design, and use of technology. As part of this process, CBRE will photograph different aspects of the work environment to document its observations and findings. 4. Employee Survey. CBRE will conduct an online survey of Client's employees regarding employee work patterns, technology use, preferences, work styles, collaboration levels, the importance of, and employee satisfaction with, existing collaborative resources, technology tools, the physical work environment, and work policies and practices. The survey will have approximately 25 questions and will take employees 15 minutes to complete. 5. Employee Focus Groups. CBRE will conduct two 90-minute focus groups with approximately ten employees in each group to solicit their input about how they work and involve them in contributing ideas for an optimal work environment. 6. Leadership Interviews. CBRE will interview six senior leaders for approximately 45 minutes each to understand leadership's key business priorities and challenges, appetite for potential workplace strategies, perceptions of how their teams work, interact, utilize space and technology, desired work environment, headcount forecasts, and what is working well and what could be improved so that proposed solutions align with Client's broader organizational goals and needs. Phase 111: Strategy Development 1. Development of Findings, Scenarios, Space Programs & Recommendations. CBRE will review and analyze all the data gathered in Phase II to identify the key findings from the research and use that to develop various workplace options that take into account different strategies for achieving the appropriate desired future footprint and develop a corresponding space program for each option that identifies at a high level the various space types that will be part of solution to support current and future demand. B-3 Page 220 of 326 2. Change Management Requirements Assessment. During the course of the workplace strategy research. CBRE will be gathering information in order to determine the organization's potential willingness to accept change and how much change management would be necessitated in the future. This information will be used to develop a change management roadmap which will serve as the foundation for developing a more comprehensive change management scope, timeline and fee in the future. The proposal for the additional change management services will be offered in a formal change order following the completion of the workplace strategy scope. 3. Final Presentation. CBRE will present all of the of the key findings along with the various scenario options and the corresponding space programs to the Client in a presentation and report that provides an overview of the approach and process, a detailed summary of the Phase II research results, an overview of the workplace options, and CBRE's recommendations for how Client can modify its existing or best utilize acquired space, enhance the Client's use of technology, and implement additional policies/practices to improve the work environment and accommodate additional headcount in the space. Client may request revisions to the report within 30 calendar days (the "Thirty Day Review Period") of the date of the workshop. Client agrees that CBRE shall have no obligation to make revisions to the report that are issued by Client after the expiration of the Thirty Day Review Period. Phase IV: Project Close-out 1, Architect Handoff & Knowledge Transfer. Upon Client's request, CBRE will work with Client's selected architect to conduct a work session where CBRE outlines its findings and recommendations to determine whether the architect has all the background it needs to begin the design process. b Design Advisory: Upon Client's request, CBRE will also provide advice and guidance to the architect throughout the design process regarding the overall strategic d_irection that Client decided upon. B-4 Page 221 of 326 COUNCIL COMMUNICATION Meeting Date: Agenda Item: Subject: January 17, 2017 11 cii Above ground fuel tanks Initiated By: Staff Source: Department of Public Works Pat White, Fleet Manager PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION Passage of 2017 budget with funding budgeted and approved through the Servicenter Fund. RECOMMENDED ACTION Staff recommends Council award by motion the contract to E.T. Technologies Inc., in the amount of $629,000. Four bids were received for this project and E.T. Technologies Inc. was the lowest responsible bidder. BACKGROUND, ANALYSIS, AND ALTERNATIVES IDENTIFIED The 2017 budgeted amount for the total Servicenter project (fuel island replacement and gate relocation) is 1.3 million dollars. Design work was completed by Rafael Romero, P.E. SPCC. Plan completion will be performed by Brett Redd, P.E., Storage Tank Technologies, Inc. See attached FAQ sheet for additional information. FINANCIAL IMPACT $629,900 for the above ground fuel tank. Funds are available through the Servicenter Fund and were budgeted in the 2017 budget. List of other costs: A. Projected Gate and associated costs -$175,000 (to be bid) B. Environmental reserve contingency -$100,000 C. Asphalt -$40,000 D. Removal of CNG island -$6,500 E. Engineering and design of both gate and fuel island -$13,500 F. Consultants and inspections -$14,500 G. Construction contingency -$69,000 H. Relocation of medium psi Waste Water Treatment Plant gas line -$12,000 For a total projected cost of -$1,060,400 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS FAQ sheet Scope of work Contract Bid Tab Servicenter aerial photograph Page 222 of 326 Above Ground Storage Tanks FAQ 1. Why do we need to replace the current tanks? The life expectancy of underground fuel tanks is roughly 30 years. Our tanks are now reaching that threshold and it becomes not an issue of if they are going to leak, but when. 2. Could we use retail fueling as an option? This would not be a viable option for the following reasons: • Logistically would create issues with crews getting to work sites due to increased fueling times • Getting heavy equipment into retail sites would be problematic • Retail fuel is taxed, getting reimbursed for fuel taxes paid is time consuming and would add extra staff time • The City of Englewood is on a first priority basis for fuel if there is a shortage. If we used retail fueling this would no longer apply and could cause fuel issues with our fleet 3. Could we partner with another City? This would not be a viable option for the following reasons: • Logistically would create issues with crews getting to work sites due to increased fueling times • The City of Englewood would not be on a priority basis with fuel as we are now, but we would be behind the other City's needs if a shortage occurred 4. Why above ground tanks? As the Servicenter is located next to the Platte River and there is a high water table, above ground tanks are a better option and remove possible environmental issues with leakage into the water table Page 223 of 326 Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks Scope of Work Project to be completed at the Englewood Servicenter, 2800 S. Platte River Drive, Englewood Colorado. Tentative start date to be April of 2017. The vendor will be responsible for all applicable permits and once the project is completed to be in compliance with all Aboveground Storage Tank regulations and Colorado statues. Normal business hours are 7:30-4:00 Monday thru Friday and work should occur during this time. The vendor is responsible for all insurance and workers compensation in regard to this project. The vendor is required to complete the project as per engineered drawings and listed items. • Provide and install three new ten thousand gallon above ground fire rated fuel storage tanks, an above ground DEF tank, new fuel dispensing station, upgraded Fuelmaster system to AIM2.4 non-user intervention system, and gate reader station. • (3) UL2085 Fireguard, 10,000 gallon, above ground protected steel, (inner steel tank, three inch concrete, outer steel tank) fuel storage tanks with fittings as needed to accommodate all below quoted items • (3) Tank fill sets for above ground fuel storage tanks; 15 gallon, three inch product line booted spill containment boxes with drain valves, adjustable height legs, locking hinged lid, 3" bronze tight fill adaptor with cap, 3" check valve, 3" locking ball valve, and three inch steel pipe and fittings up to tank top, and 6"x4" (to accept 3" fill) overfill prevention valves • (3) tank vent and vapor recovery sets, no underground pipe required • (3) Red Jacket 3/4hp submersible fuel pumps on tank tops, includes line leak detection, anti syphon solenoid valves, isolation ball valves and flex connectors • (3) product pipe runs; includes transition sump for above to below ground piping change, piping runs to dispensing station, 100 feet each with 4" carrier pipe and 1.5" double wall flex pipe run through it. • 6) OPW under-dispenser piping/containment sumps, one per dispenser, include dispenser anchorage valves, flex hoses, fire and impact valves • (6) Gasboy, series 9153 single hose, single product fuel dispensers, includes gallons only mechanical registration, totalizer, pulser for fuel management system connection, electric reset, single solid color lower doors, black and stainless trim, rated at 22 gpm • (1) OPW 10' x 30' steel island form with reinforcing hardware, 13" height for variable embed in • Concrete driveway paving. • Canopy to cover Island as per engineered drawings and to meet City of Englewood requirements in regard to snow load and applicable code. • Kleer Blue, 400 gallon, triple wall above ground DEF tank, secondarily contained, UV protected HDPLE polyethylene, R-16 insulated, 200 watt redundant heating system, submersible DEF pump, primary and secondary tank vents, local digital readout gauge for tank level, swing door hiding stainless steel tank filling connection and piping, lane oriented integral dispenser stand, dispenser cabinet, heated and with reel concealment/protection door, stainless steel meter, electronic registration, pulse output for Fuelmaster, 1 micron cartridge type filter with stainless housing, 18' DEF hose with breakaway, swivel and stainless nozzle, freight to jobsite. • lot miscellaneous pipe, valves, fittings not otherwise itemized, unistrut pipe supports/anchors • (1) new Veeder Root TLS-450 computerized electronic tank level and leak detection system with console, touch screen, printer, inputs for eight probes and sixteen sensors, remote comms via ethernet, owner's p/c tank monitor access software, three new level probes with floats, caps, Page 224 of 326 manholes, Interstitial sensors for each of three tanks, six piping sump sensors under dispensers, and three electronic line leak detection kits, overfill alarm and acknowledge switch. • NEW Fuel master computerized fuel management system set up for keypad, Prokee and AIM2.4 coil and ring access, island pedestal, relays for eight hoses, and remote access unit for gate operation • (200) Fuel master AIM2.4 vehicle hardware/installation kits/antennae sets • Crane, offload and set tanks upon arrival on site • Excavation/site prep for above ground tank pad, spill containment area; removal of grade level paving, disposal of asphalt, form/pour containment/support pad for three, ten-thousand gallon aboveground tanks, prep and area for fuel island and drive area, provide and place pea gravel bed in bottom of excavation, provide and place pea gravel for entire tank excavation, trench for piping, trench for electrical run to (where?) backfill piping and electrical trenches to pre-pave grade • Vendor installation; includes State Oil Permit, (engineered drawings provided by City of Englewood) local permit, supervision/coordination of all subcontracted trades, project management, construction crew members as needed, owned construction equipment and rental equipment, fencing and barricades as needed to effectively prosecute this job from beginning to completion • Set and level and concrete island form, and grade for drive area, form and pour drive area around island, form and pour concrete pad/containment under new above ground tanks. Concrete all eight inches thick with re bar mat #4, 12" on center each way, approx. 4,500 sq/ft • Pull a 120 amp service from an adjacent building, provide and build an electrical distribution system near the tanks, feed pumps, dispensers, tank monitor, and Fuelmaster Removal of three underground fuel tanks and existing fuel island after new system is in and operational. • Cut/break/load/haul/dispose of pavement as needed to expose three underground storage tanks; 10k/6K/4k. pump up to two drums of liquid and sludge from each tank. pull State Oil tank removal permit, local permit, aerate tanks, notify fire dept, disconnect and drain existing piping, pull tanks, load with dry ice to neutralize vapors, load onto transport, take to tank disposal facility, provide owner with certificates of destruction • Provide sample grabs as required by State for each tank and pipe on site, using chain-of-custody docs, take to an analytical lab, get soils samples run and checked for hydrocarbon contamination. Assuming samples come back clean, remove all product piping (vent pies abandoned in place) remove old dispensers, tank monitor and fuel management system, repave in asphalt. • Removal of outbuilding for fuel is to be included. Removal, stockpiling, weather-proofing, characterization, reporting, replacement, compaction of contaminated soils are to be included Page 225 of 326 City of Englewood Bid Tabulation Sheet Bid Opening Date: November 29, 2016 2:00 PM MST Apparent Low Bidder.· I ITEM BID: ITB-16-027 Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks Project ' . u, Bid Bond Addendums Vendor Y/N SOQY/N 1 & 2Y/N Total Bid Exceptions/Comments CGRS, Inc. y y y $ 718,800.00 1301 Academy Court Fort Collins, CO 80524 970-493-7780 Eric Henning E.T. Technologies, Inc. .. T . , ·y _ .'·y _.,-_· y· $ 629,900.00 . .• . 10000 S. Oransfeldt Road, Suite# 100 . . .· . . . · . .· Parker, CO 80134 ·. _; -_ , ·. ·.· ..· .··. ' . . . .. 303-680-9414 .·. -) ·· .. . · ... ' . Clellan Pearce , . i .•· . ' : .. -., \~ ' I • . . Kubat Equipment & Service y y y $ 633,262.77 1070 S. Galapago Street Denver, CO 80223 303-777-2044 Denis Howard Eaton Sales & Services LLC N N N $ -No Bid 4803 York Street Denver, CO 80216 303-296-57 47 John Kindred Page 226 of 326 Page 227 of 326 ~ EnYOFlewood ~ gPROCUREMENT DIVISION CONTRACT# CFC/16-59 $629,900 THIS CONTRACT and agreement, made and entered into this 9th day of December, 2016, by and between the City of Englewood, a municipal corporation of the State of Colorado hereinafter referred to as the "City", and E.T. Technologies Inc., whose address is 10000 S. Dransfeldt Road, Suite 100, Parker CO 80134, ("Contractor"}, commencing on the 9th day of December, 2016, and continuing for at least ten (1 O) days thereafter the City advertised that sealed proposals would be received for furnishing all labor, tools, supplies, equipment, materials and everything necessary and required for the following: PROJECT: Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks Project WHEREAS, proposals pursuant to said advertisement have been received by the Mayor and City Council and have been certified by the Mayor and City Council with a recommendation that a contract for work be awarded to the above named Contractor who was the lowest reliable and responsible bidder therefore, and WHEREAS, pursuant to said recommendation, the Contract has been awarded to the above named Contractor by the Mayor and City Council and said Contractor is now willing and able to perform all of said work in accordance with said advertisement and his proposal. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid and the work to be performed under this contract, the parties mutually agree as follows: A. Contract Documents: It is agreed by the parties hereto that the following list of instruments, drawings and documents which are attached or incorporated by reference constitute and shall be referred to either as the Contract Documents or the Contract and all of said instruments, drawings, and documents taken together as a whole constitute the Contract between the parties hereto and they are as fully a part of this agreement as if they were set out verbatim and in full: Invitation to Bid Contract (this instrument) Insurance Performance Payment Maintenance Bond Scope of Work: The Contractor agrees to and shall furnish all labor, tools, supplies, equipment, materials and everything necessary for and required to do, perform and complete all the work described, drawn, set forth, shown and included in said Contract Documents. C. Terms of Performance: The Contractor agrees to undertake the performance of the work under this Contract within ten (1 Ol days from being notified to commence work by the Director of Parks, Recreation & Library. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 Installation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 1 Page 228 of 326 D. Indemnification: · The city cannot and by this AgreemenUContract does not agree to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate or assume the defense of the Contractor or any other person or entity, for any purpose. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees from any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or proceedings of any kind or nature including Worker's Compensation claims, in any way resulting from or arising out of this AgreemenUContract: provided, however, that the Contractor need not indemnify or save harmless the City, Its officers, agents and employees from damages resulting from the sole negligence of the City's officers, agents and Employees. · E. Termination of Award for Convenience: The City may terminate the award at any time by giving written notice to the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date of such termination, at least thirty (30) days before the effective date of such termination. In that event all finished or unfinished service, reports, material (s) prepared or furnished by the Contractor after the award shall, at the option of the City, become its property. If the award is terminated by the City as provided herein, the Contractor will be paid that amount which bears the same ratio to the total compensation as the services actually performed or material furnished bear to the total services/materials the successful firm agreed to perform under this award, less payments of compensation previously made. If the award is terminated due to the fault of the Contractor the clause relating to termination of the award for cause shall apply. F. Termination of Award for Cause: If, through any cause, the Contractor shall fail to fulfill in a timely and proper manner its obligations or if the Contractor shall violate any of the covenants, agreements or stipulations of the award, the City shall have the right to terminate the award by giving written notice to. the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date of termination. In that event, all furnished or unfinished services, at the option of the City, become its property, and the Contractor shall be entitled to receive just, equitable compensation for any satisfactory work documents, prepared completed or materials as furnished. · Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall not be relieved of the liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of breach of the award by the Contractor and the City may withhold any payments to the Contractor for the purpose of set off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the City from the Contractor is determined. G. Terms of Payment: The City agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of all the work required under this contract, and the Contractor agrees to accept as his full and only compensation therefore, such sum or sums of money as may be proper in accordance with the price or prices set forth in the Contractor'. s proposal attached and made a part hereof, the total estimated cost thereof being Six Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand and Nine Hundred Dollars. ($629,900.00). A 5o/o retainage of the awarded project amount will be withheld until final inspection and acceptance by the Project Manager. H. Appropriation of Funds: At present, $629,900.00 has been appropriated for the project. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties understand and acknowledge that each party is subject to Article X, § 20 of the Colorado Constitution ("TABOR"). The parties do not intend to violate the terms and requirements of TABOR by the execution of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement does not create a multi-fiscal year direct or indirect debt or obligation within the meaning of TABOR and, notwithstanding anything in this AgreemenUContract to the contrary, all payment obligations of the City are expressly dependent and conditioned upon the continuing availability of funds beyond the term of the City's current fiscal period ending upon the next succeeding December 31. Financial obligations of the City payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 Installation or Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 2 Page 229 of 326 otherwise made available in accordance with the rules, regulations, and resolutions of the City and applicable law. Upon the failure to appropriate such funds, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated. The City shall immediately notify the Contractor or its assignee of such occurrence in the event of such termination. · · · I. Liquidated Damages: The City and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence in this Agreement because of the public interest in health and safety, and that the City will suffer financial loss, and inconvenience, if the Work is not complete within the time specified in the bid documents, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense arid difficulties involved in proving, in a legal proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not complete on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the City and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay, but not as a penalty, Contractor shall pay the City $0.00 for each day that expires after the time specified for substantial completion until the Work is complete, and $0.00 for each day that expires after the time specified for final completion until the Work is finally complete. J. Assignment: Contractor shall not, at any time, assign any interest in this Agreement or the other Contract Documents to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the City specifically including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law). Any attempted assignment which is not in compliance with the terms hereof shall be null and void. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an Assignment, no Assignment will release or discharge the Assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. K. Contract Binding: It is agreed that this Contract shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors. L. State Statute: If this project is for a public works project or public project, as defined in Section 8-49-102(2) C.R.S. the contractor shall comply with 8-17-101 C.R.S. which requires the contractor to use at least eighty percent (80%) Colorado labor for any public works project financed in a whole or in part by State, counties, school districts, or municipal monies. M. Contractors Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee that work and associated incidentals shall remain in good order and repair for a period of one (1) year from all causes arising from defective workmanship and materials, and to.make all repairs arising from said causes during such period without further compensation. The determination of the necessity for the repair or replacement of said project, and associated incidentals or any portion thereof, shall rest entirely with the Director of Public Works whose decision upon the matter shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. · 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 lns!allation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 3 Page 230 of 326 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH C.R.S. 8-17.5-101 ET.SEQ. REGARDING HIRING OF ILLEGAL ALIENS (a) Employees, Contractors and Subcontractors: Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Contract. Contractor shall not contract with a subcontractor that fails to certify to the Contractor that the subcontractor will not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Contract. [CRS 8-17.5-102(2)(a)(I) & (II).] (b) Verification: Contractor will participate in either the E-Verify program or the Department program, as defined ii:, C.R.S. 8-17.5-101 (3.3) and 8-17 .5-101 (3. 7) respectively, in order to confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment to perform work. under this public contract. Contractor is prohibited from using the E-Verify program or the Department program procedures to undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while this contract is being performed. (c) Duty to Terminate a Subcontract: If Contractor obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing work under this Contract knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien, the Contractor shall: (1) notify the subcontractor and the City within three days that the Contractor has actual knowledge that the subcontractor is employing or contracting with an illegal alien; and (2) terminate the sub-contract with the subcontractor if, within three days of receiving notice required pursuant to this paragraph the subcontractor does not stop employing or contracting with the illegal alien; except that the Contractor shall not terminate the contract with the subcontractor if during such three days the subcontractor provides information to establish that the subcontractor has not knowingly employed or contracted with the illegal alien. (d) Duty to Comply with State Investigation: Contractor shall comply with any reasonable request of the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation by that the Department is undertaking pursuant to C.R.S. 8-17.5-102 (5). (e) Damages for Breach of Contract: The City may terminate this contract for a breach of contract, in whole or in part, due to Contractor's breach of any section of this paragraph or provisions required pursuant to C.R.S. 8-17.5-102. Contractor shall be liable for actual and consequential damages to the City in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the City may be entitled to for a breach of this Contract under this Paragraph. · 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 lnstalla!ion of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 4 Page 231 of 326 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written above. CITY OF ENGLEWOOD By: Date: ------------------------ (Director) Dave Henderson By: ______________ Date: ________ _ (City Manager) Eric Keck By: ______________ Date: ________ _ (Mayor) Joe Jefferson ATTEST: __________ _ Acting CityClerk Stephanie Carlile £, T, Tecftvioloi.ie.5 1 :t:'nc- contractor (print company name) By: +6-"--~=-=-<-__ ~£~_ +-,~-------,--_ -,--,-Date: ~'')..~/_11-_/_; I.,, __ (Signature) t;)e.llc..n £. PeQ.rt-e. .,,(Print name and Title) pre-5 i Je.vi.f- 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 Installation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 5 Page 232 of 326 SCHEDULE A OUTLINE OF STATEMENT OF WORK 1. GENERAL E.T. Technologies has been awarded the Above Ground Storage Tanks Project as per ITB-15-027 with the City of Englewood. The project will start April of 2017. E.T. Technologies has acknowledged receipt of addendum notifications and has taken no exceptions to the bid as presented. 2. NAMES OF PROJECT COORDINATORS For the City of Englewood: Pat White, Fleet Manager For E.T. Technologies, Inc.: Clellan Pearce, President E.T. Technologies 3. SUMMARY OF PURPOSE FOR STATEMENT OF WORK Installation of above ground fuel storage tanks as per engineered drawings and scope of work in bid package ITB-15-027 and removal of existing underground storage tanks and fuel island building. 4. EQUIPMENT AND PROGRAMMING TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY (IF ANY) NA. 5. OTHER RESOURCES Per attached bid proposal by E.T. Technologies 6. DESCRIPTION OF WORK PRODUCT AND DELIVERABLES Installation of above ground fuel storage tanks as per engineered drawings and scope of work described in bid package ITB-15-027 and removal of existing underground storage tanks and fuel island building. 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16,59 Installation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks lf 6 Page 233 of 326 7. SPECIAL TERMS, IF ANY Total Bid Price is $629,900.00. 8. MODE OF PAYMENT Standard Purchase order and payment by check. 9. PAYMENT SCHEDULE City will pay vendor for the services in accordance with the following payment schedule. Payment to the vendor are contingent on vendor satisfying the requirements and completion of the project as stated in proposal ITB-15-027. Payment will be made according to the City of Englewood payment schedule (monthly). [Insert payment schedule] 10. SCHEDULE AND PERFORMANCE MILESTONES As per described in the bid package with addendums. 11. ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING PROCEDURES As per described in Bid Package with addendums. Fuel Island must be fully operational and meet all State and local regulations. Fuelmaster vehicle hardware and gate access must be fully operational. . Once new system is fully operational the removal of existing tanks and island can take place. All State of Colorado and EPA requirements in regard to the new facility and abandonment of the existing tanks and island must be met. 12. LOCATION OF WORK FACILITIES Substantially all of the work will be conducted by vendor at its regular office located at 10000 S. Dransfeldt Ste 100, Parker Colorado 80134 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 7 CFC/16-59 Installation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks Page 234 of 326 City will provide the City office space and support as it agrees may be appropriate, at its Servicenter facility, 2800 S. Platte River, Englewood CO 8011 O. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant and in accordance with the Services Agreement between the parties hereto dated _______ , 20_, the parties have executed this Statement of Work as of this __ _ day of ______ , 20_. CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO By:-------------- (Signature) (Print Name) Title: _____________ _ Date: _____________ _ Company Name By: (Signature) t! I el I 4"' r;. #a..Y'-e..-.,_ (Print Name) Title: _ _,_(1.,_r,_e.--=5"_,_'c/i-"-. _en..--'-f"-. ___ _ Date: _ _._J """'~'-'-/_l~J..-'-J-'-. J.-_o_r;~(,,, __ _ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org CFC/16-59 Installation of Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks 8 Page 235 of 326 SCHEDULE A OUTLINE OF STATEMENT OF WORK 1. GENERAL E.T. Technologies has been awarded the Above Ground Storage Tanks Project as per ITB-15-027 with the City of Englewood. The project will start April of 2017. E.T. Technologies has acknowledged receipt of addendum notifications and has taken no exceptions to the bid as presented. 2. NAMES OF PROJECT COORDINATORS For the City of Englewood: Pat White, Fleet Manager For E.T. Technologies, Inc.: Clellan Pearce, President E.T. Technologies 3. SUMMARY OF PURPOSE FOR STATEMENT OF WORK Installation of above ground fuel storage tanks as per engineered drawings and scope of work in bid package ITB-15-027 and removal of existing underground storage tanks and fuel island building. 4. EQUIPMENT AND PROGRAMMING TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY (IF ANY) NA. 5. OTHER RESOURCES Per attached bid proposal by E.T. Technologies 6. DESCRIPTION OF WORK PRODUCT AND DELIVERABLES Installation of above ground fuel storage tanks as per engineered drawings and scope of work described in bid package ITB-15-027 and removal of existing underground storage tanks and fuel island building. 7. SPECIAL TERMS, IF ANY Total Bid Price is $629,900.00. 8. MODE OF PAYMENT Standard Purchase order and payment by check. 9. PAYMENT SCHEDULE City will pay vendor for the services in accordance with the following payment schedule. Payment to the vendor are contingent on vendor satisfying the requirements and completion of the project as stated in proposal ITB-15-027. Payment will be made according to the City of Englewood payment schedule (monthly). [Insert payment schedule] 10. SCHEDULE AND PERFORMANCE MILESTONES As per described in the bid package with addendums. Page 236 of 326 11. ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING PROCEDURES As per described in Bid Package with addendums. Fuel Island must be fully operational and meet all State and local regulations. Fuel master vehicle hardware and gate access must be fully operational. Once new system is fully operational the removal of existing tanks and island can take place. All State of Colorado and EPA requirements in regard to the new facility and abandonment of the existing tanks and island must be met. 12. LOCATION OF WORK FACILITIES Substantially all of the work will be conducted by vendor at its regular office located at 10000 S. Dransfeldt Ste 100, Parker Colorado 80134 City will provide the City office space and support as it agrees may be appropriate, at its Servicenter facility, 2800 S. Platte River, Englewood CO 80110. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant and in accordance with the Services Agreement between the parties hereto dated ______ , 20_, the parties have executed this Statement of Work as of this ___ day of _______ , 20_. (Print Name) Title: __,_£_Z,_,-e...,e-T_.._,,_Ha__....· .... n"",;"'1,,..1·,_e.,_r ___ _ Dat.e: _.,..,/1""". ~=--'--..... fi"-.i,__>=Q=-{)_,_/...,,,r"-~~- Company Name By:-------------- (Signature) (Print Name) Title: ____________ _ Date: ____________ _ Page 237 of 326 Page 238 of 326 About DRCOG Created in 1955 to foster regional collaboration and cooperation, the Denver Regional Council of Governments (DRCOG) is one of the nation’s oldest councils of governments. DRCOG is a nonprofit, voluntary association of local governments in the Denver region. The Denver region, as defined by DRCOG, includes Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Clear Creek, Douglas, Gilpin and Jefferson counties, the City and County of Denver, the City and County of Broomfield and southwest Weld County. While DRCOG is a public agency, it is not a unit of government, nor does it have statutory authority to require local governments to be members or follow its plans, but it does play several important roles.  As the regional planning commission per Colorado state statute, DRCOG prepares the plan for the physical development of the region. For nearly two decades this plan has been known as Metro Vision.  As the federally designated Area Agency on Aging, DRCOG is responsible for planning and funding comprehensive services to address the needs of the region’s older adults and people living with disabilities.  DRCOG is the region’s federally designated metropolitan planning organization serving as a forum for a collaborative transportation planning process, including efforts to address short-term needs and establishing and maintaining the long-term vision for transportation in the region.  As a council of governments, DRCOG serves as a planning organization, technical assistance provider and forum for member governments to discuss emerging issues of importance to the region. DRCOG members include more than 50 local governments, each of which has an equal voice. The towns, cities and counties of the region work together to ensure the area remains a great place to live, work and play. DRCOG also has numerous partners, including regional districts; state agencies and departments; the business community; and other stakeholders representing a variety of interests. Mission Statement DRCOG is a planning organization where local governments collaborate to establish guidelines, set policy and allocate funding in the areas of:  Transportation and Personal Mobility  Growth and Development  Aging and Disability Resources Vision Statement Our region is a diverse network of vibrant, connected, lifelong communities with a broad spectrum of housing, transportation and employment, complemented by world-class natural and built environments. Page 239 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft i September 2016 Table of Contents Introduction 1 Metro Vision: 20 Years of Progress ....................................................................................... 1 Why Do We Need Metro Vision? ........................................................................................... 4 What’s Different About Today’s Metro Vision? ....................................................................... 4 How is Metro Vision Organized? ........................................................................................... 5 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 10 Outcome 1: The region is comprised of diverse, livable communities. ................................12 Outcome 2: Through a coordinated effort between DRCOG and local communities, New new urban development occurs in an orderly and compact patternwithin the contiguous and designated areas identified in the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A). .................................................................................15 Outcome 3: Connected urban centers and multimodal corridors accommodate a growing share of the region’s housing and employment. ...............................................20 Performance Measures ........................................................................................................25 A Connected Multimodal Region 26 Outcome 4: The regional transportation system is well-connected and serves all modes of travel............................................................................................................28 Outcome 5: The transportation system is safe, reliable and well-maintained.......................32 Performance Measures ........................................................................................................35 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 36 Outcome 6: The region has clean water and air, and lower greenhouse gas emissions. .....38 Outcome 7: The region values, protects, and connects people to its diverse natural resource areas, open space, parks and trails. .................................................41 Outcome 8: The region’s working agricultural lands and activities contribute to a strong regional food system. .......................................................................................45 Outcome 9: The risk and effects of natural and human-created hazards is reduced. ..........48 Performance Measures ........................................................................................................51 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 52 Outcome 10: The built and natural environment supports healthy and active choices. ..........54 Outcome 11: The region’s residents have expanded connections to health services. ...........58 Outcome 12: Diverse housing options meet the needs of residents of all ages, incomes and abilities. ....................................................................................................61 Performance Measures ........................................................................................................65 Page 240 of 326 ii A Vibrant Regional Economy 66 Outcome 13: All residents have access to a range of transportation, employment, commerce, housing, educational, cultural, and recreational opportunities. .......68 Outcome 14: Investments in infrastructure and amenities allow people and businesses to thrive and prosper. ...........................................................................................71 Performance Measures ........................................................................................................75 Appendix A: Extent of Urban Development 76 Appendix B: Designated Urban Centers 77 Page 241 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 1 September 2016 Introduction Metro Vision: Two Decades of Progress The counties and municipalities of the Denver region have been advancing a shared aspirational vision of the future of the metro area for more than 60 years. Working together to make life better for our communities and residents, that vison has taken various forms over the years—most recently as a regional plan known as Metro Vision. The DRCOG Board of Directors adopted the first Metro Vision plan (Metro Vision 2020) in 1997 and has continued the dialogue about how best to achieve the plan’s evolving vision ever since. Metro Vision fulfills DRCOG’s duty to make and adopt a regional plan for the physical development of the region’s territory. The plan remains advisory for a local jurisdiction unless its planning commission chooses to adopt it as its official advisory plan under Colorado Revised Statutes 30-28-106(2). As adopted by [a forthcoming resolution], this Metro Vision plan supersedes any regional master plan previously adopted by DRCOG. The region has a strong shared sense of its future, and the DRCOG Board recognizes that the success of the visionary plan requires the coordinated efforts of local, state and federal governments; the business community; and other planning partners, including philanthropic and not-for-profit organizations. The Metro Vision plan does not replace the vision of any individual community; rather, it is a tool to promote regional cooperation on issues that extend beyond jurisdictional boundaries. The plan anticipates that individual communities will contribute to Metro Vision outcomes and objectives through different pathways and at different speeds for collective impact. Six core principles have shaped the role of Metro Vision since the plan’s earliest conceptions and remain valid today. Metro Vision Principles Metro Vision protects and enhances the region’s quality of life. Metro Vision’s most basic purpose is to safeguard for future generations the region’s many desirable qualities, including beautiful landscapes, diverse and livable communities, cultural and entertainment facilities, and employment and educational opportunities. Metro Vision is aspirational, long-range and regional in focus. Metro Vision’s planning horizon extends 20 years and beyond to help the region address future concerns, while considering current priorities, too. The plan expresses a high-level, regional perspective on how the region as a whole can fulfill the vision of Metro Vision. Metro Vision offers ideas for local implementation. Local governments can use Metro Vision as they make decisions about land use, transportation planning and a range of related issues. Metro Vision also helps local governments coordinate their efforts with one another and other organizations. Metro Vision respects local plans. The region’s local governments developed Metro Vision, working collaboratively through DRCOG. The plan doesn’t replace the vision of any individual community, rather, it is a Page 242 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 2 framework for addressing common issues. Metro Vision is sensitive to the decisions local governments make in determining when, where and how growth will occur. Metro Vision also recognizes that each community has its own view of the future related to its unique characteristics. Metro Vision encourages communities to work together. Many of the effects associated with growth—such as traffic, air quality and housing costs—don’t recognize jurisdictional boundaries and local governments must work collaboratively to address them. Metro Vision provides the framework for coordinated regionwide efforts; DRCOG provides the forum. Metro Vision is dynamic and flexible. Metro Vision reflects contemporary perspectives on the future of the region and is updated as conditions and priorities change. The DRCOG Board makes minor revisions to the plan annually and major updates as needed. Applying the Metro Vision Principles in Practice Metro Vision guides DRCOG’s work and establishes shared expectations with our region’s many and various planning partners. The plan outlines broad outcomes, objectives and initiatives established by the DRCOG Board to make life better for the region’s residents. It also establishes the regional performance measures and targets used to track progress toward desired outcomes over time. DRCOG may update and refine these measures as needed, should improve methods and datasets become available. The degree to which the outcomes, objectives and initiatives identified in Metro Vision apply in individual communities will vary. Measures (see page 8) help to verify whether the shared actions of planning partners, including local governments, are moving the region toward desired outcomes. Measures are not intended to judge the performance of individual jurisdictions or projects. Local governments will determine how and when to apply the tenets of Metro Vision based on local conditions and aspirations. Metro Vision has historically informed other DRCOG planning processes such as the Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) and the DRCOG Board will decide how to use this document for those process decisions as they occur. Page 243 of 326 Introduction 3 Map 1. Regional Planning Boundaries Mile High Compact In 2000, five counties and 25 municipalities came together to affirm their commitment to a shared regional vision by signing the Mile High Compact, a landmark intergovernmental agreement to manage growth. Today 46 communities, representing almost 90 percent of the region's population, have signed the agreement. The binding agreement commits communities to:  Adopt a comprehensive land-use plan that includes a common set of elements;  Use growth management tools such as zoning regulations, urban growth boundaries and development codes;  Link their comprehensive plans to Metro Vision, which outlines regional growth management; and  Work collaboratively to guide growth and ensure planning consistency. The Mile High Compact is viewed as a model for regional cooperation by other regions nationwide. Mile High Compact signing ceremony on Aug. 10, 2000. Page 244 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 4 Why Do We Need Metro Vision? Since Metro Vision was first adopted, the region has seen many changes. Numerous successful regional initiatives have advanced the region’s vision for its future, including:  Construction of Denver International Airport and several major sports venues;  Voter approval and ongoing construction of the FasTracks transit expansion program (one of the largest public works projects in the nation);  Major infill and redevelopment projects including Stapleton, Belmar and the Central Platte Valley;  Tremendous progress in reducing per capita water use and ensuring a sustainable water supply for many of our fastest-growing communities;  Making communities throughout the region more livable in response to the opportunities and challenges of growing older adult populations;  The redevelopment and revitalization of Union Station as a mixed-use regional transportation hub; and  Extensive local planning for transit-oriented communities along current and planned transit corridors throughout the region. The Denver region is central to Colorado’s growing reputation as a leader in innovation. Businesses and residents alike are choosing to move to—and stay in—the region because of the quality of life offered by its outstanding climate, central location, diverse communities and lifestyle options, access to ever-expanding recreational opportunities, and economic vitality. As the region continues to grow and evolve, we face new and ongoing challenges to our quality of life and economic prosperity. By 2040, the region’s population is forecasted to increase nearly 450 percent, from around 3 million to approximately 4.3 million people. With growth comes increased demand on our land and natural resources, and the need to continuously adapt and improve the region’s infrastructure and services. Furthermore, as the region’s population grows, ensuring residents have access to opportunities, services, and care will be essential to promote a healthy population. At the same time, the region’s 60-and-older population is growing at a faster rate than the rest of the region’s population as a whole—by 2040, more than one million residents will be 60 or older. The demographic shifts also have profound implications for regional and local planning, as housing and transportation needs change with the needs of our aging population. What’s Different About Today’s Metro Vision? Although Metro Vision’s core values have been carried forward through various updates and remain valid, today’s Metro Vision is markedly different than its predecessors. Metro Vision’s focus has expanded from three, topic-based plan elements (growth and development, transportation and environment) to a theme- and outcomes-based approach. The shift in focus reflects:  Consideration of the region’s social and economic health alongside its physical development;  The addition of new or expanded topic areas such as housing, economy, community health and wellness, and community resilience;  The desire for an emphasis on measuring shared achievement of regionwide goals. Page 245 of 326 Introduction 5 Today’s Metro Vision emerged from a collaborative process that spanned more than four years. During this time, DRCOG’s policy committees, member governments, partner agencies, regional stakeholders, and the community at large worked together to create a shared vision for action for shaping the future of the Denver metro area. A variety of outreach opportunities engaged participants and informed the process, including Metro Vision Idea Exchanges, local government surveys, listening sessions, stakeholder interviews with public- and private-sector interest groups, online forums, neighborhood meetings, and the Sustainable Communities Initiative. Voices throughout the region have informed this collaborative process, identifying areas of regional success worth continuing and expanding, as well as new challenges that can be addressed in today’s Metro Vision. Key stakeholder engagement activities Metro Vision listening tour: The listening tour was a qualitative research process designed to reveal varied, individual visions of the future. The tour engaged residents, regional stakeholders and subject matter experts. More than 200 people participated in interviews and focus groups, and nearly 1,200 online survey responses were provided. Metro Vision local government survey: A diverse cross-section of 27 communities shared their understanding of local growth and development challenges as part of this online, voluntary survey. Advisory committees: DRCOG convened two advisory committees to shepherd development of the plan. The Metro Vision Planning Advisory Committee worked closely with DRCOG staff to develop policy options and make recommendations to the DRCOG Board of Directors. The Citizens Advisory Committee advised DRCOG on ways to involve residents and businesses and helped make valuable connections with the broader community. Metro Vision Transit Alliance Citizens’ Academy: In partnership with Transit Alliance, DRCOG organized a seven-week leadership program for citizens from around the region. Sessions wer e conducted on key Metro Vision topics including economic vitality, multimodal transportation, community health and wellness, access to opportunity, and housing. Our Shared Vision: DRCOG’s online platform generated ideas through stakeholder-to-stakeholder interaction. Participants provided feedback on numerous Metro Vision update topics. Metro Vision Idea Exchanges: These ongoing events bring together local governments and other stakeholders to share information and learn about best practices for supporting Metro Vision. During plan development, three exchanges helped gather feedback on key topics: infill development, community health and wellness, and planning for urban centers in areas outside the traditional core of the region. Sustainable Communities Initiative: DRCOG, with funding from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), brought together numerous stakeholders to thoughtfully align investments. As a region with an existing regional plan, Sustainable Communities Initiative funds were directed toward fine-tuning Metro Vision. T wo key issues were explored, as they were not directly addressed in previous versions of the plan—housing and economic vitality. How is Metro Vision Organized? Metro Vision guides DRCOG’s work and establishes a shared aspirational vision with our many partners. DRCOG developed the plan’s content and structure based on key stakeholder Page 246 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 6 engagement activities (see page 5), the insights of the local elected officials who make up DRCOG’s Board of Directors, and the themes and priorities that have guided the region’s vision for the past 20 years. Throughout the plan, regional priorities are represented in a cascading series of elements, from top-level themes that describe our shared vision for the future down to actions that communities and individuals can take to support the region’s desired achievements. Five overarching themes begin to describe the region’s desired future. These themes organize 14 inter-related, aspirational outcomes, which describe a future that DRCOG, local governments and partners will work toward together. Metro Vision links these future-oriented statements to action through objectives and strategic initiatives. What Is Our Vision?—Overarching Themes and Outcomes Each of the five overarching themes (below) provides a destination point for the region and also serves to organize how shared values are presented in this plan. Outcomes represent a regionwide aspiration, shared by DRCOG, its local governments and partners. Outcomes describe a desired future state and point to areas where the region must excel. Theme: An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern (DP) Outcomes  The region is comprised of diverse, livable communities.  Through a coordinated effort between DRCOG and local communities, nNew urban development occurs in an orderly and compact patternwithin the contiguous and designated areas identified in the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A).  Connected urban centers and multimodal corridors accommodate a growing share of the region’s housing and employment. Theme: A Connected Multimodal Region (CMR) Outcomes  The regional transportation system is well-connected and serves all modes of travel.  The transportation system is safe, reliable and well-maintained. Theme: A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment (NBE) Outcomes  The region has clean water and air, and lower greenhouse gas emissions.  The region values, protects and connects people to its diverse natural resource areas, open space, parks and trails.  The region’s working agricultural lands and activities contribute to a strong regional food system.  The risk and effects of natural and human-created hazards are reduced. Page 247 of 326 Introduction 7 Theme: Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities (LC) Outcomes  The built and natural environment supports healthy and active choices.  The region’s residents have expanded connections to health services.  Diverse housing options meet the needs of residents of all ages, incomes and abilities. Theme: A Vibrant Regional Economy (RE) Outcomes  All residents have access to a range of transportation, employment, commerce, housing, educational, cultural and recreational opportunities.  Investments in infrastructure and amenities allow people and businesses to thrive and prosper. How Can We Achieve the Outcomes?—Regional Objectives and Strategic Initiatives While outcomes represent a shared regionwide aspiration, DRCOG, local governments and partners will work together toward these outcomes, each contributing in a manner appropriate to local circumstances and priorities. To equip local governments and partners to take action toward these outcomes, Metro Vision describes the types of improvements and contributions needed through objectives and strategic initiatives. In this document, the objectives and strategic initiatives follow each theme, organized by outcome (beginning on page 13).  Objectives identify continuous improvements needed to achieve a desired outcome. o Regional objectives identify the key areas of continuous improvement and are most closely aligned with plan outcomes. o Supporting objectives will move the region toward the improvements outlined by regional objectives, and ultimately the associated outcome.  Strategic initiatives identify specific, voluntary opportunities for various regional and local organizations and governments to contribute to Metro Vision outcomes and objectives. o Regional opportunities reflect ways in which DRCOG and its regional partners can facilitate and support local contributions. o Local opportunities reflect specific contributions local governments and partners might volunteer to take on their own, or in collaboration with DRCOG and others. How Will We Know if We Are Making Progress?—Performance Measures To help track the region’s progress toward our region’s identified outcomes, the plan establishes a series of performance measures based on:  Relevance to plan outcomes and objectives;  Availability of regularly updated and reliable data sources; and  Use of measurable, quantitative information, rather than anecdotal insights. Page 248 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 8 Using regular tracking, DRCOG and its partners can verify whether our collective actions to implement the plan are moving the region toward its desired outcomes. For each overall plan performance measure there is 1) a baseline, which indicates the region's current status for that measure; and 2) a 2040 target, which establishes the desired future outcome for that measure. Relationships between performance measures and overarching themes are also indicated. DRCOG will report on plan implementation progress using these performance measures, with reporting frequency based on data availability. As new information becomes available or circumstances change, targets or the methodology for measuring success may be refined. In addition to the core performance measures outlined below, a dynamic and flexible performance management approach will be used. DRCOG will continue to research and share data and information that may illustrate progress toward shared outcomes. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Related Theme Share of the region’s housing and employment located in urban centers Housing: 10.0 percent (2014) Housing: 25.0 percent DP Employment: 36.3 percent (2014) Employment: 50.0 percent Regional population- weightedHousing density within the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A) 1,2004,850 units people per square mile (2014) 25 percent increase from 2014 DP Non-single-occupancy vehicle (Non- SOV) mode share to work 25.1 percent (2014) 35.0 percent CMR Daily vehicle miles traveled (VMT) per capita 25.5 daily VMT per capita (2010) 10 percent decrease from 2010 CMR Average travel time variation (TTV) (peak vs. off-peak) 1.22 (2014) Less than 1.30 CMR Daily person delay per capita 6 minutes (2014) Less than 10 minutes CMR Number of traffic fatalities 185 (2014) Fewer than 100 annually CMR Surface transportation-related greenhouse gas emissions per capita 26.8 pounds per capita (2010) 60 percent decrease from 2010 NBE Protected open space 1,841 square miles (2014) 2,100 square miles NBE Share of the region’s housing and employment in high risk areas Housing: 1.2 percent (2014) Less than 1.0 percent NBE Employment: 2.9 percent (2014) Less than 2.5 percent Share of the region’s population living in areas with housing and transportation (H+T) costs affordable to the typical household in the region 41 percent (2013) 50 percent LC Page 249 of 326 Introduction 9 Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Related Theme Regional employment 1.8 million (2014) 2.6 million (1 to 1.5 percent annual growth) RE Share of the region’s housing and employment near high-frequency transit Housing: 29.7 percent (2014) 35.0 percent RE Employment: 48.4 percent (2014) 60.0 percent Page 250 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 10 September 2016 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern Each of the region’s communities contributes in different ways to the region’s economy, resiliency, quality of life, and sense of place. As the region continues to grow, maintaining these important distinctions will protect the ability of residents and businesses to choose the types of communities that meet their unique needs and values. Metro Vision supports efficient and predictable development patterns by encouraging growth tailored to local communities; accommodating the needs of residents of all ages, incomes and abilities; making efficient use of available land and existing and planned infrastructure; and protecting the region’s sensitive open lands and natural resources; and helping achieve other Metro Vision outcomes such as reducing vehicle miles traveled. Achieving an efficient and predictable development pattern is dependent upon the region’s ability to work together toward the following outcomes:  The region is comprised of diverse, livable communities.  Through a coordinated effort between DRCOG and local communities, nNew urban development occurs in an orderly and compact patternwithin the contiguous and designated areas identified in the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A).  Connected urban centers and multimodal corridors accommodate a growing share of the region’s housing and employment. Metro Vision reflects that the decisions local governments make in determining when, where and how growth will occur are determined by local circumstances and also that each community has its own view of the future. The plan anticipates many areas in the region will experience significant change during the next 10 to 20 years, while other areas are well-established and likely to remain comparatively stable. Because this theme focuses largely on regional land use and growth management issues, it places an intentional focus on specific areas within the region that have historically been identified as key components of an overall regional development pattern that contributes to local and regional aspirations. The theme further recognizes that communities across the region contribute to regional goals and priorities in ways as diverse as the region’s communities themselves. Page 251 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 11 Why is this important? Our region needs an efficient and predictable development pattern in order to: Maximize the value of land use and transportation planning and investments. Maintaining a clear connection between land-use patterns and the region’s multimodal transportation systems is integral to the Denver region’s continued success. Focusing development in compact urban centers that are served by transit and other alternative modes of transportation reduces the need for vehicle trips, minimizes land consumption and ensures a variety of housing and employment options are accessible to people of all ages, abilities and income levels. Concentrating urban development within the UGB/Alocal and regional priority growth areas can help the region capitalize on available infrastructure and promote the efficient use of resources. Create lifelong communities. By 2040 one in four residents of the region will be 60 or older. Older adults have unique needs and often require support to remain in their homes and communities. Despite this shift, many older adults are staying in the workforce longer —either by choice or out of necessity—and a growing number, whether in the workforce or not, are seeking ways to remain active and engaged in their communities. Growing evidence indicates older adults are healthier and require fewer costly services when they have affordable and accessible housing choices, are provided with the ability to age in place, remain connected to the community and its networks, and have access to long-term care when needed. Build on a legacy of local and regional success. Communities throughout the region have a long history of cooperation, including taking advantage of opportunities for growth and investment that lead to wide-reaching success. Each community also has its own history and legacy to build on through investment and reinvestment. The Western values of cooperation and individualism are not at odds. They can bring the region together on key growth and development issues. They also recognize that the region is stronger because of the diverse local contributions to our shared future that reflect both local and regional values. Denver International Airport and extension of RTD rail service to and from the airport facilitate travel to the region, as well as within it. Page 252 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 12 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 1: The region is comprised of diverse, livable communities. The Denver metro region will continue to embrace its diverse urban, suburban and rural communities. Varied housing and transportation options, access to employment and a range of services and recreational opportunities will promote livable communities that meet the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities. One region, many places “The region is diverse, and ranges from a dynamic central business district with a cosmopolitan urban atmosphere to small communities with a distinctly rural flavor and picturesque mountain towns nestled in the foothills of the Rockies.” Denver Relocation Guide, Winter/Spring 2016 Home of the best places to live No single list of rankings can agree on the best places to live. However, across various methodologies, the communities in our region consistently rank as some of the best places to live in the country.  Denver is No. 1 in U.S. News and World Report’s 2016 “Best Places to Live.” Data used for this ranking considers all the communities in the metro area.  Boulder is No. 5 in Livability.com’s 2016 “Best Places to Live.” Longmont, Littleton, Lakewood and Lafayette round out the list’s top 50.  Boulder is also No. 5 in The Street’s “The 15 Best Places to Live in the United States,” 2015.  Centennial is No. 4 in USA Today’s 2015 “Best Cities to Live.” Arvada (No. 13) and Longmont (No. 16) also made the list.  Louisville is No. 4 in Money’s “Best Places to Live 2015.” Erie is No. 13. The rankings also placed Denver among “The 5 Best Big Cities.” Three of the region’s communities made Money’s list in 2014: Castle Rock (No. 4), Centennial (No. 13), and Boulder (No. 23).  Louisville is No. 7 in Livability.com’s 2016 “Best Small Towns.”  Wheat Ridge is No. 5 in Livability.com’s 2014 “Best Places to Retire.”  Denver is the No. 8 large city in AARP’s “The Most Livable Places at 50-plus,” 2015. AARP’s livability index also ranked Boulder as one of the “30 Easiest Cities to Get Around,” and Denver as one of the “30 Best Cities for Staying Healthy.”  Superior is one of Money’s top 5 “Best Places to Be a Kid,” 2015.  Castle Rock, Littleton and Parker were all included in WalletHub’s “Best Small Cities in 2016” Helping older adults remain healthy and independent DRCOG’s Boomer Bond initiative provides education and support to local governments through strategies and tools for supporting healthy, independent aging—allowing older adults to remain in their homes and communities for as long as they wish. Working with stakeholders around the region DRCOG developed the Boomer Bond assessment tool. Local governments can use the to evaluate how well the community’s existing resources, programs and physical design serve older adult residents. Jurisdictions regionwide have used the Boomer Bond assessment tool to help staff and policymakers determine effective ways to meet the needs of current and future older adult residents. Page 253 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 13 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 1: Improve the diversity and livability of communities. Urban, suburban and rural communities support a stronger, more livable region through their individual strengths and assets. These diverse communities will contribute to the achievement of regional outcomes in a variety of ways based on local needs and preferences. Communities throughout the region will pursue greater livability through built environments and development patterns that accommodate the widest spectrum of people—regardless of age, income or ability. Supporting Objectives:  Encourage development patterns and community design features that meet the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities.  Preserve and leverage the unique characteristics of the region’s communities.  Promote investment/reinvestment in existing communities. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Provide opportunities for local governments to learn from and adapt local approaches to livability issues as appropriate to their unique characteristics.  Foster the region’s commitment to the Western values of cooperation and individualism.  Coordinate with local governments, developers and other partners to establish an online clearinghouse of potential development sites and funding opportunities, searchable by specific parameters. Education and Assistance  Convene forums for small or rural communities covering topics related to maintaining and improving vitality and livability.  Encourage local governments to use DRCOG’s Boomer Bond assessment tool to help address the needs of the region’s rapidly increasing aging population.  Provide education and technical assistance in support of local efforts to integrate land use and transportation, promote increased diversity among housing options, and meet the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities.  Provide data and tools that help identify opportunities for strategic regional and local investments. Collaboration  Participate in forums that allow other communities to learn from local successes in advancing livability. Policies and Regulations  Adopt land-use policies and development regulations to support compact, mixed-use development patterns and expanded housing options where appropriate.  Adopt policies, regulations and incentives to support the implementation of universal design strategies.  Establish guidelines or standards that improve the public realm for users of all ages, incomes and abilities as appropriate to the local context (such as street design guidelines that accommodate all users).  Adopt policies, regulations and incentives to preserve and rehabilitate significant historic structures and cultural resources that contribute to a community’s authenticity of place and ability to attract tourism.  Promote infill and redevelopment through zoning changes.  Encourage growth and redevelopment in and near established, rural communities; limit rural growth outside areas where basic infrastructure can be provided cost-effectively.  Foster economic development that supports the ability for rural communities to meet the current and future needs of residents in their surrounding rural trade area. Page 254 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 14 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Provide information and resources to help communities identify opportunities to retrofit suburban communities with design features that meet the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities. Investments  Continue to invest in helping people live independently as long as possible in their homes and communities. Investments  Consider investments in public infrastructure, public/private partnerships and catalytic projects that encourage infill, redevelopment and reinvestment in existing communities.  Target local funds to create community design features that meet the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities (such as creating pedestrian- friendly environments and expanding bicycle facilities). Embracing the unique character of the region’s communities provides residents and businesses choice, as well as contributes to the achievement of regional outcomes. Page 255 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 15 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 2: New uThrough a coordinated effort between DRCOG and local communities, new urban development occurs in an orderly and compact patternwithin the contiguous and designated areas identified in the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A). A process to identify local and regional urban growth priorities helps the region manage the growth of the region’s urban footprintdefined UGB/A leads to an orderly and more compact pattern of future development. While locally adopted policies and market demand determine the location of urban development, local commitments to coordinate and collaborate on the expansion of urban growththe UGB/A leads to better use of regional resources for infrastructure, reduced regional vehicle travel and conservation of open land outside the boundary/area. Maintaining theThe Denver Region’s Urban Growth Boundary/Area Since Metro Vision 2020’s adoption in 1997, the Urban Growth Boundary/Area has been an important policy forprogram in shaping growth and development in the region’s long-range plans. An international model for cooperation, the UGB/A reflects a bottom -up approach to growth management that starts with local governments and relies heavily on voluntary collaboration among communities. Among other UGB/As nationwide, the voluntary (not legislatively mandated) nature of the Denver region’s UGB/A is notable. In contrast to top-down approaches through which regional bodies play a key role in fixing an urban growth boundary on a map, the Denver region’s UGB/A has significantly more flexibility. The Denver region’s UGB/A allows local governments to make and change decisions about where growth can occur as local plans and markets change. While oOur region’s approach has continued achieve the regionally desired increase in urban area density (residents per square mile), the UGB/A program has not been evaluated in nearly a decade. This Metro Vision plan anticipates an evaluation of current and potential programmatic efforts to integrate local planning and growth priorities to make efficient use of available land and existing and planned infrastructurewhile ensuring local governments maintain control over their growth decisions. Testing alternative growth scenarios 1995: The DRCOG Board considered several development alternatives, or scenarios, for the location of growth and a range of transportation system improvements through 2020. The Board identified a preferred scenario that would achieve a 10 percent increase in urban density when compared to projections based on development trends. The UGB/Aregion’s voluntary urban growth boundary approach reflected in Metro Vision 2020 was based on analysis revealing positive effects from increased density, including supporting the use of existing infrastructure, encouraging transit - accessible development, limiting growth in vehicle miles traveled per capita, encouraging the use of a variety of travel modtes, and stewardship of the region’s water resources. Page 256 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 16 2007: A decade later DRCOG again explored future scenarios reflecting different land-use and transportation policies, this time through 2035. Scenarios that favored compact development patterns and transit investments performed best on a variety of outcome measures including transportation system performance, infrastructure costs, accessibility and environmental effects. In contrast, scenarios that significantly expanded the region’s urban footprint did not perform as well and resulted in greater strain on key regional transportation facilities. The results of the scenario analysis influenced the DRCOG Board’s deliberations regarding the expansion of the region’s urban growth boundary in Metro Vision 2035. 2013: To prepare for the current Metro Vision update, DRCOG explored future scenarios reflecting different development patterns, as well as various transportation system investments and policies. Several scenarios focused housing and employment gr owth within the existing UGB/Alocally determined future urban footprint —specifically in urban centers and other areas well-served by transit. The scenarios with that concentrated housing and employment growth within the UGB/Ain designated centers saw reductions in per capita vehicle miles traveled. Scenarios that concentrated population and employment growth in urban centers and areas well-served by the region’s growing transit system also saw a greater share of trips to work via modes other than single-occupant vehicles, as well as the greatest decreases in per capita greenhouse gas emissions. The Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A)A process to identify and coordinate local and regional urban growth priorities and aspirations helps the region consider contain growth within its overall urban footprint while leaving specific growth decisions to local governments. Page 257 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 17 Historically, tThe Denver region has considered a ’s UGB/A includes a wide range of places regionwide as part of its urban footprint (clockwise from top left: Denver Central Business District; Highlands Ranch, Douglas County; ThorntonNorthglenn; and Ken Caryl Valley, Jefferson County) Page 258 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 18 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 2: Contain urban development in locations designated for urban growth and serviceswithin the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A). Metro Vision will help focus and facilitate future growth in locations where urban-level infrastructure already exists or areas where plans for infrastructure and service expansion are in place. DRCOG will work with member communities to identify local urban growth priorities and aspirations that shape regional planning assumptions and influence the region’s ability to achieve shared outcomesmaintain the UGB/A and update the growth allocations for each community in the region annually or as needed. Supporting Objectives:  Identify and mMonitor and increase awareness of the the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A).region’s existing and planned urban footprint.  Increase and prioritize funding to serve areas within the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A).Coordinate local and regional urban growth priorities in order to improve forecasting, planning and investment decisions. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Work with local governments to monitor the extent of current and future urban development patterns as determined by the Metro Vision Growth and Development Supplement.using a mutually agreed upon methodology.  Coordinate with local communities and infrastructure service providers to identify urban reserve areas that should be conserved for future growth beyond 2040.  Coordinate local and regional investment in datasets to improve forecasting and other analyses related to the extent of urban development patterns.  Develop a process to coordinate and integrate local urban growth priorities and aspirations into regional planning assumptions. Education and Assistance  Provide access to data and information that local governments can use to continue planning for future urban growth (such as the amount of land consumed by different development types outside the UGB/A; location of locally and regionally significant natural resources; and areas with commercially viable deposits of sand, gravel, quarry aggregate or other extractive resources). Collaboration  Coordinate with DRCOG on local urban growth area allocation and adjustments to the location of UGB/A as needed.information needed to understand local growth priorities and aspirations.  Coordinate and establish intergovernmental agreements to address planning and service delivery issues in areas of mutual interest, such as in unincorporated portions of a community's planning area and/or areas planned for future annexation.  Use intergovernmental agreements to jointly identify urban reserve areas for contiguous urban development beyond 2040. Policies and Regulations  Reflect local growth priorities and aspirations through the location of UGB/Alocal regulations and policies;, including that aligning land use, transportation and infrastructure planning to focus urban development within these areas UGB/A.  Align the UGB/Alocal urban growth priorities and aspirations with local policies: o To direct growth to areas with adequate facilities and services. o That limit development in areas of locally and regionally significant natural resources; Page 259 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 19 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Offer data, analyses or other technical assistance that helps identify opportunities for urban development within the UGB/Aexisting urban footprint (such as infill and redevelopment on overlooked vacant or underused parcels).  Provide education, technical assistance and other tools to help local governments track, monitor and update their UGB/Alocal growth priorities. Investments  Invest in infrastructure and transportation systems within the UGB/Athat align with local growth aspirations and regional planning assumptions. o That limit development in or near areas with commercially viable deposits of sand, gravel, quarry aggregate or other extractive resources; and o That seek to prevent land-use incompatibility near significant regional facilities (such as airports or solid waste disposal facilities) over the long term.  Adopt policies and regulations that limit development outside the UGB/Abeyond priority growth areas identified in local plans. Location and service provision requirements for development outside the se UGB/Aareas should be shaped by local plans and policies.  Adopt policies and regulations that conserve opportunities for urban development beyond 2040 (such as urban reserve areas). Investments  Encourage efficient development within the existing urban footprint and areas identified through the DRCOG-led process to integrate local urban growth priorities into regional planning assumptions.  Ensure urban development beyond locally determined urban service areas outside the Urban Growth Boundary/Area pays its own way, to the extent practical.  Analyze the fiscal impact of expanding urban growth locations on operating revenues and operating and capital costs. Page 260 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 20 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 3: Connected urban centers and multimodal corridors throughout the region accommodate a growing share of the region’s housing and employment. The location and context of each center define its unique character. They are transit-, pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly places that contain a diverse mix of land uses and are denser than their surround ing areas; and are designed to allow people of all ages, incomes and abilities to access a range of housing, employment and services without sole reliance on having to drive. Urban centers provide public spaces where people can gather; help reduce per capita vehicle miles traveled, air pollution, greenhouse gas emissions and water consumption; and respect and support existing neighborhoods. The region includes a wide array of centers including, but not limited to traditional downtowns, transit station areas, employment centers and smaller scale compact mixed-use development in suburban settings. Urban centers: Anything but one-size-fits-all Urban centers throughout the region vary greatly in size, context and location. According to a recent DRCOG survey, most centers are transitioning to a higher-density development pattern guided by local growth plans and aspirations. New townhomes and apartments have increased the share of the region’s housing units in urban centers, while also diversifying housing options in these locations. Urban centers are also adding significant numbers of jobs, though many are lower -paying. At the time of the survey, few respondents indicated that they are actively pursuing strategies to increase affordable and attainable housing in these centers. The Denver region currently has 104 urban centers. Examples below demonstrate the range of characteristics of each urban center and the local community’s efforts to improve it. Approaches vary depending on the size of the community, transit service levels, the surrounding development context and a host of other factors. Downtown Castle Rock Downtown Castle Rock serves as the main street of Douglas County, a place where families and individuals can gather in an authentic Western setting. Prioritizing the pedestrian experience, reinforcing bicycle and trail access, and maintaining an architectural scale that respects the urban center’s historic past has created this welcoming environment. Highlights: Castle Rock’s downtown overlay district provides zoning modifications that allow for building heights of four to six stories, mixed‐use; eases parking requirements; and creates pedestrian‐ focused buildings. There are bicycle and pedestrian trails connecting into and throughout Downtown Castle Rock. Castle Rock improved sidewalks and streets including Americans with Disabilities Act- accessible sidewalks and ramps. These unique amenities have led to downtown Castle Rock’s success in attracting desired technology firms while simultaneously preserving its Old West aesthetic. Downtown Louisville Downtown Louisville provides a place for people to gather in the heart of a thriving small town. Local implementation efforts have intentionally created community spaces to encourage residents and visitors to spend more time downtown. Page 261 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 21 Highlights: The city’s mixed use development standards allow residential densities that exceed those historically allowed in the area and require a mix of uses including retail, office and residential. The city’s downtown patios program allows businesses to lease patio spaces in parking spots. The Louisville Gateway underpass will provide continuous bicycle and pedestrian connections through the urban center, along State Highway 42, and under the BNSF railway. The city developed preliminary design concepts for the underpass through DRCOG’s Urban Center / Station Area Master Plan next steps funding program. SouthGlenn (City of Centennial) The SouthGlenn urban center is located in the western quarter of the City of Centennial and serves as a multigenerational activity and entertainment node. Highlights: The city’s plan for the urban center aims to integrate and connect it with adjacent neighborhoods. The plan also calls for improving the pedestrian experience along major arterial roadways and intersections by introducing a street grid and smaller blocks. SouthGlenn includes a diversity of housing options, including new and existing multifamily residential choices that supplement the single‐family options available in surrounding neighborhoods. 38th and Blake Transit-Oriented Development (City and County of Denver) The 38th and Blake station is the first stop along the East Corridor commuter rail project connecting Denver Union Station to Denver International Airp ort. The station is located near the rapidly redeveloping River North area. Highlights: The 38th and Blake Station Area Plan emphasizes walking and bicycling, improved traffic flow, stormwater management, and welcoming public space and private establishments. The community’s vision for the area calls for future development emphasizing its industrial heritage, historic neighborhoods, emerging new residential and arts and entertainment districts that provide a mix of uses, and efforts to make non‐auto travel the travel modes of choice. Olde Town/New Town (City of Arvada) Olde Town/New Town includes two distinct mixed‐use districts in Arvada. Olde Town provides lower- density mixed use while New Town includes an existing theater , while preserving much of the area for future higher-density mixed‐use redevelopment. Highlights: Located in Arvada’s historic downtown, the Olde Town Hub incorporates retail, mixed-use and cultural elements for visitors from throughout the Denver region. The Hub ’s structure serves as a parking garage and bus facility but also includes four plazas which offer gathering spaces and shopping experiences. Upon completion, the Hub will serve Regional Transportation District commuters as well as Olde Town visitors, and will take the place of the existing Park-n-Ride at Wadsworth Boulevard and West 56th Avenue. The Hub was funded through partnerships between the Regional Transportation District’s FasTracks, the City of Arvada and the Arvada Urban Renewal Authority. Eastlake (City of Thornton) Eastlake was originally settled as a railway village in the early 20th Century. It will serve as a temporary end-of-line station for the North Metro rail line. Highlights: The station area plan for the Eastlake station envisions higher density mixed-use development, including opportunities for high-tech and light industrial employment that maintains the characteristics of a vibrant small town center. The Eastlake center offers a unique opportunity to create a small scale urban center that offers an appreciation of history and sense of place in a traditional suburban environment. Page 262 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 22 Urban centers are active, pedestrian-, bicycle- and transit-friendly places that are denser and offer more use types than surrounding areas. Map 2. Urban Centers Page 263 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 23 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 3: Increase housing and employment in urban centers. Collectively, urban centers will increase their share of the region’s total housing and employment. The ability for individual urban centers to absorb future growth will vary based on the characteristics of each center. Specific projects and initiatives will establish a network of clear and direct multimodal connections within and between urban centers, as well as key destinations. Public and private partners will direct investment toward programs and infrastructure improvements that help local governments and the private sector develop successful urban centers and multimodal connections. Supporting Objectives:  Increase public/private investment and partnerships in urban centers  Increase transit service and ridership within and to urban centers.  Invest in multimodal enhancements along corridors. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Engage in continuous dialogue with local governments and the private development community to address challenges to and opportunities for development in urban centers.  Coordinate with local governments, developers and other partners to establish an online clearinghouse of potential development sites in urban centers.  Help coordinate a network of clear and direct multimodal connections between urban centers and major destinations within the region, especially across jurisdictional boundaries. Education and Assistance  Continue to support ongoing local planning for existing and future urban centers.  Encourage local governments to designate corridors as urban centers by adjusting the urban center evaluation criteria. Investments  Continue to allocate resources to support corridor planning efforts, infrastructure improvements and other efforts to spur further public/private investment.  Continue to allocate resources in local planning for existing and future urban centers throughout the region. Collaboration  Seek opportunities for public/private partnerships to leverage resources and implement infrastructure improvements or other catalytic projects in urban centers. Policies and Regulations  Adopt policies and development regulations that support higher-density, mixed-use development, pedestrian activity and accessible public spaces within urban centers.  Consider a range of parking management strategies in and near urban centers, including (but not limited to) shared, unbundled, managed and priced parking.  Consider the use of regulatory tools or incentives to support development of housing in urban centers that meets the needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities.  Adopt policies and development regulations that support multimodal enhancements and compact development or redevelopment along corridors, particularly those that connect and support urban centers.  Direct new housing and employment growth to urban centers.  Manage parking near rail stations and along corridors with frequent bus service to promote increased ridership. Page 264 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 24 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Investments  Prioritize investments in first- and final-mile connections to transit.  Provide direct, multimodal connections between urban centers and surrounding neighborhoods. A regional priority includes designing places that provide residents and workers with convenient, multimodal options for reaching home and work. Page 265 of 326 An Efficient and Predictable Development Pattern 25 How will we know how we are doing? Performance Measures Performance measures are critically important in monitoring the region’s progress toward Metro Vision themes and outcomes. They are used to periodically measure outcomes and results. They also generate reliable data to help member governments and partners evaluate policies, programs and initiatives. As part of its reporting on plan progress toward an efficient and predictable development pattern, DRCOG will include the performance measures outlined below. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Share of the region’s housing and employment located in urban centers Housing: 10.0 percent (2014) Housing: 25.0 percent Employment: 36.3 percent (2014) Employment: 50.0 percent Housing density within the Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A)Regional population- weighted density 1,2004,850 units people per square mile (2014) 25.0 percent increase from 2014 A restoration project made Denver Union Station an internationally recognized hub connecting the city and the region’s outlying areas. Page 266 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 26 September 2016 A Connected Multimodal Region The Denver region aspires to have a connected multimodal transportation system that provides everyone with viable travel choices. The region will have a multimodal approach to move people and goods, with transportation facilities and services tailored to the needs and desires of individual communities. Over time, a greater share of travel will comprise public transit, bicycling, walking and carpooling. The region’s transportation system will adapt quickly to major trends affecting the region, such as significant population growth, a rapidly aging population, new technology, an evolving economy and changing residential and workplace styles. Transportation and land-use planning will be integrated to improve the region’s quality of life. Current transportation needs far outweigh available funding. This necessitates difficult tradeoffs and choices, such as balancing the need for additional multimodal capacity with maintenance and system preservation needs. The region must leverage a range of funding solutions to build and maintain transportation infrastructure and services. Coordinated regional and statewide actions must be taken to increase transportation funding. The overall vision for the region’s transportation system is organized around two regional outcomes: • The regional transportation system is well-connected and serves all modes of travel. • The transportation system is safe, reliable and well-maintained. These outcomes focus on building and maintaining a world-class multimodal transportation system. Supporting objectives and initiatives will help the region achieve these outcomes. The companion 2040 Metro Vision Regional Transportation Plan implements the transportation element of Metro Vision. The 2040 Metro Vision Regional Transportation Plan defines the specific transportation system the region envisions and the portions that can be funded through 2040. Map 3. 2040 Fiscally Constrained Roadway System Capacity Improvements SOURCE: Regional Transportation Plan Page 267 of 326 A Connected Multimodal Region 27 Why is this important? Our region needs a connected, multimodal transportation system in order to: Operate, maintain and expand the system with limited funding. The region must operate and maintain our existing multimodal transportation system while accommodating more than 1 million new residents and 500600,000 more jobs by 2040. However, transportation funding is limited. Our region must continue to facilitate the movement of people, goods and services to ensure the Denver region remains economically competitive. Providing a range of travel options will fac ilitate useful and convenient mobility for all travelers. New and reconstructed roadways must be designed to optimize movement of people and vehicles alongside system management and operations that leverage existing capacity and enable safe travel for all users. Make connections that increase access and travel choices. Our region continues to make significant investments in transit, such as the Regional Transportation District’s FasTracks rapid transit system while also envisioning future intra- and inter-regional transit connections. Although the completed portions of the FasTracks program haves expanded regional mobility, such improvements cannot be fully realized without easier connections for those walking, biking, driving, sharing a ride, or riding a bus to first- or final-mile connections to transit. Our region and local jurisdictions continue to increase the viability of walking and bicycling by expanding the bicycle and pedestrian network and providing additional supportive infrastructure. Providing all of these travel choices can help reduce vehicle miles traveled, ground-level ozone and other air pollutants, which can lead to improved individual and environmental health. A transportation system that serves users of all modes of travel also helps ensure that people of all ages, income levels and abilities remain connected to their communities and have the means to access services, amenities and employment opportunities. Embrace new technologies and innovations. Carshare, rideshare and bikeshare program s are already significant travel options within the region. Emerging transportation innovations, such as connected and driverless cars, have the potential to dramatically influence future personal mobility. Broader use of technology and other innovations (such as broadband, smartphones and trip-planning tools) has the potential to connect multimodal transportation system users to the information they need in order to manage travel, avoid and reduce congestion; optimizing available capacity. Page 268 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 28 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 4: The regional transportation system is well-connected and serves all modes of travel. The transportation system integrates regional and local roadways and streets, transit (bus and rail), bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and air and freight rail linkages. The transportation system connects the region to the rest of the state and beyond, and will evolve to include future technology and mobility innovations as appropriate. Regional Transportation Plan As the federally designated transportation planning agency for the Denver region, DRCOG develops the Metro Vision Regional Transportation Plan to guide the region’s future multimodal transportation system. The Metro Vision Regional Transportation Plan is integrated with the Metro Vision plan to address the mobility needs of people of all ages, incomes and abilities. It identifies the desired vision for our transportation system in a scenario under which funding is unconstrained. It also defines the fiscally constrained multimodal system to be implemented by 2040 using revenues that are reasonably expected to be available. In addition to funding construction of major roadway and rapid transit projects, revenues must also be used to maintain and operate the transportation system, and for transit service, bicycle, pedestrian and other types of projects. Denver Union Station After a multiyear rehabilitation and restoration project, the historic Denver Union Station reopened in 2014 as a hub of multimodal transportation options for the entire reg ion. A regional coalition including DRCOG joined forces to develop the plan to revitalize the historic structure and surrounding properties. Today bus, light rail, commuter rail, bikeshare, ride-hailing and other travel options converge at Denver Union Station—a premier example of our vision of a connected multimodal transportation system. Denver Union Station has also emerged as a primary anchor in the central business district and is a primary catalyst for hundreds of millions of dollars in private development and investment. Page 269 of 326 A Connected Multimodal Region 29 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 4: Improve and expand the region’s multimodal transportation system, services and connections. The region will continue to invest in a well-connected, multimodal transportation system to improve mobility and accommodate anticipated increases of 1.2 16 million people and half a millionmore than 600,000 jobs by 2040. Transportation system investment initiatives may include expanding transit service and coverage, improving on-street and off-street bicycle and pedestrian facilities, widening and adding new roadways, and promoting travel options. The resulting transportation system will increase mobility choices within and beyond the region for people, goods and services. Supporting Objectives:  Improve the capacity of the multimodal regional roadway system.  Improve the region's comprehensive transit system, including the timely completion of the FasTracks program.  Improve bicycle and pedestrian accessibility.  Improve interconnections of the multimodal transportation system within and beyond the region for people and freight.  Expand travel demand management services and strategies. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Maintain a fiscally constrained regional transportation plan that defines long-range multimodal projects, services and programs to address mobility needs.  Adopt Transportation Improvement Program project selection policies that consider all transportation users.  Coordinate with the Regional Transportation District and other transit providers to implement major projects and services.  Coordinate with Denver Regional Mobility and Access Council and transit operators to increase transportation for vulnerable populations, such as older adults, people with disabilities and low-income populations.  Facilitate coordination between jurisdictions in expanding and connecting the region’s bicycle and pedestrian network.  Encourage integrated land use and transportation planning among state and regional agencies, local governments, and the development community. Collaboration  Coordinate with the Regional Transportation District and other transit providers on transit service, facilities and infrastructure components of development projects, such as bus bulbs and queue jump lanes.  Coordinate with neighboring jurisdictions to ensure a well-connected system across boundaries.  Coordinate with the Regional Transportation District to improve local service, including service buy-ups for increased frequency and coverage.  Coordinate local comprehensive plan and transportation plan updates with neighboring and affected jurisdictions.  Coordinate transportation system improvements and operations to consider issues of land-use compatibility.  Coordinate planning efforts to ensure properties needed for the expansion of multimodal transportation facilities are identified and preserved for mobility uses. Page 270 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 30 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Coordinate information and services among all transportation providers.  Work with partners to expand the regional travel demand management program consisting of outreach, promotion, trip-planning and marketing activities to shift commute choices to non-single- occupant vehicle modes, including carpools, vanpools, transit, bicycling and walking, as well as telework and alternative work schedules. Continue and expand marketing consisting of advertising campaigns such as “Stop Being an SOV” and events such as Bike to Work Day and Walk and Bike to School Day.  Conduct a regionwide evaluation of potential bus rapid transit corridors via a joint effort of the Regional Transportation District, DRCOG, the Colorado Department of Transportation, and other stakeholders.  Work with stakeholders from across the region to develop a vision for a hierchical, high-comfort, low- stress bicycle network for the region that can accommodate most ages and abilities.  Coordinate with local governments to balance primary park-and-ride functions with opportunities for transit- oriented development.  Collaborate with local and regional stakeholders in transportation planning activities to address the needs of mobility-limited populations  Facilitate coordinated local and regional investment in datasets to improve transportation planning and investment. Education and Assistance  Encourage and support fare structures and subsidy programs that keep transit service affordable for all users.  Provide tools, informational forums and resources to jurisdictions regarding bicycle- and pedestrian-facility design, guidance and implementation.  Conduct activities to inform and promote the use of travel demand management strategies and services by transportation management associations/organizations and local travel demand management providers, such as ride-sharing, vanpools, carpools and school carpools. Investments  Consider the use of managed lanes in new roadway capacity projects where feasible.  Support bicycle-sharing programs regionwide. Policies and Regulations  Implement parking supply and pricing mechanisms, such as shared, unbundled, managed and priced parking in locally defined major activity centers to manage parking availability and provide incentives for walking, bicycling, carpooling and transit use.  Adopt and implement street and development standards to improve multimodal connectivity in a variety of contexts (urban, suburban and rural) while considering unique land-use settings, such as schools, parks and offices.  Adopt policies and development regulations that support transit.  Address the needs of mobility-limited populations in local transportation plans and policies.  Adopt and implement local street standards and other development codes and standards that address multimodal connectivity objectives in a variety of land- use contexts, such as cut-throughs for pedestrians and bicycles in cul-de-sacs.  Ensure Americans with Disabilities Act standards are met or exceeded in constructing or retrofitting facilities such as curb cuts and ramps.  Adopt local multimodal transportation plans that address connections within and between jurisdictions and communities.  Adopt land-use standards around airports, railroad lines and facilities to guide compatible long-range development.  Develop supporting infrastructure and local regulations, policies and ordinances regarding alternative fuels, fleet conversions, environmental preservation and related topics.  Reserve adequate rights-of-way in developing and redeveloping areas, as feasible, for pedestrian, bicycle, transit and roadway facilities. Investments  As a supplement to other funding sources, including federal funds, fFund roadway preservation, operational and expansion projects through local capital improvement programs.  Improve multimodal connectivity.  Fund projects that address multimodal connectivity through non-metropolitan planning organization programs.  Provide on-street and off-street bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure that is comfortable, safe and convenient. Page 271 of 326 A Connected Multimodal Region 31 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Include major roadway and transit capacity projects in DRCOG’s fiscally constrained Regional Transportation Plan once construction funding is identified for such projects.  Invest in and manage in the region’s multimodal transportation system to improve freight and goods movement within and beyond the region.  Upgrade existing facilities (sidewalks, crosswalks, bus stops and shelters) to improve transit access for older adults and mobility-limited populations.  Fund first- and final mile bicycle and pedestrian facilities and connections to transit such as sidewalks , bicycle facilities, bike-sharing, wayfinding, bicycle parking, shelters and car-sharing at transit stations.  Continue to allocate resources to support corridor planning efforts, infrastructure improvements and other efforts to spur further public/private investment.  Provide funding, tools, informational forums, and resources to jurisdictions, transportation management associations/organizations, nonprofits, and other travel demand management stakeholders to increase travel demand management awareness and use.  Maintain and enhance airport capacity throughout the region.  Improve transportation linkages to major destinations, markets and attractions beyond the region.  Connect populations in need of transportation service to new and improved services.  Develop transportation service options to address mobility needs of older adults and mobility-limited residents.  Explore strategies to create multimodal connections between smaller scale suburban centers and the region’s existing and emerging employment centers  Provide wayfinding signage for bicyclists, pedestrians and transit users to reach key destinations.  Provide first- and final-mile bicycle and pedestrian facilities and connections to transit such as sidewalks, bicycle facilities, bike-sharing, wayfinding, bicycle parking and shelters and car-sharing at transit stations.  Implement off-street sidewalks and multi-use paths that are comfortable for a wide array of users by providing separation from traffic.  Conduct local activities to inform and promote the use of travel demand management strategies and services by transportation management associations/organizations and local travel demand management providers.  Conduct Promote educational and promotional events to encourage bicycling and walking, such as Safe Routes to School.  Reserve adequate rights-of-way in developing and redeveloping areas, as feasible, for pedestrian, bicycle, transit and roadway facilities.  Expand mobility options within urban centers and other locally defined major activity centers.  Implement transportation improvements that enhance transit-oriented development opportunities. The region has prioritized transportation projects that include improved bicycle and pedestrian access. Page 272 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 32 `▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 5: The transportation system is safe, reliable and well- maintained. Educational, enforcement and engineering approaches enhance safety to reduce crashes, serious injuries and fatalities. Coordinated operations and management of the system maximizes capacity and reliability for all users. Transportation system physical components are well-maintained to extend their useful life and provide a quality travel experience. Traffic Operations Since 1989, DRCOG has been working to reduce traffic congestion and improve air quality through its Traffic Operations program. Through the program, DRCOG, the Colorado Department of Transportation and local governments coordinate traffic signals on major roadways in the region. One of the first transportation planning agencies to conduct this type of program, DRCOG remains a national leader among agencies involved in traffic signal coordination. In 2015, the program retimed 259 signals on travel corridors in the region, reducing daily travel time for motorists along those corridors by more than 1,600,000 hours and reducing fuel consumption by 800,000 gallons. Additionally, pollutant emissions were reduced by 90 tons, while annual greenhouse gas emissions were reduced by 8,000 tons. Congestion management process Through its congestion management process, DRCOG works with local, state and national partners to alleviate congestion and help people and businesses avoid or adapt to it. DRCOG uses travel demand reduction and operational strategies to effectively manage transportation facilities. DRCOG has developed a toolkit for addressing congestion through construction, demand management, real-time information and operational strategies. Many of the strategies are implemented through DRCOG programs such as its travel demand management program, Way to Go, and its Traffic Signal System Improvement Program and Intelligent Transportation Systems management and operations. This process and its associated strategies enables DRCOG to monitor performance of the region’s transportation system (summarized in annual reports), as well as identify, evaluate and implement strategies through the Metro Vision Regional Transportation Plan and short-range Transportation Improvement Program. The congestion management process is integral to DRCOG’s performance- based planning process. Coordination among regional partners reduces congestion. Associated strategies such as signal timing and providing commute alternatives assist in improving air quality in the region. Page 273 of 326 A Connected Multimodal Region 33 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 5: Operate, manage and maintain a safe and reliable transportation system. The region will optimize the multimodal transportation system to improve the safe and reliable flow of people and goods. System optimization will include projects and initiatives that make the multimodal transportation system’s capacity as productive as possible. The multimodal system will require maintenance to continue safe and sound conditions. Safety projects and other related initiatives will reduce fatalities and serious injuries for all travel modes. The region will also increase the deployment of technology and mobility innovations to improve reliability and optimize capacity. Supporting Objectives:  Maintain existing and future transportation facilities in good condition.  Improve transportation system performance and reliability.  Improve transportation safety and security. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Collaborate with the Colorado Department of Transportation, the Regional Transportation District local governments and other regional stakeholders to implement and monitor asset management techniques.  Work with the Colorado Department of Transportation, the Regional Transportation District and other regional stakeholders to expand effective Transportation Systems Management and Operations projects, incident management procedures and processes, transportation demand management initiatives, and other innovative tools and techniques to safely optimize performance.  Coordinate efforts of the Colorado Department of Transportation, the Regional Transportation District, local governments and other regional stakeholders to most efficiently use the existing multimodal system while planning for future use.  Way to Go and travel demand management stakeholders continue to work with local jurisdictions and employers to distribute information about and encourage the use of technology, including multimodal real-time trip planning. Collaboration  Monitor and manage transportation systems (including traffic signal systems) in collaboration with neighboring jurisdictions.  Participate in federal, state and regional initiatives related to safety and homeland security initiatives.  Partner with local law enforcement agencies and advocacy groups on education and enforcement activities related to all road users.  Accurately monitor and maintain crash and traffic safety data for all transportation modes.  Support the use of congestion pricing and other tolling techniques. Policies and Regulations  Develop specific plans and strategies to operate roadways more efficiently (such as traffic signal coordination and better management of traffic incidents).  Develop and implement access management principles along major streets.  Enforce traffic and ordinances as they apply to all users of the transportation system.  Implement Transportation Systems Management and Operations projects. Page 274 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 34 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Collaborate with public safety stakeholders to assess threats to and vulnerabilities of the transportation system, including consideration of national and regional homeland security initiatives, and establish and implement resolution processes in response.  Coordinate with federal, state, regional and local agencies to implement applicable homeland security plans and initiatives.  Facilitate interagency coordination on safety and homeland security initiatives.  Work with communities and transportation providers to identify and address challenges faced by mobility- limited populations and employment sectors with non- tradtional work schedules. Education and Assistance  Consider supporting alternative pricing and revenue- producing strategies that directly reflect the cost of vehicle travel to the user. Investments  Support cost-effective improvements to driver, passenger, pedestrian and bicyclist safety.  Maintain transportation system assets (vehicles and facilities) in a state of good repair per federal requirements.  Implement other active demand management strategies.  Develop and implement strategies that enhance security. Investments  Maintain transportation facilities in good condition and implement asset management principles and techniques.  Implement access management projects to optimize the efficiency of roadways, reduce conflict points and improve safety.  Implement projects that reduce the likelihood and severity of crashes involving motor vehicles, freight and passenger trains, buses, bicycles and pedestrians. Maintaining the existing transportation system, while also expanding it, allows for reliable and safe movement of people and goods within the region. Page 275 of 326 A Connected Multimodal Region 35 How will we know how we are doing? Performance Measures Performance measures are critically important in monitoring the region’s progress toward Metro Vision themes and outcomes. They are used to obtain regular measurement of outcomes and results. They also generate reliable data to help local governments and partners evaluate policies, programs and initiatives. As part of its reporting on plan progress toward becoming a connected multimodal region DRCOG will use the performance measures outlined below. Large urban areas such as metropolitan Denver are vibrant places offering a variety of employment, service and recreation opportunities in locations regionwide. Therefore, at some points in time, traffic congestion is inevitable. Plan performance measures related to congested travel conditions establish targets that are higher than current baseline measurements, but below currently forecasted future levels of congestion. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Non- single occupant vehicle (Non- SOV) mode share to work 25.1 percent (2014) 35.0 percent Daily vehicle miles traveled (VMT) per capita 25.5 daily VMT per capita (2010) 10.0 percent decrease from 2010 Average travel time variation (TTV) (peak vs. off-peak) 1.22 (2014) Less than 1.30 Daily person delay per capita 6 minutes (2014) Less than 10 minutes Number of traffic fatalities 185 (2014) Fewer than 100 annually Page 276 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 36 September 2016 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment The Denver region’s unique setting and natural environment are among its greatest assets. Mountain views, an abundance of natural amenities and outdoor recreation opportunities, and a pleasant climate have helped spur steady and sustained growth in the region for decades. As the area becomes more populous, our region must maintain these assets and the quality of life enjoyed by so many. In the nearly 20 years since Metro Vision was first adopted, the region has made great strides in its efforts to protect significant open space and agricultural lands—both at the local level and through collaborative regional efforts. Progress on the development of numerous parks and an interconnected regional trail and greenway system has also been significant, although a number of missing links remain. One consequence of the region’s growth has been the increase in the number of residents who live in areas that, while scenic, are at higher risk for natural disasters such as flooding and wildfire. As a result, the region’s resiliency—or ability to respond to and recover from major events—has been tested by the significant social and economic costs associated with multiple natural disasters that have recently occurred during a relatively short period of time. Achieving a safe and resilient built and natural environment depends on the region’s ability to work together toward the following outcomes:  The region has clean water and air, and lower greenhouse gas emissions.  The region values, protects and connects people to its diverse natural resource areas, open space, parks and trails.  The region’s working agricultural lands and activities contribute to a strong regional food system.  The risk and effects of natural and human-created hazards is reduced. The region’s natural environment attracts people and businesses to the region, and the outdoor activities it offers contributes to residents’ quality of life. Page 277 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 37 Why is this important? Our region needs a safe and resilient natural and built environment in order to: Protect the quality of the region’s air. Growth in the region represents significant challenges to the quality of the region’s natural environment. As more residents and businesses call the region home the need for travel increases. This contributes to a persistent problem in the region: air pollution, including ozone. Ground-level ozone is formed when emissions from everyday items combine with other pollutants and “cook” in heat and sunlight. Sources of such emissions include industry; power plants; oil and gas production; gasoline-powered vehicles; and lawn equipment. At ground level, ozone is a health hazard, especially for the young, elderly and people with pre -existing respiratory conditions, such as asthma. Notable progress has been made, but the effects of air pollution are wide-ranging, putting at risk individual health, the experience and value of our outdoor assets, and the ability of our economy to grow. Make wise use of the region’s limited water resources. Water is a particularly scarce resource in the arid Mountain West—a fact underscored by periods of drought during the past decade. An ongoing consideration is the ability of the region’s finite water supply to accommodate projected growth while protecting water quality. Both water supply and quality are mandated and monitored at the state level and require close collaboration at the local, regional and state levels. The conservation and stewardship of the region’s water resources is critical to maintaining the health of people, as well as the other ecological systems that support life. Equip our communities to mitigate and bounce back from disaster. Fires and floods have been frequent in our region during the past decade. Future effects of fires and floods will be intensified if urbanization expands in areas prone to wildfires and flooding—as will costs for disaster response, management and reconstruction. Educating the public and local officials about the risks and potential costs of development in all types of hazard areas is extremely important and can result in decisions that minimize risk. Local plans and regulations are central to appropriately managing growth in these areas. Protect and expand key economic assets. Businesses and residents alike choose to move to—and stay in—the region because of its scenic natural environment, access to outdoor recreational opportunities and numerous other quality-of-life amenities. These features have contributed to the region’s success in recruiting companies and skilled employees , and attracting visitors worldwide who travel to the region to hike, bike, ski and pursue other outdoor pursuits. The ability of our region to maintain the quality and accessibility of these assets for residents and visitors is critical to continued economic health. Page 278 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 38 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 6: The region has clean water and air, and lower greenhouse gas emissions. The region meets or exceeds applicable federal, state, and local requirements and regional targets for air and water quality. Bottom-up approach to state water planning “Colorado’s water quantity and quality questions can no longer be thought of separately. Each impacts the other and our state water policy should address them conjunctively.” Executive Order D 2013-005, issued by Governor Hickenlooper, directing the Colorado Water Conservation Board to develop a statewide water plan In order to create the first Colorado Water Plan, the Colorado W ater Conservation Board sought input from local stakeholders in each of the state’s river basins. In the Denver region, these stakeholders came together through the South Platte Basin and Metro Basin roundtables. To provide input directly to the state, each roundtable was responsible for creating a basin implementation plan that reflected local needs and preferred approaches to meeting those needs, based on its own assessment. The Metro Roundtable is the only roundtable not designated from a direct connection to a natural hydrological river basin. It represents about half of the state’s population, and has unique challenges separate from the South Platte Basin as a whole. The Metro Basin and South Platte implementation plans will be updated periodically to continue to provide the state with up-to-date input on local needs and preferences. Regional Air Quality Council Established in 1989, the Regional Air Quality Council serves as the lead air quality planning agency for the Denver metropolitan area. Its mission is to develop and propose effective and cost-efficient air quality planning initiatives with input from government agencies, the private sector, stakeholder groups and citizens of the metro region. The Regional Air Quality Council prepares state implementation plans that demonstrate and ensure long-term compliance with state and federal air quality standards. DR COG and the Regional Air Quality Council coordinate on a variety of regional air quality initiatives and projects. DRCOG provides travel model information to assist in the development of state implementation plans specifically related to forecasted emissions from the transportation sector. DRCOG also provides Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality funding to the Regional Air Quality Council for its Clean Air Fleets, Ozone Aware, and local air quality pool projects. To ensure transportation efforts align with Regional Air Quality Council initiatives, the executive director of the Regional Air Quality Council serves on the Regional Transportation Committee and is a permanent member of the Transportation Advisory Committee. Page 279 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 39 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 6a: Improve air quality and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Local and regional initiatives will reduce ground-level ozone, greenhouse gas emissions, and other air pollutants. Collaboration with regional partners, such as the Regional Air Quality Council, the Colorado Department of Transportation and the Regional Transportation District will be integral to improving air quality through reductions in ground-level ozone concentrations, carbon monoxide, and particulate matter. Additional initiatives will raise public awareness of the direct role of individual actions in pollutant and greenhouse gas emissions. Supporting Objectives:  Increase collaboration with local and regional partners on air quality initiatives.  Increase public awareness of air quality issues.  Improve the fuel economy of the region's vehicle fleet. Regional Objective 6b: Improve the efficient use and quality of the region's waters. In a semi-arid climate, water resources remain critically important to the region’s quality of life and continued prosperity. The region will ensure clean water for consumption, recreation and a balanced, healthy ecological community through initiatives to restore and maintain the chemical and physical integrity of the region’s waters. DRCOG will focus on collaborative initiatives among local governments, water providers, agricultural producers, the design and development community, and other regional stakeholders to promote water conservation and responsible water-management and land-use practices. Supporting Objectives:  Increase collaboration with local and regional partners on water quality initiatives.  Increase public awareness of water quality issues.  Maximize the efficient use of municipal and industrial water. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Facilitate communication and project implementation among state, regional and local agencies to maximize the efficiency of the transportation network.  Cooperatively develop mitigation strategies for transportation projects to address environmental effects.  Coordinate with the Colorado Water Quality Control Commission and other stakeholders to monitor land- use changes in basins with adopted water quality plans and programs. Collaboration  Collaborate with adjoining communities, water districts and other providers on efforts to promote the efficient delivery and use of water and infrastructure for commercial, residential and agricultural purposes. Policies and Regulations  Review and modify local comprehensive plans and development regulations to improve travel choice accessibility to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  Adopt parking management strategies that reduce idling. Page 280 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 40 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Facilitate coordinated local and regional investment in datasets to improve forecasting and other analysis capabilities related to air quality, greenhouse gas emissions, water demand and surface water runoff.  Collaborate with local and regional partners to increase the awareness and implementation of best management practices and incentives available to support regional water conservation efforts among all users. Education and Assistance  Encourage the use of alternative fuel vehicles and infrastructure.  Support actions that reduce engine idling.  Support the development of infrastructure and local regulations, policies and ordinances regarding alternative fuels, fleet conversions, environmental preservation and related topics.  Continue to support programs and public awareness campaigns, such as Way to Go and others that promote behavior shifts on an individual level that improve air quality and reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  Maintain access to data and mapping of aquifers, recharge areas, wellheads, landfills and other information, as available, to help inform local land-use decisions that may affect the region’s groundwater resources.  Support public awareness campaigns that promote individual, institutional and business behaviors that reduce pollutant runoff and opportunities for groundwater contamination. Investments  Fund transportation system improvements that minimize transportation-related fuel consumption, as well as air pollutant and greenhouse gas emissions.  Support large-scale fleet conversions by local governments and shared fleets around the region.  Provide incentives for the use of cleaner technologies, such as alternative fuel vehicles.  Develop and invest in regional alternative fueling station infrastructure plans and projects for fuels that lead to the greatest reductions in air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions.  Adopt policies and procedures to reduce the potential environmental effects of roadway construction and maintenance.  Adopt and implement grading, erosion and sediment control ordinances to minimize sediment and other pollutant runoff.  Adopt policies and regulations for industrial uses to limit potential groundwater contamination.  Develop regulations and infrastructure needed to support the use of alternative fuel vehicles and the use of alternative modes, such as charging stations, bicycle parking and shower facilities for employees.  Promote water conservation through ordinance revisions and public information activities that encourage the use of low-flow plumbing devices; drought-tolerant and native vegetation for landscaping; conservation-oriented irrigation; and other low-impact site development techniques in new development and rehabilitation projects.  Adopt policies that facilitate the use of Low Impact Development to take advantage of natural features that improve storm water quality.  Encourage the use of xeric trees in development and redevelopment projects to increase use of passive solar treatments.  Require adequate wastewater treatment systems to serve new development.  Require adequate long-term water services to serve new development. Investments  Include alternative fuel infrastructure within transportation projects as appropriate  Update business and government fleets to alternative fuel vehicles.  Make investments that reduce water consumption and increase reuse. Page 281 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 41 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 7: The region values, protects and connects people to its diverse natural resource areas, open space, parks and trails. The region’s protection and restoration of its diverse natural resource areas—its mountain backdrop, unique prairie landscapes, extensive riparian corridors and other open space areas, parks and trails—is essential as the region continues to grow. Access to these areas provides the opportunity to participate in a variety of recreational pursuits that support community both physical and mental health and wellness. Outdoor amenities are a strength The region’s natural resource areas, open space, parks and trails add immeasurably to our region’s quality of life and our residents are united in their support for preserving it. In 2012, DRCOG conducted a listening tour in advance of primary plan development act ivities to identify key planning issues, including emerging opportunities and challenges. The region’s—and Colorado’s—outdoor amenities were often the first strength mentioned by listening tour participants. Many participants emphasized the importance of maintaining or improving our outdoor amenities such as parks, trail systems and open space over the next 25 years. Due to significant population growth and associated development pressure, maintaining and preserving these outdoor amenities may be challenging. A legacy of preservation Our region is fortunate to contain significant federal, state and local lands that contribute to our inventory of natural areas and open space. For example, the Rocky Mountain Arsenal National Wildlife Refuge represents a unique effort to repurpose land and add to the region’s open space portfolio. The refuge formerly served as a weapons and agricultural chemical manufacturing facility. Today, after an extensive environmental cleanup under the oversight of federal, state and local agencies, the refuge provides a protected environment for more than 330 species of animals. It covers approximately 15,000 acres, making it one of the largest urban refuges in the country. The refuge is home to environmental education and interpretive programs, catch-and-release recreational fee fishing, 10 miles of hiking trails, wildlife viewing opportunities, public tours and a self-guided wildlife auto tour. The Great Outdoors Colorado amendment to the state constitution gives a portion of state lottery proceeds to projects that preserve, protect and enhance Colorado's outdoors. Great Outdoors Colorado has invested in 3,400 projects statewide since its inception, resulting in more than 1.4 million acres being placed under conservation easements. In 2015, Great Outdoors Colorado announced it will commit $25 million to connect children to our state’s outdoor amenities. Dating back to the early 1970s, the Jefferson County Open Space program is the nation’s first sales tax funded open space program. Since its adoption, the open space program has acquired more than 52,000 acres of land with approximately one-fifth dedicated park and recreation services offered by cities or districts. Throughout the unincorporated areas of the county, 28 open space parks provide trail-based outdoor recreation, nature and history education hubs, and conservation of scenic landscapes, natural resources, historic sites and wildlife habitat. In addition, more than 3,000 acres have been preserved through conservation easements on privately owned land. Page 282 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 42 Map 4. Open Space Access to open space supports individual and community health and wellness. Page 283 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 43 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 7a: Protect a variety of open spaces. Open space and the natural environment are important assets in the region. A variety of open spaces of different sizes, settings and purposes will help define the urban area and distinguish individual communities. Additionally, these open spaces provide important wildlife habitat, support various outdoor recreational pursuits and protect the health of water and ecological systems. The region will conserve and protect natural resources including prominent geologic features, surface waters, riparian areas, wetlands, forests and woodlands, prairie grasslands and other environmentally sensitive lands for future generations. Supporting Objectives:  Protect and restore natural resources of local and regional significance. Regional Objective 7b: Connect people to natural resource and recreational areas. In addition to local and regional initiatives to preserve, protect and expand open space assets, the region will ensure that residents and visitors may access these amenities. Active and passive open spaces will serve as a key component of the region’s overall growth framework, connecting people to open space amenities. Local and regional initiatives will prioritize the completion of missing links in the regional trail and greenways network and improve other multimodal connections to increase park accessibility. Supporting Objectives:  Improve opportunities for recreation and access to nature.  Improve multimodal linkages to and between the region's parks, open spaces and developed areas. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Coordinate with local and regional partners to identify and map locally and regionally significant natural resources.  Collaborate with local governments and other regional partners on the identification and implementation of important multimodal linkages to and between the region’s parks, open spaces and developed areas. Education and Assistance  Provide data and information that helps local and regional partners operate and plan for open space, trails and other natural resource and recreational areas. Collaboration  Coordinate with adjoining communities and municipalities and other organizations, such as Great Outdoors Colorado, to leverage available funding. Policies and Regulations  Adopt policies that protect locally and regionally significant natural resources.  Adopt policies and establish guidelines or standards that promote the incorporation of natural features into new development and redevelopment.  Adopt open space set-aside or fee-in-lieu requirements for future development or redevelopment. Page 284 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 44 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Provide data and tools that help local and regional partners connect people to open space, trails and other natural resource and recreational areas.  Help identify potential local, regional and state funding to protect and connect a variety of open spaces.  Increase awareness of the need to plan for and accommodate smaller parks, green spaces and recreational amenities in and adjacent to urban centers.  Support the integration of parks, open space and trails as part of the restoration of brownfields and other similar sites. Investments  Encourage the role of land trusts to facilitate open space conservation (such as the donation or purchase of conservation easements).  Increase low-impact transportation access to natural resource and recreational areas (such as transit).  Adopt policies and regulations to enhance connections to parks and support the implementation of open space and recreational areas in urban centers.  Preserve features of scenic, historic and educational value.  Develop plans to address potential conflicts between conservation of natural resources and their public use and enjoyment.  Use open space as a tool to shape growth and development patterns. Investments  Support the development of parks of various sizes, hosting a variety of recreational amenities.  Complete local multimodal linkages to the region’s parks and open spaces through strategic acquisition or other means.  Enhance multimodal connections to existing parks and locate new parks in neighborhoods and other areas that are accessible to residents on foot, by bicycle, or using transit, such as within or adjacent to urban centers.  Prioritize the protection or restoration of locally or regionally significant natural resources, as well as other locations that help fill missing links in the regional open space and greenway system in local plans and funding programs. When communities prioritize open space, they help residents and workers take advantage of outdoor recreation opportunities. Page 285 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 45 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 8: The region’s working agricultural lands and activities contribute to a strong regional food system. Working agricultural lands are essential to the region’s heritage, health and economic and cultural diversity. Livestock feeding and production, growing feed and forage crops for livestock, food production, or greenhouse and nursery crops, agricultural lands and operations of all sizes create jobs in the region, support economic vitality and promote healthier communities by bringing people closer to their food source. Producing food locally In a recent survey of local governments in the Denver region, locally grown food, urban agriculture, and access to healthy food emerged as areas requiring further attention. Regional food systems refer food production that is geographically localized—food is grown, harvested, processed and distributed over much shorter distances when compared to national and international food systems. Regional food systems create healthy communities by improving food security, making local and fresh food available to populations with limited access to grocery stores and creating relationships between farmers and their urban customers around a shared goal to preserve farmland. This localized approach to food systems also stimulates local economies. Economic benefits of agriculture Although the region’s farms and ranches represent a small sector of the region’s economy, the Census of Agriculture conducted by the U.S. Department of Agriculture found they sold nearly $207 million in agricultural products in 2012. The lands needed to produce agricultural products is threatened by urbanization, reducing sales of farm products over time. However, between 2007 and 2012, the number of farms in the Denver region increased from 2,335 farms to 4,172 farms. The growth in farms is mostly driven by small farms, those operating on one to 50 acres. Further study is needed, but the increase in small farms may demonstrate a growing recognition of the importance of and desire to produce food locally. These farms may also serve as the foundation for a strong regional food system. Boulder County: Agriculture as an open space amenity Boulder County actively conserves natural and agricultural resources to provide public use that reflects responsible resource management and the community’s values. The county protects land through direct acquisition or through conservation easements on private properties to protect open space resources. The county has acquired and protected more than 100,000 acres of land with 63,562 acres as county open space and the remainder protected private land. The county’s open space program has emphasized the protection of agricultural lands; 30 percent of the open space lands are leased to local farmers and ranchers. Page 286 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 46 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 8: Support continued agricultural capacity in the region. Agricultural land and the ability to bring additional land or operations into production, where viable, benefits local producers, saves energy resources and offers a level of food security for the region. Local and regional initiatives will expand opportunities for local food cultivation, processing and sales—improving the distribution of and access to food throughout the region. Supporting Objectives:  Conserve significant agricultural lands.  Increase access to healthy and local foods.  Increase the efficiency of food distribution. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Coordinate with local communities and local, regional and state conservation programs to identify and protect (through conservation easements, purchase or other means) significant agricultural resources at risk of being lost.  Examine the production, processing, distribution and consumption of food in the Denver region and consider creation of a regional food system council.  Encourage the creation of a network of regional food hubs to facilitate the processing and distribution of local food, particularly in support of farmers markets.  Promote regional coordination of institutional purchasing efforts to increase access to market for small producers. Education and Assistance  Monitor the quantity and distribution of the region’s agricultural lands over time using resources such as those provided by the American Farmland Trust. Consider both lands that are being actively used for agricultural purposes as well as those that are zoned for agriculture, but not currently in use.  Provide information and assistance to local and regional stakeholders seeking to improve the operations of the regional food system and increase access to healthy and local foods.  Provide data and assistance for statewide and basin studies of the relationship between water supply and regional agricultural capacity. Collaboration  Direct landowners or individuals interested in preserving working lands or starting a new farming operation to programs and incentives available through the American Farmland Trust, Colorado Open Lands and other organizations.  Consider policies and programs that reduce food waste.  Identify locations and facilities that can serve as pick- up and/or drop-off locations for fresh food and produce available through community-supported agriculture operations. Policies and Regulations  Establish clear policy support for agricultural lands and operations in local comprehensive plans.  Establish definitions for agricultural lands and operations at all scales in development regulations to ensure agricultural uses are allowed in appropriate areas.  Identify and remove potential regulatory barriers to agritourism and other nontraditional agricultural uses. Investments  Purchase significant agricultural resources or their development rights through conservation easements as a part of a local open space strategy; consider the role of such lands in shaping future growth and development. Page 287 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 47 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Investments  Encourage the role of land trusts to facilitate agricultural land conservation (such as through donation or purchase of conservation easements). The region’s commitment to locally grown food benefits local producers, saves energy and results in food security for residents. Page 288 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 48 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 9: The risks and effects of natural and human-created hazards are reduced. Hazard mitigation planning reduces injuries and loss of life, trauma, and damage to property, equipment and infrastructure. Communities are more resilient when planning also accounts for disaster response and recovery. Natural hazards in the Denver region According to the 2010 Denver Regional Natural Hazard Mitigation Plan, local governments across the region face a number of natural hazards, including avalanches, drought, earthquakes, floods, hail, heatwaves, landslides, land subsidence, thunderstorms, lightning, tornadoes, severe storms, wind, winter storms, freezing, wildfires and public health hazards such as pandemic flu and West Nile virus. Characteristics of resilient communities Resilient communities withstand, and recover quickly from, shocks and stresses with minimal outside assistance. According to research in support of the state’s resiliency planning efforts (below), resilient communities have shifted planning away from one-time events toward recognition of hazards as ongoing and routine features of environmental systems and accepting uncertainty as part of planning. Community size and geographic location; technical, administrative and financial capacity; and community goals should influence hazard and resiliency planning. Planning for resiliency is a collaborative approach between land-use planners, emergency planners, elected and appointed officials, health departments, public works staff, citizens, community advocates, business owners, developers and numerous other stakeholders. Resiliency planning in Colorado In May 2015, Governor Hickenlooper adopted the Colorado Resiliency Framework, establishing a vision and definition of resiliency for the state. The framework identifies guiding principles and outlines specific strategies including a resiliency plan that is developed and implemented each year. In 2016, the Department of Local Affairs released Planning for Hazards: Land Use Solutions for Colorado. It provides guidance to Colorado counties and municipalities for integrating resiliency and hazard mitigation into plans, codes and standards related to land use and the built environment. The state’s resiliency planning efforts provide a framework for communities in Denver region as they assess threats and refine local strategies to become more resilient. Page 289 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 49 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 9a: Reduce the risk of hazards and their impact. The region will consider land use, open space protection and critical infrastructure in areas susceptible to potential natural and human-created hazards. Local and regional initiatives will limit new development, or the expansion of existing development, in areas recognized as having a high probability of being affected by natural and human-created hazards. More communities will have a hazard mitigation plan in place. Collectively, these initiatives will minimize the effect of community disruptions, as well as economic, environmental and other losses. Supporting Objectives:  Increase open space in high risk areas.  Limit new development in areas susceptible to hazards.  Increase the use of best practices in land-use planning and management to decrease risk.  Promote integrated planning and decision-making in hazard mitigation. Regional Objective 9b: Improve disaster response and recovery. Preparing for, responding to, and recovering from disasters and traumatic events is essential to the physical, economic and emotional health of the region’s communities and residents. The region will continue to proactively prepare for disasters, including by understanding and assessing risks and vulnerabilities that may challenge recovery. When disasters occur, affected communities will overcome the physical, environmental and emotional effects in the shortest time possible relative to the severity of the disaster. Affected communities will reestablish key elements of their economic, social and cultural fabric to pre-disaster conditions and, when needed, make improvements to become more resilient. Supporting Objectives:  Enhance community resiliency.  Increase interagency coordination. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Coordinate with the Colorado Department of Local Affairs, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, emergency responders, and other local, state and federal stakeholders to help advance planning efforts, assemble best management practices and increase local and regional preparedness. Collaboration  Collaborate with emergency responders in the identification of critical facilities and the review of local plans, regulations and significant development projects.  Collaborate with neighboring jurisdictions to identify projects that reduce the shared risk of certain hazards and their effects. Page 290 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 50 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Seek support necessary to update the Denver Regional Hazard Mitigation Plan every five years and make available to local communities all mapping and accompanying databases of county-level hazard profiles to support local planning efforts.  Encourage local and regional coordination of, and investments in, datasets to improve disaster response and recovery (such as damage assessment and evacuation). Education and Assistance  Help local governments affected by disasters plan for recovery  Provide data and other information to support improved hazard mitigation planning, as well as disaster response and recovery. Investments  Support projects that reduce the vulnerability of infrastructure to hazards. Policies and Regulations  Integrate hazard mitigation considerations into local comprehensive plans and development regulations, either through an integrated plan update process, or by reviewing and updating existing policies and regulations on a more targeted basis.  Adopt a hazard mitigation plan or consider working with regional partners to develop a regional plan if creating a locally tailored plan is not feasible.  Incorporate Colorado State Forest Service guidelines into the land development and building permit approval process.  Limit new development or the expansion of existing development in areas recognized as having a high probability of being affected by hazards (such as those on a floodplain or with a high wildfire threat).  Establish guidelines for existing or future development in hazardous locations to minimize loss of life and property should a disaster occur. Investments  Invest in local capital improvements that reduce the risk of hazards.  Mitigate or eliminate hazards associated with brownfields, positioning them for redevelopment or restoration as natural resource areas. The reality of natural and human-caused hazards means the region must plan and prepare for risks and vulnerabilities that may challenge recovery. Page 291 of 326 A Safe and Resilient Natural and Built Environment 51 How will we know how we are doing? Performance Measures Performance measures are critically important in monitoring the region’s progress toward Metro Vision themes and outcomes. They are used to obtain regular measurement of outcomes and results. They also generate reliable data to help local governments and partners evaluate policies, programs and initiatives. As part of its reporting on plan progress toward creating a safe and resilient built and natural environment, DRCOG will use the performance measures outlined below. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Surface transportation-related greenhouse gas emissions per capita 26.8 pounds per capita (2010) 60 percent decrease from 2010 Protected open space 1,841 square miles (2014) 2,100 square miles Share of the region’s housing and employment in high risk areas Housing: 1.2 percent (2014) Less than 1.0 percent Employment: 2.9 percent (2014) Less than 2.5 percent Page 292 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 52 September 2016 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities The Denver region is widely recognized as a model of livability and health. Numerous publications consistently place our communities on their lists of the best places to live (see page 12), and our residents are regularly ranked among the nation’s most physically fit. However, increasing rates of chronic illnesses such as diabetes and obesity, rising health care costs, an aging population, accessibility of services, insufficient housing for low- to middle-wage workers, local food access and socio-economic disparities are just a few of the many trends and issues of concern threatening to undermine the health and quality of life of our residents, and ultimately the region’s economy. To remain economically competitive, we must be more inclusive in our efforts to address these issues—considering the needs of residents of all ages, abilities, ethnicity and incomes in our planning and decision-making. Many efforts to address these issues and concerns at the local, regional and state levels are working well. Examples include coalition building, information and awareness initiatives, grassroots efforts and the adoption of local programs, policies and regulations. However, the depth of understanding surrounding the importance of these issues at the regional level and the degree to which these issues are being integrated into local plans and policy-making across the region is uneven. There is much to be done at all levels. Achieving success in making our communities healthy, inclusive and livable depends on the region’s ability to work together toward the following outcomes:  The built and natural environment supports healthy and active choices.  The region’s residents have expanded connections to health services.  Diverse housing options meet the needs of residents of all ages, incomes and abilities. Making locally grown food available to underserved populations helps families access nutritious choices, resulting in better health and quality of life. Page 293 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 53 Why is this important? Our region needs healthy, inclusive and livable communities in order to: Address growing health disparities. There is a widening gap between various demographic and socio-economic groups in the region in terms of health care accessibility. Higher health care costs reduce access to care for lower-income households, including older adults on fixed incomes. Higher costs not only affect overall health, but ripple through the community and region in other ways, reducing income available for other household expenses such as housing, food, transportation, and goods and services. Improving accessibility to health care through land-use and transportation planning decisions can alleviate the effects of other aspects of health care beyond the control of residents and local governments, such as the cost of care. Keep the cost of living attainable. The cost of housing is typically the largest item in a household’s budget. For lower-wage workers, housing within their means is often located further from employment and educational opportunities, meaning people spend more of their household income on and more time traveling between destinations. Long commutes can lead to higher levels of stress and increase periods of sedentary behavior, which may negatively affect a commuter’s health. However, higher property values near rapid transit stations have resulted in home prices and rental rates beyond the reach of many households. As the region grows, more housing locations will maximize available infrastructure, and provide more ready access to employment opportunities and transit. Make the healthy choice the easy choice. Eating nutritious foods, such as fruits and vegetables, supports good health, while consumption of less nutritious foods may lead to health issues such as diabetes or obesity. Unfortunately, residents across the region have u neven aAccess to nutritious food is influenced by food costs and thedue to the availability and proximity of grocery stores, specialty and convenience food stores, restaurants, farmer’s markets, and other food outlets and distributors. Additionally, tThe region’s extensive network of parks, trails and open spaces is recognized as a key contributor to our residents’ quality of life and ability to lead active lifestyles. Improved access to these recreational opportunities, as well as a built environment that supports more healthy eating and physical activity opportunities, can increase healthy choices for residents.lead to reductions in chronic diseases such as hypertension, obesity and diabetes. Residents and businesses alike are attracted to the Denver region’s reputation as a healthy place to live, and maintaining this expectation is essential to the region’s economic vitality. Health, or lack thereof, directly affects a household’s budget. Individuals experiencing poor health may struggle with affordability or access to care, which also affects their employment options and available resources for housing, transportation, education and nutrition. Page 294 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 54 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 10: The built and natural environment supports healthy and active choices. A deliberate focus on the built environment’s influence on physical activity, mobility choices, access to healthy food and the natural environment supports the opportunity to lead healthy and active lifestyles throughout the region. Public health: An impetus for urban and regional planning Community planning in the United States is rooted in the public health challenges experienced by residents of urban areas during previous centuries. The Industrial Revolution brought factory workers into cities from rural areas or from abroad, resulting in large-scale urbanization of cities. Many workers and their families lived in crowded and poor conditions in tenement buildings with windowless rooms, no ventilation, and no place for waste. The spread of diseases such as cholera and tuberculosis was common and claimed many lives. Community leaders also realized their cities could not continue to grow unless they had a safe and secure source of water for drinking and industry. Community leaders addressed the issue by filtering water or by bringing distant, clean water to growing areas; and developed storm and sanitary sewers for the safe handling of unsafe water and human waste. Zoning as we know it today was created to address overcrowding and incompatible land uses, such as factories located next to housing. Cities developed zoning to identify which areas would be best for industry and commerce and prohibited incompatible land uses in those districts. Factors affecting individual health In 2013, the Colorado Department of Public Health developed the Colorado Health Disparities Report Card to provide baseline data on how the region’s distinct populations are experiencing social and economic obstacles to health. An individual’s overall health and wellness is affected by a variety of factors including individual and family demographics, economic status and other social factors. In 2013, 54 percent of white adults in the state were overweight or obese compared to 75 percent of American Indian/Alaska Native adults, 64 percent of African-American adults, and 61 percent of Hispanic/Latino adults. Overall, adults in the state are some of the leanest nationwide but the state’s childhood obesity rate is one of the fastest-growing in the country. One in four Colorado children are overweight or obese. Obese children and adolescents are more likely to become obese adults. Health impact assessments: An emerging practice Planners and health professionals are increasingly recognizing that health and wellness have social and environmental implications. Health impact assessments are an emerging practice in many communities. The toolsThis tool helps planners evaluate the health effects of proposed projects, plans and policies; highlights health disparities; provides evidence-based recommendations to improve health; raises awareness; makes health effects more explicit; and engages and empowers communities to improve the health of their residents. Page 295 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 55 In 2013, Adams County and the Tri-County Health Department conducted a health impact assessment for the Federal Boulevard corridor. The health impact assessment included a five-step process including an initial inventory and analysis of conditions as well as a stakeholder and community engagement component. Through the health impact assessment tool, the partners identified critical issues in the corridor such as traffic safety, physical activity, community safety and housing affordability. Page 296 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 56 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 10: Increase access to amenities that suppor t healthy, active choices. The region will expand opportunities for residents to lead healthy and active lifestyles. The region’s streets and roads will be planned, designed, operated and maintained to enable safe, convenient and comfortable travel and access for users of all ages and abilities, regardless of their mode of transportation. A mix of well‐connected land uses and recreational amenities in communities throughout the region will create places that make active transportation and recreational physical activity safe and part of an everyday routine. Additionally, local and regional initiatives will increase access to healthy food options in low‐income neighborhoods and areas with high levels of food insecurity. Supporting Objectives:  Increase safe and convenient active transportation options for all ages and abilities.  Expand the regional trail network. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Facilitate public/private partnerships to identify and address first- and final-mile connectivity issues associated with regional transit.  Collaborate with local governments and other stakeholders to address the transportation needs of mobility-limited populations in transportation and land- use planning and decision-making at the regional and local levels.  Raise awareness around the need for green space and recreational amenities in areas where a concentration of residents or employees exists or is planned (such as urban centers or employment centers).  Collaborate with local governments to identify and implement projects in areas that have the greatest need for access to recreation and nature, as identified in the Regional Equity Atlas.  Collaborate with local governments and other regional partners to identify and implement priority portions of the regional trail network. Education and Assistance  Monitor the accessibility of healthy food options from transit through periodic updates to the Regional Equity Atlas. Collaboration  Pursue agreements to share public properties or facilities that increase access to recreation areas or community gathering places. Policies and Regulations  Adopt policies and implement regulations that promote a mix of uses and active public spaces.  Adopt and implement street standards that are locally tailored to meet Complete Streets objectives in a variety of contexts (urban, suburban and rural).  Adopt and implement policies and regulations that increase opportunities for local food production and processing by allowing community gardens, keeping of fowl and small livestock, and small-scale agricultural operations.  Consider ordinances that allow residential sales of produce grown on premises.  Adopt policies and regulations to support small-scale parks, plazas and other indoor and outdoor recreational facilities. Consider providing incentives for projects that provide a range of recreational options.  Promote the development of shade canopy and/or appropriate vegetative cover to create/maintain a safe, comfortable pedestrian environment.  Promote crime prevention through Environmental Design planning concepts in local planning efforts. Page 297 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 57 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Monitor the quantity and distribution of community gardens, small urban farms and land that is zoned and used for agriculture over time, using regional mapping and by working with local communities and partners.  Promote awareness of the range of programs, services and other assistance available to help residents lead healthier and more active lifestyles, as well as opportunities for them to become involved in related efforts at the local and neighborhood level.  Routinely evaluate and address mobility obstacles and impairments within the built environment.  Support the integration of farmers markets and other green markets within urban centers and rural communities. Investments  Support projects that consider all users of roadways (such as Complete Streets objectives).  Focus resources to build safe pedestrian and bicycle connections from transit stops to neighborhoods and activity centers within communities. Investments  Prioritize funding for projects that meet Complete Streets objectives through non-metropolitan planning organization sources, including local capital improvement programs.  Provide incentives for grocers who locate in urban centers and underserved areas of the community.  Complete local links in the regional trail network through strategic acquisition or other means, prioritizing linkages that enhance connectivity to or within the regional network, or to nearby communities or urban centers. Page 298 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 58 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 11: The region’s residents have expanded connections to health services. Expanded connections to health services improve the health and wellness of residents in the Denver region. Connections to health services are expanded through improved multimodal transportation access, the location of new health facilities and other innovative approaches resulting in more convenient access to health services. Four-year Area Plan on Aging As the federally designated Area Agency on Aging for the region, DRCOG is required to create and implement a four-year Area Plan on Aging to establish service priority areas. Public input from nearly 500 stakeholders identified transportation as the most-needed service to help increase or sustain independence for older people in their community. DRCOG contracts with transportation service providers using funding available under the Older Americans Act. Unfortunately, because of funding and capacity constraints, these providers must turn down hundreds of trips per month. Older adults often need transportation support in order to maintain their health and wellness—to access health care providers and pharmacies, maintain social interaction and reach community and social services. DRCOG and its partners continuously explore innovative ways to combine available funds, reduce inefficiencies and build additional tran sportation capacity. Health services in rural centers Rural centers throughout the region—whether in the mountains or on the eastern plains—serve residents and visitors well beyond their boundaries. Many of these communities seek health service providers to complement the businesses and services already based in their areas. With the changing health care landscape, these efforts can prove difficult. For rural communities, health services provide more than simple access to care. Local health services can help seniors remain in their community of choice. When a rural community can offer health services to its residents and visitors, it is better equipped to attract economic investments, including new and expanding businesses. Fitzsimons: A transit-accessible urban center centered on health care The former Fitzsimons Army Medical Center is a primary development area along the Regional Transportation District’s R Line in Aurora. When the facility was put on the Base Realignment and Closure list in 1995, three partners came together to transform the area: the City of Aurora, the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center and the University of Colorado Hospital. As a result of the partners’ work and investment, Fitzsimons now hosts both the University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus and Fitzsimons Life Science District. By the end of 2016, it will be served by two rail transit stations. Shuttle service will help complete first- and last-mile connections for destinations within Fitzsimons. The importance of such access goes beyond those seeking the center’s health services to the tens of thousands of employment opportunities the medical facilities offer. Page 299 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 59 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 11: Improve transportation connections to health care facilities and service providers. The region will support the integration of health care facilities and service providers of all sizes into centers throughout the region—both urban and rural—where residents can access care by walking, biking, driving or using transit. Local and regional initiatives related to transit service, including on-demand and other specialized services, will increase transit access to health care facilities, social service providers and other retail outlets that offer health services. Supporting Objectives:  Increase awareness and knowledge of community health and wellness issues and support networks.  Increase collaboration among stakeholders at the local, regional and state levels.  Locate health services in accessible areas. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Convene regular meetings of regional stakeholders (health care providers, local governments, public health organizations, major hospitals, business leaders, the development community, foundations, and others) to facilitate and support health and wellness projects and regionally significant initiatives.  Collaborate with health service providers to develop new datasets and analyses of access to preventative care and other health-related services, helping local and regional partners strategically target resources to clients.  Strengthen partnerships between health and transportation providers to increase access to care, improve health outcomes and reduce healthcare costs. Education and Assistance  Conduct periodic updates to the Regional Equity Atlas and collaborate with local and state public health departments to conduct additional research at a neighborhood level to inform discussions surrounding areas of the greatest need.  Establish a central clearinghouse of information to support health and wellness initiatives throughout the region (such as regional health indicators, access to services, programs and best practices). Collaboration  Work with local elected and appointed officials to integrate health and wellness priorities and goals into comprehensive plans. Incorporate supporting information into plan and policy development and decision-making.  Leverage existing health and wellness programs and services. Policies and Regulations  Adopt and implement policies and regulations that support the integration of health services into urban centers, employment campuses, retail centers, rural town centers and other activity hubs.  Consider policies and plans that encourage the location of health services in areas that are readily accessible. Investments  Collaborate with public health professionals, area hospitals, health and social service providers, and other regional stakeholders to implement transportation system improvements in areas with the greatest mobility needs. Page 300 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 60 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Investments  Coordinate investments in local and regional transportation services that improve access to health services for those with mobility obstacles or impairments. Facilitating transportation connections to health providers results in greater access to services and increased community health – when completed the new Veteran’s Administation hospital will provide vital care services to the region’s large military veteran population. Page 301 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 61 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 12: Diverse housing options meet the needs of residents of all ages, incomes and abilities. Housing choices allow individuals and families to find desirable housing that is affordable and accessible to them in communities throughout the region, allowing them to stay in their community of choice as their economic or life circumstances change. A range of housing options across the region benefits both individuals and families, and can improve the economic vitality and diversity of local communities Metro Vision listening tour In 2012 DRCOG conducted a listening tour in advance of primary plan development activities to identify key planning issues, including emerging opportunities and challenges . Listening tour results were informed by in-depth interviews, focus groups and an online survey. Diverse housing options emerged as a critical issue for stakeholders and residents who participated in the listening tour. Key observations include:  The region currently has a diversity of housing choices and neighborhood types in the region, including urban, suburban, exurban, and rural settings. Although the region will become denser in the coming years, traditional suburban housing should remain a choice for community residents.  Most affordable and accessible housing opportunities for people with disabilities are primarily offered in the urban core; more options are needed in other parts of the region.  Opportunities for aging-in-community are perceived to be rare throughout the region. Many seniors are not moving out of their homes—homes which may not meet their accessibility needs— because there are limited housing options that meet their needs, including affordability, within their current community. Baby boomers and millennials How the country’s two largest living generations, baby boomers and millennials, will influence future demand for housing and community attributes is unknown. Combined, these generations account for nearly 50 percent of the population in the United States, and more than 1.5 million residents in the Denver region represent these two generations. The Denver region will be dramatically affected as these generations continue to make decisions about the types of housing and communities that meet their needs. In 2014, an American Planning Association survey found that while there are some variations in housing and community preferences among the two generations, there is also considerable alignment in preferences with a shared desire to live in walkable places in various types of communities, including urban, suburban, rural and small town locations. The survey also found that both generations will make future decisions about where to live based in large part on living expenses and the affordability of place, including housing and transportation costs. Page 302 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 62 The region’s housing boom By nearly any measure the Denver region is facing unprecedented challenges to housing affordability. According to the Case-Shiller Index the Denver region is one of a handful of regions around the country where home-resale prices are at an all-time high. Home prices and rents spiked during a prolonged period of double-digit, year-over-year increases in home prices between 2012 and 2015. The region faces numerous affordable and attainable housing challenges including preserving existing affordable housing stock (both market rate and subsidized), producing affordable housing at a rate to keep pace with growing demand and meeting the housing needs of a growing older adult population, many whom will live on fixed incomes. Page 303 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 63 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 12: Diversify the region’s housing stock The region will have housing that meets the needs of current and future residents as they progress through the various stages of their lives, including changes in familial status, income, employment and ability level. Local communities and regional partners will pursue initiatives that reduce barriers and expedite the development of housing in desired locations. The supply and range of housing options, including attainable and accessible units, in or near major employment centers will increase. Supporting Objectives:  Increase the regional supply of housing attainable for a variety of households.  Increase opportunities for diverse housing accessible by multimodal transportation. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Convene local government officials and housing experts to identify ways to expand affordable, accessible workforce and senior housing development opportunities in local communities.  Continue to support local planning that furthers the implementation of the region’s transit system and urban centers.  Participate in efforts to remove barriers and reduce cost of developing housing.  Encourage transit investments where housing densities currently, or are planned to, support transit.  Collaborate with local partners, including housing authorities, to understand current and future affordable housing needs. Education and Assistance  Share best practices in land-use regulations, zoning and housing policies with local governments and other stakeholders.  Develop and share guidance based on best practices to aid local communities in the identification of high opportunity sites, districts or areas.  Monitor changing demands for new and different types of housing.  Monitor issues around the cost of housing, providing information for local and regional partners through the Regional Equity Atlas and the Denver Region Visual Resources website. Collaboration  Develop and maintain cooperative efforts with entities focused on developing accessible and affordable workforce and senior housing.  Identify effective means to create and maintain supportive services for residents in affordable housing communities. Policies and Regulations  Consider policies that promote a variety of housing options to meet the needs of older adults, including independent and supportive options.  Consider allowing accessory dwelling units in appropriate zoning districts.  Review local plans and regulations to ensure they encourage a mix of housing types and densities.  Plan for increased residential density in high- frequency transit and other multimodal transportation corridors.  Develop a focused strategy for preservation and rehabilitation of existing housing located near current and future transit areas.  Consider plans and policies to improve the balance of jobs and housing in employment- and housing-rich areas.  Assess current and future housing needs and programs in transit-oriented communities. Page 304 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 64 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Elevate awareness of the catalytic role of housing in transit-oriented community strategies. Investments  Encourage the development and expansion of regional funds to support housing options (such as the Denver Regional Transit-Oriented Development Fund) Investments  Consider incentives to support affordable and accessible workforce and senior housing, particularly in areas that are or may be served by transit.  Consider projects that address transit and mobility gaps near housing that is higher density, affordable and accessible or which meets the needs of low- and middle-wage earners, including seniors. A variety of housing types provides residents the opportunity to remain in their communities throughout the stages of their lives. Page 305 of 326 Healthy, Inclusive, and Livable Communities 65 ▼▼▼ How will we know how we are doing? ▼▼▼ Performance Measures Performance measures are critically important in monitoring the region’s progress toward Metro Vision themes and outcomes. They are used to periodically measure outcomes and results. They also generate reliable data to help member governments and partners evaluate policies, programs and initiatives. As part of its reporting on plan progress toward creating healthy, livable and inclusive communities, DRCOG will use the performance measure outlined below. Housing and transportation are typically the two largest components of a household budget. Researchers at the Center for Neighborhood Technology have identified 45 percent of income as a key affordability benchmark for the combined costs of housing and transportation. This plan performance measure will quantify the percentage of the region’s residents living in areas that fall below that benchmark. The threshold for 45 percent of income will be tied to the median household income for the region and will account for household size and number of commuters in the typical household in the region. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Share of the region’s population living in areas with housing and transportation (H+T) costs affordable to the typical household in the region 41 percent (2013) 50 percent Page 306 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 66 September 2016 A Vibrant Regional Economy An economically sustainable region balances economic vitality, environmental quality and a high standard of living for its residents. A sustainable economy is also resilient—economic downturns are less severe and recovery is faster. The benefits of economic health, vitality and growth expand opportunities for all residents in a sustainable economy. The underpinnings of a sustainable and resilient economy in the region include all of the region’s assets: physical infrastructure and transportation, quality of life and amenities, an education system that supplies skilled labor and is accessible to all, the ability to attract and retain talented workers and innovators, a high-quality built environment, and housing options that are accessible and affordable for all ages, incomes and abilities. Maintaining a vibrant economy depends upon the region’s ability to work together toward the following outcomes:  All residents have access to a range of transportation, employment, commerce, housing, educational, cultural and recreational opportunities.  Investments in infrastructure and amenities allow people and businesses to thrive and prosper. The Denver region is home to an extensive network of economic development professionals engaged in business recruitment, expansion and retention efforts. Metro Vision aims to create a regional growth framework that ensures the underpinnings of a sustainable and resilient economy are considered by regional and local decision-makers. The objectives and initiatives in this section support the ongoing efforts of the many economic development organizations and local governments that promote the economic vitality of the region and reinforce essential connections between these groups. Page 307 of 326 A Vibrant Regional Economy 67 Why is this important? Our region needs a vibrant regional economy in order to: Attract and retain businesses and the region’s workforce. Businesses and residents increasingly expect to locate in regions with access to the full range of community services and amenities , such as employment, health and human services, job training, housing and mobility options, recreation, arts and culture, and participation in civic life. One of the region’s greatest challenges is to ensure existing and future residents of all ages, abilities and income levels can take advantage of these opportunities. The ease with which people can gain access to opportunities, is critical. Reduce reliance on importing talent. Access for residents to jobs, and for employers to qualified workers, is fundamental to the health of the regional economy. The region’s well-educated labor force, major universities and ability to attract talent are among its strengths. Current education disparities across races and between lifelong Coloradans and newcomers to the state suggest that the education system is not keeping pace with the needs of the workforce. A reliance on importing talent makes the regional economy vulnerable if we cannot provide the necessary training and opportunities for existing residents or continue to attract new talent. An untrained and underused workforce will hinder the economy, resulting in increased social service demands that divert public funds from more productive uses. Remain globally competitive. Growing jobs and economic activity is increasingly tied to leveraging regional advantages and addressing areas for improvement. Competition for business investment is rarely entirely local, community to community. Often major opportunities for economic expansion involves competition among regions nationwide, and sometimes worldwide. Our region must remain competitive on the global stage through wise investments that improve access for people and businesses while maintaining and improving the quality of life that remains our region’s core strength. The region’s ability to build new infrastructure is challenged by the increasing cost of maintaining existing infrastructure. The region’s global competitiveness depends on retaining and attracting a variety of industries. Page 308 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 68 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 13: All residents have access to a range of transportation, employment, commerce, housing, educational, cultural and recreational opportunities. The region’s economy prospers when all residents have access to a range of transportation, employment, housing, education, cultural and recreational opportunities. The region’s transportation network is critical in enabling commerce and providing access to basic needs and quality-of -life amenities that allow the region’s residents to succeed. Regional economic strategy In 2011, as part of an 86-member partnership, DRCOG successfully secured a $4.5 million grant for the benefit of the region. The three-year grant from the Sustainable Communities Partnership, a federal collaboration of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, the U.S. Department of Transportation and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, supported regional, corridor and site- level planning and implementation activities. DRCOG’s Sustainable Communities Initiative included research that explored integrating emerging issues into the Metro Vision plan, including the issue of economic vitality. An economic vitality strategy addresses all workforce, business, and quality-of-life requirements of a strong economy in order to sustain periods of growth and prosperity, and adapt to change. Although the region has numerous strengths including a high quality of life, strong track record of attracting skilled labor and investments in world-class infrastructure, challenges remain. Key threats to the region’s economic vitality include:  A large and growing population that does not have sufficient access to quality education and job- training.  A reliance on importing educated and skilled labor while lifelong Coloradoans have comparatively lower levels of educational attainment.  Declining housing affordability and stability for lower-income workers affects the physical and social health of residents and employers’ ability to attract and retain workers. The strength of the Denver region’s economy is its workforce. Continued economic vitality and resilience require a comprehensive approach to ensure access to opportunity for all residents. To maintain employment, workers need access to well-paying jobs, affordable housing, health care and transportation. Page 309 of 326 A Vibrant Regional Economy 69 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 13: Improve access to opportunity. The region will reduce critical health, education, income and opportunity disparities in neighborhoods and communities. The region will capitalize on community, local regional and state amenities by promoting reliable transportation connections to key destinations. Local and regional initiatives will continue to leverage investments in transit by concentrating new housing and employment in centers accessible by transit. Supporting Objectives:  Improve the flow of people, goods, services and information within and through the region.  Improve access for traditionally underserved populations.  Improve access to and from the region's developed and emerging housing and employment centers. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Convene a technical committee to identify best practices in addressing first- and final-mile barriers.  Work with a wide range of partners to track, assess and respond to the mobility needs of major employment centers.  Facilitate data- and information-sharing in order to provide free and open regional data that for local and regional analyses. Education and Assistance  Identify and monitor mobility trends including commuting patterns in employment and urban centers; freight and commercial vehicle travel; technological advances; and recreation and tourism.  Identify best practices to expand and retain manufacturing and production businesses in areas served by transit.  Conduct and share analyses that help local and regional partners understand challenges and opportunities in and near the region’s employment centers.  Acquire data and provide analyses that illustrate the gap between the types of jobs available in the regional economy and the requisite skills the workforce needs; use the resulting information to improve forecasting, planning and other initiatives. Collaboration  Partner with transportation management organizations, service providers, and improvement districts to determine travel needs of employees .  Work with property owners, developers, service providers and the Regional Transportation District to implement first- and final-mile strategies in employment centers.  Connect residents and visitors to local cultural, educational and natural amenities, as well as in the Denver region and statewide.  Facilitate public/private partnerships to improve first- and final-mile connections to the region’s high- capacity transit services, with an emphasis on enhancing connections to major employment centers and underserved populations. Policies and Regulations  Develop strategies supporting employment, housing and other opportunities directly adjacent to transit stops and stations.  Preserve, protect and enable diverse employment and housing opportunities that are accessible by transit. Investments  Prioritize investments that will contribute to mobility enhancements for employment centers and housing options. Page 310 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 70 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Investments  Fund transportation system improvements that improve the flow of people, goods and services.  Provide local and regional transportation services that improve personal mobility, housing and employment access, as well as independence and well-being, especially for those with mobility obstacles or impairments.  Ensure traditionally underserved populations receive at least a proportionate share of transportation benefits and are not disproportionately affected by transportation investments relative to the entire regional population. Map 5. Fiscally Constrained Rapid Transit, Park-n-Ride and Station Locations SOURCE: Regional Transportation Plan. Page 311 of 326 A Vibrant Regional Economy 71 ▼ What is our vision? ▼ Outcome 14: Investments in infrastructure and amenities allow people and businesses to thrive and prosper. The region’s continuous investments in infrastructure support a globally connected economy and offer opportunities for all residents to share and contribute to sustained regional prosperity. Vibrant and thriving communities, accessible and protected natural resources, and diverse cultural amenities are economic assets and make our region a highly desirable place to live, work and raise a family. Infrastructure and economic vitality In addition to expanding the region’s mobility, the Regional Transportation District’s FasTracks transit system and previous mobility investments are major economic development assets for the entire region. Communities on the Regional Transportation District’s rail network consider these investments an asset that increases their ability to attract and retain employers through greater and more convenient access for existing and potential employees. Denver International Airport is also a critical economic asset for the entire region. Airports play a critical role in fostering business growth and attracting tourists. They are significant economic engines in regions nationwide. The increasingly global nature of business means a key element in any region’s success is its ability to move goods and people quickly and economically worldwide, with airports integral to this function. While the region has created a solid foundation of mobility infrastructure, financial resources for transportation during the next 25 years are expected to be less than needed to maintain and selectively expand it. Transportation funding has not kept pace with the continued growth in travel demand or increases in transportation construction costs. Fewer than half of the capacity improvements identified for the Metro Vision transportation system can be funded during the next 25 years with reasonably expected revenues. Additional federal, state, local and private revenue sources must be identified to fully address the future transportation needs and desires of the region’s residents and businesses. Cultural facilities and amenities In addition to traditional infrastructure investments, arts and cultural investments and amenities are emerging as foundational elements in the sustained economic health of regions. Since 1989 the Scientific and Cultural Facilities District has funded nonprofit organizations and local government agencies that provide cultural benefit to the Denver area residents. The Scientific and Cultural Facilities District spans a seven counties including Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Broomfield, Denver, Douglas and Jefferson. Unlike many regions where cultural organizations compete with each other, the Denver region’s culture of collaboration results in offerings that work together to engage, inspire and reflect the region’s diversity. Page 312 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 72 In addition to funding large museums, the Denver Zoo, the Denver Botanic Gardens and performing arts organizations, the Scientific and Cultural Facilities District also funds hundreds of local grassroot cultural organizations annually. County cultural councils are instrumental in ensuring that investments in arts, culture, and science occur in all communities for the benefit of all citizens. The region’s cultural amenities represent a collaborative legacy of providing diverse opportunities for all residents. Page 313 of 326 A Vibrant Regional Economy 73 ▼▼ What improvements do we need to continue to make? ▼▼ Regional Objective 14: Improve the region’s competitive position. The region’s economic vitality depends on providing a high quality of life in diverse communities. Investments in the region’s infrastructure will help ensure the region remains globally competitive by establishing and maintaining the connected multimodal transportation system on which businesses depend for access to local, national and global customers, and an available, desirable workforce. Economic and community development initiatives and activities will assure that the region’s infrastructure will support and contribute to the growth of the region’s economic health and vitality. Supporting Objectives:  Invest in the region's infrastructure to ensure the region remains globally competitive.  Increase awareness of key regional growth, transportation and economic trends based on the region's shared vision for the future. ▼▼▼ What might we do to make progress? ▼▼▼ Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations Collaboration  Coordinate economic and community development activities to maintain the region’s infrastructure and contribute to the growth of its economic health and vitality.  Coordinate local and regional investment in datasets to improve economic forecasting and analysis.  Collaborate with the region’s water providers to better understand and forecast the effects of water availability on growth and development.  Collaborate with economic development partners to understand and forecast the role of increased diversification of economic activities on reducing the region’s risk related to global shocks. Education and Assistance  Provide and analyze data on the region’s demographic and economic conditions.  Create annual progress reports using measures and targets related to how regional land-use and transportation influence the region’s economic vitality.  Provide information on key economic trends influencing the region, such as the role of private equity investment in local commercial real estate; integrate this information into planning and forecasting processes. Collaboration  Collect and share local development data and trends that inform regional analyses and modeling of economic trends.  Engage economic development and planning professionals in efforts to align community-wide goals with regional opportunities.  Participate in regional economic development activities.  Encourage coordination among regional governments, stakeholders and transit providers to ensure alignment of future transit investments and regional employment growth. Policies and Regulations  Develop measures and indicators to assess progress toward local policy goals. Investments  Consider incentives and other investments to attract and enable employment growth near high-frequency transit. Page 314 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 74 Strategic Initiatives—Ideas for Implementation Voluntary Options Available to Regional Organizations Voluntary Options Available to Local Organizations  Provide analysis that links fundamental drivers of the region’s economy (such as productivity, investment and trade) to infrastructure investments and improved connectivity.  Consolidate regional data, analyses and information into a one-stop shop accessible to a wide variety of audiences such as Denver Regional Visual Resources.  Develop and distribute information that highlights key trends affecting the region’s ability to achieve desired outcomes.  Provide data-driven stories and infographics that illustrate the state of the region in terms of economics, transportation and demographics.  Provide data and assistance to communities seeking to develop long-run forecasts for population and employment under alternative scenarios. Investments  Identify and fund transportation system improvements to increase access to jobs and efficient freight and goods movement to support the region’s global competitiveness. Page 315 of 326 A Vibrant Regional Economy 75 How will we know how we are doing? Performance Measures Performance measures are critically important in monitoring the region’s progress toward Metro Vision themes and outcomes. They are used to periodically measure outcomes and results. They also generate reliable data to help local governments and partners evaluate policies, programs and initiatives. As part of its reporting on plan progress toward creating a vibrant regional economy, DRCOG will toward use the performance measures outlined below. Measure Where are we today? (Baseline) Where do we want to be? (2040 Target) Regional employment 1.8 million (2014) 2.6 million (1 to 1.5 percent annual growth) Share of the region’s housing and employment near high-frequency transit Housing: 29.7 percent (2014) 35.0 percent Employment: 48.4 percent (2014) 60.0 percent Page 316 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 76 September 2016 Appendix A: Extent of Urban Development Since 1997, Metro Vision has included statements describing the future extent of urban development. Historically, tThis is also described as the region’s Urban Growth Boundary/Area (UGB/A). The Metro Vision 2035 Growth and Development Supplement outlines the Board-adopted policies to help achieve several of the plan’s outcomes about growth and development. This includes the process through which local governments have the opportunity to request additional allocations under the UGB/A as a part of a regular cycle to take place every four years. In 2013, the DRCOG Board of Directors delayed the commencement of the regular cycle of UGB/A requests until after the adoption of this Metro Vision update. Member governments remain able to make emergency, off-cycle requests. This Metro Vision update anticipates an evaluation of the current UGB/A program and other potential methods to integrate local planning and growth priorities with regional efforts to make efficient use of available land and existing planned infrastructure. This appendix is reserved for relevant information associated with a revised approach to manage the urban extent of the region, including an updated table accounting for the UGB/A allocations if needed. available to local governments. In the interim, please refer to Metro Vision 2035 (as amended). Page 317 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft 77 September 2016 Appendix B: Designated Urban Centers Urban centers recognized in Metro Vision reflect a variety of community types and places including traditional downtowns, transit station areas, existing and emerging employment centers, and greenfield areas with development plans consistent with the key characteristics of urban centers outlined Outcome 3: “Connected urban centers and multimodal corridors accommodate a growing share of the region’s housing and employment” (page 19). The process to designate urban centers uses the key Metro Vision characteristics, but also strongly considers local circumstances and commitments. DRCOG does not unilaterally identify and designate urban centers—all potential centers are submitted for consideration by local governments. Any jurisdiction interested in designating an urban center should schedule an informal consultation with DRCOG staff. Through the Metro Vision Plan Assessment process, jurisdictions formally submit urban center proposals for evaluation by DRCOG staff and a panel of volunteers. The evaluation panel provides recommendations to DRCOG staff regarding urban center designations. Finally, recommended urban centers are presented to the DRCOG Board of Directors for its final consideration. Please see the Metro Vision Growth and Development Supplement for details on the designation process. The following table lists urban centers currently recognized in Metro Vision. The table lists centers by jurisdiction and provides information on the size of the urban center and it is served by high-capacity transit. The table also classifies urban centers as emerging, existing or planned.  Emerging centers are expecting significant growth relative to existing conditions (more than 50 percent growth in combined jobs and housing units)  Existing centers are substantially developed These centers are expecting less than 50 percent growth in combined jobs and housing units.  Planned urban centers are largely undeveloped, but will become intensely developed over time. These areas currently have fewer than 100 housing units and fewer than 100 jobs. Urban Center Name Jurisdiction Classification Area (Acres) Olde Town/New Town Arvada Existing 158 Candelas Arvada Emerging 631 Ralston Fields Arvada Existing 257 Iliff Avenue Center Aurora Emerging 315 Aurora City Center Aurora Emerging 868 Florida Aurora Existing 248 Iliff Aurora Existing 186 13th Avenue Aurora Emerging 179 Page 318 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 78 Urban Center Name Jurisdiction Classification Area (Acres) Peoria - Smith Aurora Emerging 266 Smoky Hill Aurora Emerging 375 Interstate 225/Parker Road Aurora Emerging 209 Hampden Town Center Aurora Emerging 105 E-470 / Interstate 70 Aurora Emerging 1043 Fitzsimons Aurora Emerging 821 Jewell Avenue Aurora Emerging 294 Buckingham Center Aurora Existing 414 First Avenue Center Aurora Existing 339 Colfax Avenue Aurora Existing 336 Airport Gateway Aurora Planned 40 56th Avenue Aurora Planned 203 28th/30th Streets (Boulder Valley Regional Center) Boulder Existing 634 Gunbarrel Activity Center Boulder Existing 138 University Hill Boulder Existing 542 Downtown Boulder Boulder Existing 382 Adams Crossing Activity Center Brighton Emerging 779 Bromley Park Activity Center Brighton Emerging 393 Downtown Brighton Activity Center Brighton Existing 178 Prairie Center Activity Center Brighton Planned 436 Interlocken Loop Activity Center Broomfield Emerging 586 Interstate 25 & State Highway 7 Activity Center Broomfield Emerging 2086 Urban Transit Village Broomfield Emerging 250 Original Broomfield Transit- Oriented Development Broomfield Planned 469 Downtown Castle Rock Castle Rock Existing 214 Southglenn Centennial Existing 146 Alameda Station Denver Emerging 201 62nd and Peña Transit-Oriented Development Denver Emerging 161 29th Avenue Town Center Denver Emerging 90 Broadway Station Transit- Oriented Development Denver Emerging 145 Denver Technology Center Denver Emerging 287 Southmoor Park Transit-Oriented Development Denver Emerging 50 Page 319 of 326 Appendix B: Designated Urban Centers 79 Urban Center Name Jurisdiction Classification Area (Acres) Central Park Transit-Oriented Development Denver Emerging 63 St. Anthony's Urban Center Denver Emerging 30 38th and Blake Transit-Oriented Development Denver Emerging 238 Colorado Station Denver Existing 171 Decatur - Federal Transit- Oriented Development Denver Existing 282 Colorado Boulevard and Smith Road Denver Emerging 78 Central Business District Denver Emerging 1705 Denargo Market Denver Emerging 112 Stapleton North Regional Center Denver Emerging 331 Belleview Station Denver Emerging 75 Sheridan Station Denver Emerging 168 Bear Valley Denver Existing 83 Colorado Boulevard Health Care District Denver Emerging 137 Federal and Evans Denver Existing 155 Tamarac and Hampden Denver Existing 79 University of Denver Campus Urban Center Denver Existing 204 Broadway Denver Existing 142 Evans Station Transit-Oriented Development Denver Existing 113 41st and Fox Transit-Oriented Development Denver Existing 311 Lowry Town Center Denver Existing 122 10th and Osage Station Denver Existing 171 East Colfax Main Street Denver Existing 559 Cherry Creek Denver Existing 603 Peña and 40th Denver Planned 50 Martin Luther King, Jr. Town Center Denver Planned 27 Highlands Ranch Town Center Douglas County Emerging 165 Englewood City Center Englewood Emerging 62 Glendale City Center Glendale Existing 353 Golden Downtown Golden Existing 132 Fehringer Ranch Jefferson County Emerging 334 Colorado 470 Corridor Jefferson County Existing 826 Page 320 of 326 Metro Vision Public Review Draft (September 2016) – Revised for January 4, 2017 Board Work Session 80 Urban Center Name Jurisdiction Classification Area (Acres) Bowles Jefferson County Existing 264 Bergen Park Jefferson County Existing 149 Southwest Plaza Jefferson County Existing 293 Denver West/Colorado Mills Center Lakewood Existing 546 Lakewood Center Lakewood Emerging 288 Union Center Lakewood Emerging 639 Wadsworth Boulevard Lakewood Existing 294 Oak Street Lakewood Existing 287 Littleton Downtown Littleton Emerging 220 RidgeGate West Village Lone Tree Emerging 375 Lincoln Station Transit-Oriented Development Lone Tree Emerging 61 RidgeGate City Center Lone Tree Emerging 195 State Highway 66 Mixed Use Corridor Longmont Emerging 159 Ken Pratt Extension Longmont Existing 158 Twin Peaks Activity Center Longmont Existing 240 North Main Street Activity Center Longmont Existing 122 Central Business District of Longmont Longmont Existing 591 Downtown Louisville Louisville Existing 357 Interstate 25 Corridor Multiple Emerging 5932 Northglenn City Center Northglenn Existing 252 Greater Downtown District (Parker) Parker Existing 280 Superior Town Center Superior Emerging 81 Eastlake Thornton Emerging 99 Interstate 25 / State Highway 7 Activity Center Thornton Emerging 502 North End Station Thornton Emerging 127 Thornton City Center Thornton Existing 491 South Westminster Activity Center Westminster Emerging 232 Westminster Center Activity Center Westminster Emerging 622 Westminster Promenade Act Center Westminster Emerging 538 North Interstate 25 Activity Center Westminster Emerging 561 West 120th Avenue Activity Center Westminster Existing 591 Page 321 of 326 Appendix B: Designated Urban Centers 81 Urban Center Name Jurisdiction Classification Area (Acres) Wadsworth Wheat Ridge Wheat Ridge Existing 112 Northwest Transit-Oriented Development Wheat Ridge Wheat Ridge Existing 119 Page 322 of 326 1/12/2017 TENTATIVE STUDY SESSIONS TOPICS FOR ENGLEWOOD CITY COUNCIL January 17 Regular Meeting - Tuesday January 23 Study Session Financial Report Citizen of the Year Selection Communications Contract Discussion Police Building Project Status Update Parks and Recreation Master Plan Communication Update January 30 No meeting planned – 5th Monday February 6 Regular Meeting February 13 Study Session City Center Englewood and ULI Discussion Board and Commission Appreciation Night/Gift Discussion Emerald Ash Borer Presentation/Japanese Beetle Discussion Historic Preservation Ordinance Review Strategic Plan Update PBB Budget Review February 21 Regular Meeting February 27 Study Session Alliance for Commerce in Englewood Board Update City Council Policy and Procedures South Broadway Improvements Discussion Discussion on Impact Fee Study and Implementation PBB Budget Review March 6 Regular Meeting March 13 Study Session Cancelled due to NLC March 20 Regular Meeting March 27 Study Session Englewood Housing Authority Board Update Code Enforcement Advisory Board Update City Council Policy and Procedures Follow up on Closure of Englewood Ironworks Urban Renewal Area PBB Budget Review Page 323 of 326 1/12/2017 April 3 Regular Meeting April 10 Study Session Transportation Advisory Committee Board Update Water and Sewer Board Update PBB Budget Review April 17 Regular Meeting April 24 Study Session PBB Budget Review May 1 Regular Meeting May 8 Study Session Budget Advisory Committee Board Update PBB Budget Review May 15 Regular Meeting May 22 Study Session PBB Budget Review May 29 Memorial Day – Tues No planned meeting – 5th week Jun 5 Regular Meeting Jun 12 Study Session Cultural Arts Commission Board Update PBB Budget Review Jun 19 Regular Jun 26 Study Session PBB Budget Review Jul 3 Regular Jul 10 Study Session Parks and Recreation Commission Board Update PBB Budget Review Jul 17 Regular Jul 24 Study Session PBB Budget Review Jul 31 No planned meeting – 5th Monday Page 324 of 326 1/12/2017 Aug 7 Regular Meeting Aug 14 Study Session PBB Budget Review Aug 21 Regular Meeting Aug 28 Study Session PBB Budget Review Sept 5 Regular Meeting Sept 11 Study Session PBB Budget Review Sept 18 Regular Meeting Sept 25 Study Session PBB Budget Review Oct 2 Regular Meeting Oct 9 Study Session PBB Budget Review Oct 16 Regular Meeting Oct 23 Study Session PBB Budget Review Oct 30 No planned meeting – 5th Monday Nov 6 Regular Meeting Nov 13 Study Session PBB Budget Review Nov 20 Regular Meeting Nov 27 Study Session PBB Budget Review Dec 4 Regular Meeting Dec 11 Study Session PBB Budget Review Dec 18 Regular Meeting Page 325 of 326 1/12/2017 Christmas Holidays FUTURE STUDY SESSION TOPICS Joint Meeting with Englewood School District Board & Commission Presentations Discharge Permit for LEWWTP Boards and Commissions Board and Commission Interviews (January and June) Alliance for Commerce in Englewood Committee Board of Adjustment and Appeals Budget Advisory Committee Code Enforcement Advisory Board (May) Cultural Arts Commission Election Commission Englewood Housing Authority (February) Keep Englewood Beautiful Commission (May) Liquor Licensing Authority Fire Pension, Police Pension and Retirement Board Parks and Recreation Commission Planning and Zoning Commission (February) Public Library Board (June) Transportation Advisory Committee Urban Renewal Authority Water and Sewer Board Page 326 of 326